First pages of new book I'm writing! Shit or Hit?

[edelweiss pirate]

Lemme know will ya? But I like it!

Chapter 1
How to survive life!

Where to begin? and where is the beginning anyway? How did we all find ourselves in this odd pickle we call modern life? What is modern life anyway? For the most part it seems to be made up of lots of busy busy people, being herded about like sheep by a much smaller group of people who act like the sheepdogs, barking ominous threats at the sheep to steer them in the right direction: ‘Failure to repay the mortgage will result in repossession’; ‘A new terrorist event is imminent’; ‘If you can’t meet the requirements you will fail the course’; ‘smoking cannabis linked to schizophrenia’.

Generally we find the sheepdog threats whenever we consider doing anything the system doesn’t want us to do. The system doesn’t want us to lie in bed till 12, smoke a little joint and take a leisurely bath until 1, potter about the house drinking cups of tea and trying to write a life changing masterpiece of a novel, or to sit playing the guitar and creating previously unheard harmonies, before going for a short stroll and really taking time to enjoy the colours of the world with fresh eyes. This isn’t on at all. The sheepdogs will be barking louder than ever! Maybe the job centre will be threatening to withdraw your benefit, which is odd because since being forced into the social security system and exchanging your sovereign being status for that of a Corporation , you have an unlimited supply of credit in your name whenever you provide a signature. Whenever you see your name in ALL CAPITALS it means that they are communicating with the corporation set up in your name, and not the living breathing souled human being that you really are. This is why the job centre cannot give you any money without your signature. Your signature is your golden ticket to access the funds inherent in your corporation. It’s the same with banks and credit agreements, they use your signature to create the money in the first place. Of course the last thing they want is for you to know this, so they bark all the louder. They find it quite useful to repossess people’s houses just to prove that they can do it and that nothing really belongs to your corporation that can’t be taken by other corporations. Business is business! Everyone knows that.... but why?

The term ‘business’ in essence is the manifestation of certain secret societies inherent pathology. The Business world is a collection of tactics, dirty tricks and levers of control, that the secret societies have used since time immemorial, to hold their members together under the rule of their superiors.
This is why our lives are steered alternately by the powers that be, between blackmail and bribery. We are bribed into going to work by the opportunity to buy all the consumer items, whether they are necessary to our lives or not, within this context we have a whole raft of human psychological techniques which are used to make us spend our money on various trifles.
These psychological tricks while allowing the various businesses to sell their products, also have negative fallout for society and create many of the ills which plague our modern lives. For anything to have any value there must be people who must do without. Many items are made to appear more desirable by the fact that the fewest people could possibly afford them. Not only sports cars, and second homes in the south of France but whole lifestyles. These minority interests are constantly being promoted in the media.

The so called rise of ‘property porn’ on daytime television, where the millions of households facing repossession or bankruptcy have to endure the spectacle of watching people decide how much money they want to spend on a massively overpriced house in an exclusive and idyllic location. It’s the sheep dog mentality again. Barking normalcy to the hypnotised TV viewer. Creating the false impression that the lifestyle available to those who have become part of the system and have thus been appropriately ‘bribed’, is the one available to all. We all know this is untrue. People are rich only because they are a small minority. The money which buys the sportscars, holiday homes and life of comfortable ease of this minority comes from the majority. For every hour of hard work at minimum wage that a woman does in order to pay the mortgage on her family home, say, looking after people with learning disabilities in a care home, the boss or owner of the home who seldom seems to make an appearance of indeed is ever seen to do any work as we would term it, nevertheless, is well on his way to making his first million. While the people who do the ACTUAL work of caring for the people in the home are struggling to fight back the daily tide of their overdrafts. The manager of the care home herself also seems to be taking more time off and delegating more to junior staff members, but the one time the manager makes a special guest appearance in her new convertible BMW, all anyone can think of is how nice her car is and how they wish they had the money to buy one. A major cause of despair and depression in the UK is vaunting of products, lifestyles and luxury items on television to a population most of whom will never have access to those things.

Why is this? It’s simple. We are treat like donkeys and they hold the carrots or the sticks. They use whichever method suits their aims, or both together. The stick we are beaten with is the constant fear that we will not be able to support our families, so we see banks acting more mercilessly and inhuman, while the carrots are dangled from our television sets, so we are alternately led by the nose and beaten on the ass.

The inherent greedy selfishness of this system is clearly seen if one considers the effect on society as a whole, of this kind of psychological manipulation. First of all the media and education act in a pincer movement to totally promote materialism. The major way they do this is by ceasing to investigate and validate the spiritual aspect of ourselves. In this way, one road is chosen for us all. The path of material acquisition above all else. What then happens is the media reinforce the ideal of materialism with endless advertisements in which the only requirement to being sexy, powerful, cool, clean, or loveable, is to spend your money on their product. The problem with this system is that only a small minority will be able to afford all the products and lifestyles being paraded, while the majority will work hard day in day out in an attempt to keep up with the many demands of materialism while at the same time the government takes its cut of the con, its protection money from all the various rackets, in the form of endlessly increasing taxes. There is however another small minority which exists at the other end of the scale. This minority wants the carrots offered by the media and the materialistic ideal, but for whatever reasons, is not prepared or able to take the path which most people take, indeed, this minority isn’t even satisfied with the middle path of acquiring some of the perks of modern life but sees no reason why it should not have them all. Why they should not have the same perks as the rich minority! And so they attempt to take shortcuts into acquiring whatever money they can and as soon as they possible. These people become the criminals, gangsters, the underworld, they have become so utterly brainwashed by the media into worshipping the God of materialism, that they will even gamble with morality and what society considers right and wrong, they are prepared to risk their liberty itself in order to acquire a certain level of comfort and a certain lifestyle. And so most of the ills that plague modern life are created by the system itself. Crime is the inevitable outcome of a society which vaunts universal materialism and excess, but which knows only too well that such a thing is impossible and that the ideal of luxury and excessive wealth can only exist if there are people from whom the wealth can be taken, whether through their labour, taxes, or through any one of the expenses incurred in the effort to keep ourself alive. Why should we have to pay to stay alive? Who are we paying this endless life tax to? It is a system, a cold calculating machine which has a life of its own yet has no physical body.

The cells of this organism are human beings operating under orders from other parts of the organism. The purpose of this organism is to keep itself going by feeding on those of us with the means to produce wealth and services. It feeds from us, on our actual life force, to keep itself running in perpetuity yet it is no more conscious or alive than a piece of stone. So what sense does it make to drain the whole world of its life to feed and sustain and oil the cogs of what is a lifeless machine? Why is it essential to exchange what is real and infinite, that is our lives and souls, for what is finite and doomed to eventual destruction by its own paradoxes and inherent weaknesses. In a materialist world morality and spirituality are not relevant values in themselves and in no way help the cause of the machine. Indeed, if society lived under moralistic and spiritual values the machine could no longer exist: the cutthroat, exploitative rules of ‘business’ have no place in a moral world. A world where the good will and happiness of others is a prime concern would not be able to operate crippling usury, bank charges which target those in most need and seem intent on making them ever poorer. Business operates under the principle that all people in the world must have whatever they possess of value, brought into the ownership of the enterprise. It seems that business, in particular the banks and commercial sector operate under the idea that the best thing to do with a ship with a leaking hull, rather than repair it and make it seaworthy, would be to make the holes bigger to scuttle it completely and rob it of its cargo before it finally sinks to the bottom of the sea bed.

[geezer661]

whts the aim of the book? you going to try an get it published or post online for free?

[edelweiss pirate]

whts the aim of the book? you going to try an get it published or post online for free?


Well I've written nearly half of it and I found it quite interesting so I'd thought I'd just put it out there.

That's what it's all about.

I'll post up chapter 2 soon.

I know there's nothing very new in chapter one but it's just an introduction. I've got a few original ideas here and there that I want to share in coming chapters.

[dreamweaver]

You need to break the paragraphs down a bit into manageable chunks. It really does make things more readable and more likely to keep the reader's attention.

I realise that may sound 'dumbed down' but it will definitely help, I promise you.

[edelweiss pirate]

You need to break the paragraphs down a bit into manageable chunks. It really does make things more readable and more likely to keep the reader's attention.

I realise that may sound 'dumbed down' but it will definitely help, I promise you.


Thanks. I've been thinking about making fonts bigger on my blog so it is more readable, but I realised my blogroll would end up about three miles long.

I dunno, I just hope someone can make sense of it somewhere out there.

[mr stoppitall]

Reading that reminded me of how I am with some people that try to rub me up the wrong way.

Get it off your chest, you sound like you are up for it. :D

[petercookie]

Seemed a decent chapter :)

[edelweiss pirate]

Seemed a decent chapter :)

Cheers mate. I'll post chapter 2 some time next week.


Stay tuned!

[petercookie]

Intresting read mate, Its always intresting to here what as gone on in a persons life and not only that, the situations you were in. Alot of people will say you were "paranoid" but i have no-doubt that what you describe, will go on in some places. And a "paranoid" person, is a thinking person.

They do things like that, in my mind, and its done very cleverly, they want people to appear paranoid to others and because paranoia is a word which is associated with being "mad" people can label you straight away.......and then dis-regard your claims because they sound Paranoid. They can switch off.

Intresting read though, cheers man :).....

[edelweiss pirate]

Intresting read mate, Its always intresting to here what as gone on in a persons life and not only that, the situations you were in. Alot of people will say you were "paranoid" but i have no-doubt that what you describe, will go on in some places. And a "paranoid" person, is a thinking person.

They do things like that, in my mind, and its done very cleverly, they want people to appear paranoid to others and because paranoia is a word which is associated with being "mad" people can label you straight away.......and then dis-regard your claims because they sound Paranoid. They can switch off.

Intresting read though, cheers man :).....

Thanks mate. I've just been polishing up chapter 3, it's entitled The Freemasons and details what I have experienced about them in my life. As you say, they are so clever so as not to give away too much and it's all done with hints and allusions. I detail this (in fact edited it today) in chapter 3.

Thanks for your words of support mate. It's a pretty crackers business all these masons and that..... Really is totally removed from normal reality in everyway. As I say I go into more detail and in particular I talk about the real 'big brother house' situation which illuminati recruits must undergo. This is something which happens when one live abroad with expats. A most treacherous road. I don't blame people if they don't believe it but I admire you for being open minded.

[dunadan]

You need to break the paragraphs down a bit into manageable chunks. It really does make things more readable and more likely to keep the reader's attention.

I realise that may sound 'dumbed down' but it will definitely help, I promise you.

I agree it helps the eye and the mind absorb it better - good for you and keep it up!

[edelweiss pirate]

Ok, here's chapter 3.


Chapter 3


The Freemasons

They pull our strings, make our food, sell us clothes, build our houses, make our chemicals, poison our world wage our wars, all in our name. They formulate chemical cocktails which they give to children to make them loopy and hyperactive, they devise violent entertainments of all kinds to reduce us to the level of blood lovers brooding on shotgun wounds and flamethrowers, they edit and write our books, newspaper and movies, taking care to remove the truth and substitute it for lies. One thing’s for sure they’re not writing this one.

It’s so hard to escape their clutches and one never knows when one’s working for them. Chances are whatever you’re doing you’re working for them.
Make no mistake, this is ‘their’ world. Everything in it is there because they’ve put it there. They brew our beer that poisons our streets decorating them with vomit and violence while telling us that we’re not allowed to smoke marijuana, they tease us with visions of semi naked women, driving our benign desires to an acrid frenzy, sexualising everything in the whole world to make a buck, they give life and they take it away.

They have instituted a fake twilight life where most of us live through our TV’s in a virtual fantasy. They make us work, they make us buy, we work, buy, on and on until we one day die. We do it all at their bidding, no wonder they act like God, albeit the old testament version of God, when they have so many souls caught in their thrall dancing to their tunes.

It was several years later from the time of my introduction to the awareness of Masonic techniques and their use in training programmes of various kinds, and their involvement in the world of TEFL teaching, that I myself was finally made a formal offer to join them, albeit an insinuating and suggestive offer. It was a job interview to a far eastern country for a teaching job.

It is said that the secret services (which I later found to be entwined with masonry when I arrived in Japan) recruit not with a word but with a look. The look is a peering penetrating stare as if they are trying to look inside you, I received the stare and just smiled back, this is it seemed was the correct response as I was later told I had got the job. At the end of the interview I was also told that when I return back to the UK in the summer I could visit my friends, but by then I’ll have ‘something better than friends.’ It was clear to me then that I was being recruited not just for as job but also to enter freemasonry.

The first thing I considered about my ‘mentor’ when I arrived in Japan, was that he seemed somehow ill. Like terminally ill. He was a thin grey man who never seemed to sleep. I would watch him teach English to children and though he bounded about with seeming energy and enthusiasm, however his smile never seemed to reach his eyes , he seemed to force the ‘happy’ expression onto his face and this made me wonder. Was he a well man? What was the burden he was shouldering to make him have to fake his way through life?

Things started off strange and grew inevitably to stranger. The strange recruitment system of the Illuminati freemasons meant that I was never solicited directly to join the freemasons, just hints and allusions in a constant stream. For example the man would roll up the trouser on his left leg frequently for no apparent reason, he would ask me ‘if I knew who I was?’ and he would have these strange imaginary phonecalls where he would be in the next room talking to someone, rather strangely, about me.

He would never explicitly talk about me but he would allude to things he must have somehow found out about me, but then decontextualise them so it would appear random and more startling, in these phone calls he would loudly refer to himself as Mr Mason. The odd thing about these Masonic people who have reached a certain level of initiation is that they seem able somehow to read minds or at least use some very very accurate system based on uncanny synchronicity.

For example in my mind I would wonder ‘what did he just say?’ and strangely in the next room he would repeat it. I found that if he said something which I didn’t catch he would repeat himself, in his imaginary conversation next door. It was an unusual coincidence to say the least. This was the first time I noticed this and on subsequent occasions have observed that some people are very definitely capable of reading minds.

The most unusual of these confirmations came in Egypt when I met a Nile delta farmer who provided tomatoes and various salad vegetables to Sainsbury’s supermarket. He seemed very well off and wore a suit, to say he was a farmer is probably over-stretching his role in the whole affair of growing vegetables but the fact is he was the smooth faced affluent fluent English speaker who made all the deals and got all the money.

He owned the farm and since he said he was providing for Sainsbury’s it must have been rather a large farm. Without remembering the specifics about the particular conversation I came to the startling discovery as we chatted that he always seemed to say exactly what I was thinking, it was unusual because our backgrounds had been vastly different, different countries and cultures yet somehow he would say what was in my mind and a second later he would gush it out, he would actually say what I was thinking. Almost like a party trick or something.

I felt peculiar as is sometimes the case during intense periods of metaphysical flux so I did what I always did in these situations, entered a Zen state, I advise everybody in the world to learn to acquire the Zen state, it instantly provides a safe ledge over the maelstrom of a turbulent reality, when the world itself dissolves into madness and chaos and you feel the tendrils grasping towards you, hack them off with pure silence peace and stillness.

Nothing matters apart from the stillness silence and the peace of the primeval void. It’s the voice of nature. Harmonious in its perfection.

Anyway

When I stilled my thoughts and literally had nothing going on inside my head he suddenly fell quiet and shrugged. Until this point he had been carrying on machine gun fire of conversation lifted directly from my thoughts, suddenly he was still. He kind of looked at me as if beaten and shrugged. He said nothing more and left shortly after. Sounds weird, make of it what you will, I just want to let you that there are things, people and situations which are much weirder than most of us are used to.

Anyway, back to Tokyo. Things came to a head when a lady came in, and, under the cover of being a prospective new student, questioned me quite seriously about whether I wanted to join the secret services and become a spy.

All the while I had this nagging insecurity playing in the back of my mind like a computer subroutine. I had reached a point in my life; for so long it seemed I had been moving hither and thither frantically crossing continents and breaching frontiers, seeing new sights with tired eyes, receiving hospitality and giving it in good measure, before it occurred to me that despite my travelling and my collection of sights and souvenirs, I wasn’t actually going anywhere. In a world where money can make a woman sleep with a man she doesn’t even know, or a man to cheat his own brother over their mother’s will, I discerned that I was ill equipped to actually keep mind and body together, in short I was skint and unknown, and it bothered me. I used to get these life panics from time time.

The last time it happened to me I had just bought a single ticket from Madrid to Paris, and had paid a premium for the dubious pleasure of watching Pocahontas on the video screen just above my head. I had quite a job in Spain because it was a slave factory and I’d wound up skint and worried about the fact that I was skint again. Sooner or later it seemed to me, I would have to start taking responsibility for my life, I wasn’t young anymore, I couldn’t live a carefree existence counting on the rewards of youth, and the spectre of an infirm and impoverished old age loomed, but I was more haunted by the idea that I might in some way fail life.

That the fruits and pleasures of life might be denied me, that I might be one of the losers buried in the seething underclass, my education and turn of mind denying me the simple folk pleasures such as football on a Saturday afternoon, soaps and walking the dog, this life wasn’t for me, I reached above my station and tasted fine wines, foreign travel, hell I spoke perfect French for God’s sake! I was a ponce! A clever ponce. But one without a bean. My fingers reached blindly onto high shelves were I took down books which contained the knowledge I was seeking but the more knowledge I accumulated the further away the real world of money and mortgages seemed until it was gone from my horizon. There’s something about knowing too much, learning too much, like the Pulp song Misshapes which I always loved:

“We weren’t supposed to be, we learned too much at school now we can’t help but see that the future that you’ve got mapped out is nothing much to shout about.”

I should say that life failed me, the dreams of childhood had stayed with me through my early twenties like buoyant balloons full of hot air, some of them had been bobbing along with me and now looked distinctly tired and deflated, such as Air Pilot! What the hell was that doing there? A relic from a fourteen year old’s Top Gun fantasy. Oddly enough there was one fantasy left, one which remained intact and still existed within the realms of feasibility: secret agent. Since being a child I had harboured a wish to be James Bond 007, to enjoy casual international travel, to lurk under and over the radar of everyday life, to be as hero, to be strong, to be....special.

Ok, it all seems pretty naive looking back, but while in Japan I was offered the post I had always dreamed of, or at least a ‘way in’. Trouble is the whole James Bond fantasy took a tumble when I actually met the brave new generation of secret agents. It seemed that the main duty of a ‘spy’ in Tokyo was not to save the world and cause heroic explosions, but instead to sit at tables in ex pats pubs and bars with other ex pats, and watch what they’re doing.

Quite what they were looking for I do not know but there is something unmistakably craven and contaminated about someone who literally, spies on other people. Perhaps if the people they were spying on were dangerous or a threat to world peace but they weren’t, the spies just spied for the hell of it. They were spying on nothing but people like you and me hanging out in bars. But they weren’t even that good at it because you could tell they were watching you and half of you wanted to go up to them and say ‘the fuck you looking at pal?’ but the rest of you couldn’t be bothered. Then I expect they went back and reported it all. Just sitting, watching, while pretending not to.
I don’t know about you but when I go to a pub I like to enjoy myself, these guys didn’t seem to be allowed.

They seemed grave, unhappy, and uncomfortable, there really is no word however to describe the feeling one gets from meeting a spy, a kind of pity mingled with contempt. Pity at their condition, contempt that they willingly signed themselves up for it. I expect they too wanted to be just like James Bond one day.

Spies and operative come in all shapes sizes and colours. The most intriguing but no less pitiably lost group of soul slaves concern the Filipino child minders, or at least those operatives who work under the cover of being child minders. I shared a house in a quiet area of Tokyo called Hiro, I lived just around the corner from the Solavakian embassy in a three storied house. I don’t recall the number of the house but strangely the Japanese landlord seemed to think it was ‘33’, it wasn’t however, it was 27 or something more banal, but when people mention the number 33 it should alert you that you may be dealing with masons. We went into the house and met one of the Filipino tenants, the room was on the third floor and was reached by a door on the second floor and a private staircase, the door leading up was next to the bathroom and as the landlord unlocked the door the Filipino lady said she didn’t know the room was there. Odd I thought, it seemed clear enough that there was a door, fairly close to the bathroom door, the landlord made something of this and said, as he unlocked the door, that it was ‘a secret room’.

Often you find masons trying to evoke mystery and mysticism at the slightest and most tenuous opportunity. From the very first meeting with these people I thought they were daft, and despite all of the extraordinary and unsuspected abilities of these Filippino women with their strong national tradition of witchcraft and magic, I left the house five months later with my initial first impression intact. I maintain to this day that essentially the masons are stupid. They simply do not have the awareness to see what a paltry and embarrassing life they live.

Admittedly, some of them are downright dangerous and evil, as we shall see later, but it is necessary that in order to be endangered by masons, one must first be subservient and cowed by them, a trick I have never learned as it not the dog that walks the man but it is the man who walks the dog, and these masons, by surrendering their free will to the orders of their hierarchy have lost their human birthright as sovereign beings, they become something else, something slightly lower on the evolutionary scale of things.

And so unwittingly I had stumbled upon a strange kind of Masonic Big Brother house. I don’t really know how else to describe it, basically it seems that after leaving the pale bone demon at Christmas time and refusing to join the secret services, I had hoped to move out and move on but it seemed that his ‘people’ were already one step ahead of me and I was back under their microscope. There was a strange cast of characters at this house.

There was Miss Snot, an Irish girl, who was always blowing her nose and creeping about outside my door having imaginary conversations with people about me. I’ve noticed this is a tactic masons like to use, this way they have plausible deniability if you take them to task, they can just turn on you and say ‘are you mentally ill or something, I’m talking to my friend’ because they never said anything directly to me I decided not to say anything directly to them either. I think they got increasingly desperate as they realised that I was neither particularly interested in joining them or even talking to them.

At one point the as I came down from my room I noticed the girl was all dressed in white, white skirt white jumper, she said ‘hold on a minute’ disappeared for a little less than a minute and returned all dressed in black. I knew what they were getting at, like the old Jackson song ‘It don’t matter if you’re black or white’.

I really didn’t see the point of these silly theatrics. Had she suddenly completely changed her clothes to tell me something or was it symbolic or were they merely trying to unbalance my sense of order and sanity? I suspect all of the above are true. The girl had a relatively minor role to play compared to the Filipino’s involvement in my ‘training’.

In the free Tokyo ex pat newspapers and magazines one often finds advertisements and notices which raise many questions in themselves. If you go there now and thumb through the classifieds and jobs sections, the chances are you will find offers of employment to Filipino women. One such advert I found said something along the lines of :”wanted, psychically gifted Filipinos for ethical work in Tokyo area...” This raises two main questions immediately. Firstly, are there various agencies who know that psychic powers exist and they can use them for some purpose. Secondly if it is necessary for them to make the distinction that the work offered is ‘ethical’ then what else is going on out there behind the scenes involving ‘psychically gifted Filipinos’ which is not ethical?

It seems that I was living with just such a sample, as to whether they were ‘ethical’ or not, I have my doubts. Their cooking certainly was not. They seemed mostly to eat fish head soup and it smelt extremely bad: more like a vile spell being brewed in a cauldron than anything anyone would actually eat. But as to what these Filipino witches actually did in the house during the hours of darkness I am almost reluctant to mention it.

Metaphysical experiences of the kind the masons are involved in are so far removed from most people’s everyday reality as to be the best possible means of defence against people escaping from their clutches and trying to tell other people what it’s like. A picture soon emerges of seeming nonsense, science fiction mixed with fantasy and mental illness.

Anyone who can actually accept and itemise the process of training and eventual involvement in Illuminated freemasonry and, like me for example, manages to write it down, is finally held to ransom by the incredulity of the reader.

It is up to you dear reader to try to enlargen your sense of reality and what is really possible, in order to accept the veracity of what I am saying. Some people may have even experienced something similar, but have since put it out of their minds for lack of being able to explain what happened to them. There may exist whole episodes of Masonic chicanery, lost in a grey haze at the very back of people’s minds. An unexplainable and uncomfortable mystery which lies there like a pearl growing inside an oyster.

What these witches seemed able to do, and indeed a south African Shaman friend of mine later confirmed this to me that it was something she could also do, was to be able to project their consciousness into somebody else’s mind. Because this kind of thing is seldom mentioned on the 6 o’clock news or in Eastenders, people have no awareness of it so it doesn’t exist. But there has always been throughout culture and society, a suspicion, and the odd documented cases, that something truly extraordinary lies sleeping just beneath the surface of our trivial and materialistic society.

As a child it was Arthur C Clarke’s World of Strange of Powers on TV which allowed me a glimpse of this infinitely more interesting set of possibilities than Sunday roasts and the morning papers. The thing is what we call being alive and conscious is the same thing for everyone. Consciousness is not billions of separate blobs but it is one unified field. Our experience of life and our awareness is within this field. Therefore it only requires the right techniques rituals and initiations for the person’s awareness to remove from a isolated point of view, into seeing the bigger picture and being aware that distance, separateness and individuality, is a kind of illusion or false perspective. In the true perspective we are all one consciousness.

The Filipino witches knew this and with this awareness they acted upon my own mind and consciousness at night in a rather unsettling and unpleasant manner. I realise that there are very few accounts of this process and many of my esteemed readers may be coming to the conclusion that perhaps too much foreign sunshine has baked my brain but I would like to offer the following intriguing volume as corroboration for my experiences. The book is called The Chasm of Fire by Irene Tweedie and documents a woman’s journey to India to study under a Sufi shaman. In the account she details the occurrence of her mentor actually entering her mind at night time and projecting all sorts of unsettling and unpleasant images in her mind. Most of the images are of a sexual nature and Tweedie fails to understand the process and why her mentor is doing such a thing to her. Who knows?

Eventually she comes close to a nervous break down and becomes very lonely and depressed to such an extent that she abandons the training. It’s a strange book, and leaves one with the lingering impression that these so called ‘wise men’ are actually expert torturers of the human psyche.
Suffice it to say I was subjected to similarly unpleasant visions and nightmares for many nights and could actually see the Filipino women in my mind’s eye. They also spoke and shrieked along with the subconscious journey I was being taken on, and the words I actually heard them say coincided with what I was experiencing in my mind. This was all quite a surprise and was fairly stressful. Fortunately for my sanity I had learned some techniques of psychic self defence. The first was to fire arrows at the witches in my mind’s eye and it seemed to have an effect as they would cease their shrieking and mind tricks. However the second method was more satisfactory as it was non aggressive and more ‘ethical’. I had taught myself zen meditation and could close down my mind and cease all mental activity at any time. Very useful if you are starting to lose control of what’s happening in your mind.

There are many people who attribute disordered thoughts or strange discarnate voices speaking to them, as a technological method of attack, but my awareness is that all of these happen as a result of the Masonic and wiccan techniques of hacking consciousness which they have perfected over thousands of years and kept secret mainly by flooding the world with materialism in order to direct most people’s awareness onto a red herring.
From what I have observed of the higher realms of Masonry there is much that is very sinister indeed. The mysteries of initiatic science, the birthright which is kept from the profane, is little short of black magic and is used (again from what I have observed) to create nothing short of a mind controlled international army which at any time can be mobilised to perform any task without consultation of individual conscience and under strict, military style orders.

What better way to control someone’s mind than by actually being there? These people can literally be present in your mind, as you go about your business. This is dark side to the new age goal of ‘oneness’. It all sounds very cosy but oneness with what? What they mean is ‘oneness’ with the hierarchy, every person has their place and position and their psychic orders. You can imagine how complete the slavery must be when one can’t leave the room where the master is giving orders, or stick your fingers in your ears because the master is inside of you forever.

I soon realised that if these people could get inside my head then it would be the death of freedom, individuality, privacy, autonomy, and all the things that we treasure and enjoy. So I made my mind up and flew out of there and came back to the UK. They were getting increasingly desperate though in the last few weeks before I decided to leave and at one point the whole group gathered outside my door and spoke of ‘initiation’, I don’t remember the exact gist of what they said because whenever they would attempt these tiresome theatrics I would turn up my music or stick my fingers in my ears. The secret agent dreams and the riches of success and wealth would just have to go on hold. I would rather be poor and free than a rich slave. Any day.

In retrospect I am extremely glad I never joined the masons, not only to hang on to my individuality, but that, with research, I have uncovered truth behind the disturbing rumours about their variously unpleasant activities. For example the following story appeared on the ICNNorth Wales news website, it has since been removed.
Former Birmingham police officer Raymond Ketland, 66, of Nant y Coed, Glan Conwy, became involved with the girl after noticing sexual activity on Llanddulas beach.

He admitted two charges of sexual activity with a minor, taking indecent photographs of a child and facilitating a child sex offence, and was jailed for two and a half years.

Ketland had become involved partly through a fellow Mason.

Andrew Thomas, prosecuting, said: "He recognised one of them as a fellow member of his Masonic Lodge, who walked up to him and asked 'Do you want to have a bit of fun?' He pointed out a girl who was with them."

Mr Thomas later confirmed Ket-land had refused to divulge the identity of his fellow Mason to investigating officers.

Catholic Bishop Gerard Crane, called as a character witness by Ketland's defence, said his friend was "totally distraught" at what had happened.

Here we have substance to the rumour that the masons run child abuse rings. The reason for their doing so, apart from them being evil and the stuff of the devil himself, is for control. If they can implicate somebody in child abuse and paedophilia, they will have ammunition with which to blackmail that person for the rest of their lives. If this person is powerful or in a position of authority, it provides perfect leverage for the Masonic organisation to operate on society. They used to blackmail homosexuals in a similar manner before it was decriminalised, and the secrets services often try to compromise foreign agents into working for them, in a similar manner, and vice versa. For these people the ends justify the means, and despite them using the most evil and disgusting methods conceivable, for them, it is a means to an end. This proves that all their high talk of morality is so much cobblers designed to lure in naive and fresh faced idealists. Nothing could be further from the truth, the tree must be judged by its fruit and as we shall see, the harvest is a rotten one.

Mannheim soldier’s death has element of Masonic mystery
21 Year Old GI Freemason Killed in Masonic Mystery
GI found dead hours after scheduled secretive rite

Stars and Stripes, European edition
By Steve Mraz
Sunday, February 12, 2006

Courtesy of the Wilder familySpc. Donald Anthony Wilder, 21, was found dead Jan. 8 at Spinelli Barracks in Mannheim, Germany. Questions loom involving the details of Spc. Donald Anthony’s death. An autopsy was inconclusive.
The Masons are a secret society that dubs itself the world’s oldest and largest fraternity. Masons rise in rank by performing degree-work.
MANNHEIM, Germany — Weeks before Spc. Donald Anthony Wilder was found dead in a barracks shower, his parents say, he told them he knew he was going to be beaten.

On Jan. 7, Wilder, 21, was set to become a third-degree Mason with the Prince Hall Masons in Mannheim. A radio communication security controller repairman with the 512th Maintenance Company, Wilder had become active with the Prince Hall Masons in the fall of 2005.
In order to become a third-degree Mason, Wilder knew he would have to endure being beaten on his buttocks with a paddle by fellow Masons.
His plan was to get so drunk for the Jan. 7 ceremony that he wouldn’t feel the pain of the beatings, according to a friend, Spc. Tony d’Ercole. His mother, Diane Wilder, said her son told her that if he got so drunk that he passed out, his fellow Masons would take his blows.

On Jan. 8, just hours after the evening ceremony that took place inside Mannheim American High School at Benjamin Franklin Village, Wilder was found dead in a friend’s shower in the barracks at Spinelli Barracks in Mannheim.
An autopsy performed last month at Landstuhl Regional Medical Center was inconclusive, pending further studies, which are due back next week. Marie Shaw, a Landstuhl spokeswoman, said preliminary findings show Wilder experienced a “sudden, unexpected death.”

Last days

He told them about the paddlings he took when he became a first- and second-degree mason last fall: how he would lie in his bed at Spinelli Barracks in Mannheim, icing his body after the paddlings, his mother said.

“He talked about the beatings a lot … and he was very afraid of them,” Diane Wilder said from her home in Seal Rock, Ore. “Prior to the … ceremony, he was throwing up because he was so nervous, that’s what we were told.”
He said the beatings were to show the other Masons just how badly you want to be a member.

“ ‘If you can’t put up with a little discomfort for a little while in order to do some good for people, you don’t want it that much,’ he told us,” she said.
On Christmas, Diane Wilder talked to her son twice. During those conversations, she says, Donald Wilder expressed concern about the paddlings he knew awaited him.

“His plan was to get so drunk that he wouldn’t have to take all the beatings,” Diane Wilder said.
“There was something about it, obviously, we didn’t like,” Diane Wilder said. “It made us nervous. It just didn’t seem right.”
The week before his death, the Wilders talked to their son every other day. On Jan. 5 — three days before he died — Wilder promised his mother he would not go through with the third-degree ceremony, she said.
Donald Wilder would not stay true to his word.

“I think he just decided not to tell us because we disapproved,” Diane Wilder said.
Also on Jan. 5, Wilder went to Murphy’s Law Irish Pub in Mannheim. He met friends that evening, including Maria Testai, a German acquaintance, and d’Ercole, a soldier in Wilder’s unit who served with him in Iraq.
The two soldiers talked for about an hour at the bar, d’Ercole said, and Wilder seemed relaxed. Testai said Wilder told her that he would like to go to a movie with her during the coming weekend.

“I have another friend married to an American,” Testai said. “She told me about the Masons. She told me that they would beat up the people and drink a lot when they have parties. I didn’t like it so I didn’t ask for more.

“He sounded, I don’t know, not really nervous,” Testai said. “He talked a lot. I don’t know if excited is the right word.”

The initiation ceremony took place inside Mannheim American High School. The group initially requested to use the facility on Jan. 6. Because of school rehearsals, the high school was not available, said Dennis Bohannon, public affairs officer for Department of Defense Dependents Schools-Europe.
A key to the school was checked out to the Masons on Jan. 5. The group used the key to enter the facility without authorization on Jan. 7, Bohannon said.

When asked how school officials knew that the Masons were in the facility on Jan. 7, Bohannon said, “someone in the school has personal knowledge.”
Sometime during the morning of Jan. 8, Wilder was found lying unconscious and unresponsive in the shower of a friend’s room at Spinelli Barracks, said Diane Wilder. Medical professionals, military police and the German police were called to the scene.
Shortly after noon, Spc. Donald Anthony Wilder, a 21-year-old veteran of Operation Iraqi Freedom, was pronounced dead.
Officially speaking

To date, no charges have been preferred against anyone in relation to Wilder’s death. Until further autopsy studies are complete, it is unknown whether Wilder died of alcohol poisoning or something else.
Officially, the command that Wilder’s unit comes under is working with the Army’s Criminal Investigation Command, known as CID, to find out what happened.

“We have multiple, ongoing investigations to ensure that the facts are known and everything that can be done to prevent this from happening to other soldiers,” said Maj. Allen Hing, 21st Theater Support Command public affairs officer.
To protect the integrity of its investigation, CID is not releasing details of the investigation at this time, said Christopher Grey, CID spokesman.
Soldiers are not prohibited from joining such groups as the Masons. D’Ercole estimated about six or seven soldiers in his roughly 250-man unit are Masons.
http://www.stripes.com/article.asp?section=104&article=34129&archive=true

The incident involving the death of a 21 year old in Mannheim Germany, gets echoed periodically and repeats itself, there is usually a Masonic connection. In the UK, there have been numerous reports in the media of young men dying in similar circumstances, such as the four young soldiers shot dead at Deepcut Barracks in Surrey, the army board brought no charges, is it a coincidence that they are all masons? Here’s another example of unaccountable and sudden deaths while deep within mason territory:

Freemason Shot Dead in a Masonic Ritual

A Freemason was accidentally shot dead in a Masonic ritual in a Lodge in New York state, in March 2004:

Inductee Shot Dead at Long Island Masonic Lodge Rite
A secretive initiation ceremony in the basement of a Long Island Masonic lodge went "tragically wrong" when a member mistakenly pulled out a loaded weapon and fatally shot an inductee in the face, police said Tuesday.

William James, 47, of Medford, N.Y., was pronounced dead at the scene of Monday night’s shooting inside the Southside Masonic Lodge, said Suffolk County Detective Lt. Jack Fitzpatrick.

... Fitzpatrick said the ceremony was designed to create "a state of anxiety" for the inductees. Police also found a guillotine, rat traps, and a wooden board that Fitzpatrick surmised was used in some type of "walking the plank" routine in the basement of the one-story building.

...While officials of the lodge denied that guns play a role in ceremonies, Fitzpatrick said members told police the rite involving a gun with blanks goes back at least 70 years.

Or the truly chilling story of Sarah Paine who was snatched from a street in West Sussex on July 1, 2000. Her body was found 16 days later, ten miles away. A paedophile Roy Whiting was convicted of her abduction and murder, and sentenced to life in prison.

Open and shut? Not quite. Because there's this painting Sarah left behind, displayed in her classroom, which was reproduced in the Sun newspaper four days after her disappearance: a man standing upon a 13-square checkered floor, between columns bearing Sarah's name. He wears what appears to be an apron of 33 studs, and holds an object in his left hand. His right sleeve is also missing. All suggestive of a Masonic ritual.

[scaltura]

BRAFUKINGVO !!!

i will be reading this as soon as i have the time , scanned over some of it .

spill as much truth about the masons as possible

and when i get the time myself , i will be writting my own story

good luck with your work PEACE

[edelweiss pirate]

Excerpts from future chapters:


Chapter 4

Enlightenment?


What is enlightenment? What is the Illuminati? What’s going on? What’s with all the light?

For thousands of years and for thousands of miles around both ancient and more modern cultures have cherished an ideal. An ideal which somehow seems to exist as an idea of the very edges of society, an ideal known of and searched for by various he mystics, misfits and bar stool prophets, but do any of these people ever reach the fabled enlightenment.? How many copies of the Bhagavad-gita exist in the world to the ratio of those who have really understood its wisdom? Likewise how many people can actually browse through the Gnostic gospel of Thomas with complete understanding of what secret wisdom Jesus is trying to transmit? Inevitably, Gnostic or hidden teachings are invariably never understood by those who are not already privy to the secret, so one has to ask what is the point? Well, there is a slight ironic subtlety to this business of so called ‘secret information’ and hidden wisdom, in fact the irony is that it is not secret at all but actually in plain sight, the secret of enlightenment is repeatedly time and time again elucidated in the story of Jesus and made clearer and rephrased in the gospel of Thomas.

It is clearly expressed in black and white and most of us already have the code in our minds, the subtlety is that we would simply never believe it. What makes something ‘hidden’ is not that it has been deliberately obfuscated or buried somewhere where no one will ever find it, the main thing that makes something hidden is our inability to see it.

This is the Illuminati technique which has become known as ‘hidden in plain sight’. In order for this technique to succeed however something else other than the secret to be concealed is required, it is necessary to create an ant-secret, something which directly contradicts the ‘secret’ word for word and measure for measure. An entire thesis, continuum, political movement, ideology or lifestyle which directly negates the secret and works against it consistently and constantly, and this has been their technique of social control for thousands of years.

In this first decade of the 21st century the system is moving into overdrive as the anti-secret has so far completely dominated life and thinking on earth, that we are fast heading into one of a hundred possible forms of self destruction as we on earth as a people, have largely completely forgotten what we are and what we are really doing here.

This method however has been found so effective and generally such an effective way for our controllers and governments to raise money and more effectively control people, not only has it been used for hiding metaphysical wisdom and the meaning of life but also to control the food we eat and the entertainments and hobbies we indulge in. For example, it is no secret that we need a certain amount of food in order to repair our physical bodies and maintain our tissues, bone and muscle, if we eat healthy fresh unprocessed food then we will maintain our physical processes more effectively and for a longer time.

Yet somehow this very simple piece of information has been lost by many people, or at least not lost, the ‘code’ as I mentioned before is in us all. We ALL know it, yet many people have chosen an alternative and have decided to ignore the ‘secret’, instead of people generally eating food to maintain our physical body we are eating for a thousand and one other reasons.

The anti secret, that food should exclusively taste or look good, or be brightly coloured, or virtually wholly contain processed sugar, or should be eaten when depressed, lonely, bored. That food should be more entertaining than it is healthy. That the anti-secret should be inculcated in young children as soon as possible to prevent them from being receptive to the truth. That sweets, liquid sugar drinks, or fat and salt based tastes are being constantly forced down children’s throats leading to various psychological and physical ailments later in life or in many instances much sooner. Obesity in children, attention deficit disorder, are all new plagues and these all have ultimately destructive results in society.

As a school teacher I have had many enlightening conversations with children as to what the powers that be are trying to do to us. A group of children who tell you that they scoff sweets and fizzy drinks so that they can go ‘hyper’ shows that they have understood the secret intentions of the ‘anti-secret’ and are content, even happy to exist within the distortions of its continuum.

The knock on effect is devastating. From behaviour problems in class, leading to the breaking down of the education system and the eventual creation of a virtually uneducated majority with no independent thought or ability whatsoever expect the ability to absorb and enact the propaganda and instructions disseminated through the media. This one instance of an anti-truth has the power to almost totally cripple humanity. But there are many many more. They are without limit. For every sound, tried and tested natural law there is one or more anti-truths to stymie the truth and reduce it to a murmured platitude of admonition.

A modern occurrence is the gradual criminalisation of victims and the victimisation of criminals. Fairly recently a 13 year old, Balal Khan, was found guilty of the attempted murder and rape of a 20 year old woman, yet the sentence he received was unduly lenient with the fact that Balal had ‘anger management issues’ being an apparently mitigating circumstance! It was also noted that he said ‘sorry’. These cases are becoming ten a penny and despite the amount of media condemnation and public outcry generated, they continue to occur! Why? Why at schools are children who have money or items stolen from them by persons known to the victim and teachers, are treat like they have done something wrong by having their money subsequently taken from them by staff to collect at the end of the day or as and when required!

Why does having money taken from a child by another child result in that same child having its money taken from it by an adult regularly? As if this child cannot be trusted, as if it’s the child’s own fault. While the school has no protocol to deal with the thief.

I have spoken to teachers who have tried to quieten a noisy or disruptive child in class, only to be called a ‘racist’ by the student, the teacher who made a complaint to his senior member of staff found that instead of any focussing on the behaviour of the child there was a switch to looking at the behaviour of the teacher and suddenly the teacher is being questioned on all sides as if the accusation were justified and the teacher really is a racist. Teacher training now has moved so far away from truth and common sense guidelines that teachers are told explicitly that if students are misbehaving it is the teacher’s fault.
The lesson is not interesting enough, or the teacher is ineffective, or the teacher is bullying the student, or any one of many slurs on the ‘victim’ while protecting the perpetrator. All of this has arrived on the back of political correctness and human rights, in themselves there is nothing wrong with not being offensive to other people and nothing wrong clearly with respecting human rights, but a trick has been pulled, words, terminology and semantics have been used to usher in a new age of madness and unreason under the guise of reason.

The basic and reasonable truth that children should not be hurt and should enjoy a happy life, is now being parasited by an anti-truth, an unreason, that children can do what they like without consequences, that the children must be happy at all costs and if they are not then someone to blame must be found. Clearly some children are in a vulnerable position and child abuse of a most horrible kind takes place, but only on a small scale, what is happening now is that our whole society is being treat as potential child abusers. So society is now being steered by the behaviour of a psychopathic minority. The final rotten irony of this is that the psychotic minority who actually do all the really bad things which we as a society get legislated against and see our rights constantly eroded, are actually working hand in hand with the secret rulers of our world, in fact they are one and the same, government is a racket and nothing more than organised crime. We are caught in a pincer movement with the psychopaths in ties and the psychopaths on the streets, directing the destiny of the world between them.

The question is why? How could they act so in such a ruthlessly cold blooded deceptive way. One word: control. They believe the ends justifies the means, at least that’s what the lower levels believe, the higher levels believe something rather more sinister. And so we see an almost perpetual sacrificing of our health, happiness and our very lives for some aim unknown to the general public of the time. But it never seems to get better. Society changes this way and that. Wars, forced immigrations, social engineering, restrictive laws, all constantly rain down upon us but it never seems to better. Sure, we get new technological gadgets and better ways to waste our time such as more entertaining horror films (many cinemas incidentally seem happy to allow children to watch 18 classified films) but the list of problems grows ever larger. There is a very simple reason for the never ending range of new social problems and environmental problems, they are all caused by the philosophy of ends justifying the means.

Solzhenitsyn who, spending time in a Siberian gulag, found himself very close to this particular fallacy and he correctly identified the problem: The means and the ends are the same. The means you use to achieve a certain goal will haunt and corrupt the final result. It’s like trying to use a chainsaw to cut someone’s hair. And when the lifeless blood spattered body of the socio-political victim is brought out, the fact that they are dead and mutilated is moot, but that chainsaw certainly managed to cut the hair is used as justification.

Our leaders, or rather the strange diabolical cabal which gives them all their orders, are the ones handing out the chainsaws. At the very highest levels their true intentions are understood but to those they hand the chainsaws to they merely indoctrinate the philosophy of ends justifying means and that the hair must be cut at all costs without any concern for the effects of the chainsaw on the social body. For the National Oceanic and Atmospheric and Administration has Noah as an acronym. Deleting and cherry picking results to fit in with the theory of manmade global warming. 25 minutes Alan watt 25 jan.

We started this chapter seeking enlightenment and in our quest, as is so often the case, it has started to get dark and we have strayed from the path. In order to discuss something which by definition exists only in the psyche and interior world of the enlightened one we need to look at the anti-enlightenment, like strange subatomic particles which exist only by definition of what they are not but can scarcely be said to exist at all, we need to examine and analyse what we can see in our visible world. Unfortunately what we see of the world and the system we live in at present has for a very long time been made almost entirely of particles of the anti enlightenment. So in order to see the nature and properties of enlightenment it is necessary to effectively look at what our world represents and what qualities and lifestyles are being promoted and seek to the very opposite. Whatever is the ‘ghost’ of modern life, or the shadow, or it’s opposite, is the road to enlightenment. But this mystery is no mystery, the path to wisdom has always been said to come from rejection of Maya or Sansarma, the Zen Buddhists have long known where the true life is to be found, and it is not available to the five sense reality.



Chapter 5.

What is life?

There are two principal parts that make up what we know as consciousness. The first is mistakenly what scientists and the western world at large refer to when they talk about our consciousness and these misunderstandings arise from certain materialistic Greek philosophers such as Aristoltle and more modern ironically termed ‘enlightenment’ scientists such as Descartes who declared “Je pense donc je suis” I think therefore I am. This sad piece of misunderstanding chimed in with other sad pieces of misunderstanding Descartes had when he referred to animals as being mere ‘machines’.

Unfortunately Descartes was well connected and part of the 19th Century agenda to destroy the church and usher in the modern materialists order of things. These scientists were not theologians and were creatures of a tradition which does not understand the spirit so attempted to deny it. This simple piece of blasphemy Jesus warned us about, ‘the only blasphemy is against the holy spirit’, by which Jesus means our own spiritual nature, if we deny that, then we literally deny ourselves of understanding and the means to transcend this world of pain toil and corruption. It is no coincidence that we live in a literal world of confusion. Every now and then a scientist claims to have found the mystery of life or the building blocks of life or some magical God particle and every time it turns out to be just another piece of the puzzle. The mystery of life is that first of all ‘life’ as we know it is actually a spirit which lives within matter for a duration of time, then when the physical container breaks down with age the spirit returns to its origin. Many people have trouble believing this to be the case and this is wholly thanks to the work of the modern scientists. They see a cruel world full of pain and they say ‘how can God allow this to happen?’ well my answer isn’t that God allowed this to happen, it’s that our so called leaders have made this happen. They didn’t consult God on the matter at all. This is exactly what the Bavarian Illuminati of 1776 professed to believe and within only two hundred years they have thoroughly achieved their goal. It is also the belief of the Yezudi or devil worsippers of Iraq, it is also the view of modern Satanists who believe that neither the God nor the devil exists.

The mistake Descartes becomes obvious, at least with a little reflection, namely that I think therefore I am, presumably also means if I don’t think then I cease to exist. Thoughts are made up of words, it is necessary to have some kind of language in order to think, language is a collection of sounds used to convey and articulate a series of feelings, impressions, emotions and labels, about the world we live in. Thinking is putting these together in different combinations in order to analyse something about the world we live in. However very young children have no language and therefore it can be surmised that they don’t ‘think’ as such yet they very much alive. A new born child will just absorb impression of the world around them along with data from the physical body, such as hunger, fatigue, frustration, but it cannot think yet because it cannot make a collection of ideas and analyse them. The continuous trammel of thoughts that we all have going through our heads pretty much constantly is not a prerequisite to being alive. So thoughts are a result of being alive rather than the other way around. So this tends to be what happens when scientists who are more suited to analysing numbers and compounds in a crucible attempt to expound on the nature of existence itself, they are simply not qualified to so because they focus solely on what is physically observable phenomenon, they are not allowed to infer anything from what they observe they can only make things happen that they already understand, they use inductive reasoning.


Chapter 6
Total Reality!

When we sleep we are commonly termed to be unconscious. This one single piece of semantic nonsense is one of the greatest obstacles and anti-truths to understanding who and what we truly are. Consciousness is everywhere and in differing degrees of intensity. A cat for example is conscious of his hunger and his desire to watch and chase birds, he is also conscious of the nice feeling he gets when his mistress strokes his tummy, he is conscious of laying in the sun, purring and feeling contented with his life as a cat. The humble little car however is not conscious of what time the football match between Liverpool and Arsenal is on, nor is he conscious of the written word and the history of mankind and traditions of mankind.

He might be aware of a little more fun and activity and the sudden appearance of a tree in the house which signals the Christmas season, but as to the reason why? As to the person of Jesus or the Roman church’s appropriation of pagan festivals he is entirely ignorant, nor would it be of any interest whatever to him, it is entirely outside his sphere of conscious awareness so as not to even exist for him. The plants we also share our world with are conscious too, albeit on an exponentially restricted level compared to the cat. The humbler plant sits in its pot or in the garden seeming to mind its own business and seemingly not getting too excited about anything, unlike the cat peering out of the French windows and miaowing with impatience to get at the birds. The plant may not seem particularly conscious of anything, but the plants needs and requirements are rather simpler than ours: he doesn’t celebrate Christmas, or chase birds or DO anything much, except grow. For the plant to grow however he needs to be alive and conscious of the things which will help him to grow. Namely sun and water. He will seek out water with the digging down of his roots and he will find the sun by sending up branches and leaves to capture the light energy.

Therefore consciousness is what it is to be alive, it is an indispensable condition to life as, without rudimentary consciousness there is no awareness of the environment and no growth, in short no life. All life has verifiable and quantifiable intelligence. Intelligence is the ability to survive in an environment. Consciousness is the awareness engine which makes intelligence possible. To be ‘unconsciousness’ is without awareness, therefore not alive and never having been so. Why are people describe as being ‘unconscious’ merely because they are asleep? Rocks, elements and chemical compounds can be described as unconscious, but not a living breathing mammal who is having a dream.

[edelweiss pirate]

A major secret revealed:

But to return to the question “What is enlightment?”, like any paradigm in this world society has created another anti-truth to combat it. If the dogma of materialism is not a sufficient deterrent for people who wish to find enlightenment in this world, then there is a final line of defence for the establishment. The fake enlightenment, the Illumination (commonly termed Luciferian). This step usually ends in absolute obedience to the establishment, in particular to the secret group which practiced this ancient piece of witch craft. The aim of Illumination is to break down the ego and create a change of brain chemistry in the member of their cult or an inductee. This is effected by creating great waves of stress, fear and uncertainty in the mind of the person targeted by this technique, what follows is a chemical reaction, as uncertainty grows fears become irrational and a panic starts to rise, a flight or fight paradigm, chemicals are released by the brain to supercharge the body to get out of the perceived dangerous situation, adrenalin is released for the duration of the panic and if the panic can be sustained and a sudden shock comes into play, then a permanent chemical imbalance takes place, the adrenalin in the blood breaks down and is converted into adrenochrome which if you remember, Hunter S Thompson rather illicitly obtained some which he hoped to use as a psychedelic.

Hunter, intriguingly comments that his attorney obtained it from a Satanic cult group from the body of one of their human sacrifices. However it doesn't work if you ingest glands or other nonsense, it just poisons you, the way to feel the effect of adrenochrome is for your own body to produce it, and this is the key of the rituals, initiations and so called 'enlightenment' of the secret order groups.

The effects of Illumination are very similar indeed to LSD consumption except LSD eventually wears off and you can go to sleep and break the spell. However the Illumination is not designed to wear off and is the reason why masonry and witchcraft has degrees, it is a continuous process, mind control must be reapplied, the narrative of the person in questions psyche must continue to be moulded by the secret society and its agents.

Adrenochrome in the blood has many effects on the human body, these include: inability to sleep, hallucinations and heightened senses. The brain works much faster as the adrenochrome has an amphetamine type effect on the brain, so thoughts come very quickly and there often different thought paths occurring at one time, the result of this is to make connections and be more aware of things that most people wouldn’t notice or perceive. The person becomes much more able to read a person by looking at their gestures, movements, even their sweat reveals information that the quickened mind can detect.

The senses eventually become overcome with the onslaught of information and the associating thought patterns continually being drawn, suddenly a veil is lifted and the sight that the ego protected you from, namely all the boundless fear and pain in the world, is seemingly absorbed into them, the world becomes a nightmare and a permanent bad trip, the broken ego cannot rally its forces and create sense of the chaos of ideas associations and hallucinations, madness follows. They are then put to work. These Illuminated people are extremely useful in an empire. They will pledge themselves to any group which will protect them from the uncertainty and perceived dangers of the outside world and the associated fears they have. If they work hard they will be richly rewarded when they retire and will be able to pass their madness in relative luxury and ease. Many world leaders have been said to have heard ‘voices’ including Winston Churchill who was told where to sit by this voice at important meetings of world leaders. George W Bush was said to ‘speak to God’ . This is the solution to a major mystery and I pray that others may use this information for an insight into what has happened to them, or to prevent others from foolishly rushing into a life of bonded slavery and insanity.

[the perfect one]

So this is how they do it. HA! Didnt get to me. Suckers! Good info. Thanks.

The aim of Illumination is to break down the ego and create a change of brain chemistry in the member of their cult or an inductee. This is effected by creating great waves of stress, fear and uncertainty in the mind of the person targeted by this technique, what follows is a chemical reaction, as uncertainty grows fears become irrational and a panic starts to rise, a flight or fight paradigm, chemicals are released by the brain to supercharge the body to get out of the perceived dangerous situation, adrenalin is released for the duration of the panic and if the panic can be sustained and a sudden shock comes into play, then a permanent chemical imbalance takes place, the adrenalin in the blood breaks down and is converted into adrenochrome

[edelweiss pirate]

So this is how they do it. HA! Didnt get to me. Suckers! Good info. Thanks.

The aim of Illumination is to break down the ego and create a change of brain chemistry in the member of their cult or an inductee. This is effected by creating great waves of stress, fear and uncertainty in the mind of the person targeted by this technique, what follows is a chemical reaction, as uncertainty grows fears become irrational and a panic starts to rise, a flight or fight paradigm, chemicals are released by the brain to supercharge the body to get out of the perceived dangerous situation, adrenalin is released for the duration of the panic and if the panic can be sustained and a sudden shock comes into play, then a permanent chemical imbalance takes place, the adrenalin in the blood breaks down and is converted into adrenochrome

Yep, that's how it's done.

If you notice chapter 3 about Freemason you will read
... Fitzpatrick said the ceremony was designed to create "a state of anxiety" for the inductees. Police also found a guillotine, rat traps, and a wooden board that Fitzpatrick surmised was used in some type of "walking the plank" routine in the basement of the one-story building.

Their rituals and initiations are designed to create fear, unease and eventually terrorize the candidate into a full blown psychotic meltdown!

The results of the permanent change of brain chemistry is what is commonly known as schizophrenia.

This is why they abuse kids. It creates the stress, the terror, shock and results in the Luciferian Illumination.

So far I seem to be the only 'researcher' to have pointed this out.

Would like it if someone could corroborate my info.

[the perfect one]

Shit Edelweiss, I dont think you need to have it corroborated. I think you HIT the NAIL on the HEAD. Absolutely , freaking fantastic! I mean it-you got it down!!!!

Now if you can figure out how to reverse it-you would have the key to kill the beast .

Excellent! I'm still in awe.

Ya know, that's why I had to get some proof as well, because I knew I WASNT CRAZY. I knew I was being played. I didnt back down, I didnt give in,I held my ground.I'm just floored right now. BRAVO!

[the perfect one]

I just gave this thread a five star rating. WOW-I'm gonna be reeling from this info all freaking day.

[edelweiss pirate]

I just gave this thread a five star rating. WOW-I'm gonna be reeling from this info all freaking day.

Thanks Perfect One.

I love that feeling too.


BTW How to break Illuminati brainwashing....

That's another chapter for another day I reckon, not that I've written it yet.

Suffice it to say, you need weed, sleep, meditation, love and laughs. And most importantly you need to put the boot on the other foot and start hunting THEM rather than being the hunted.

They'll be too busy getting out of your way to chase you around anymore.

[the perfect one]

However, there is one mystery that dont fit in this. I think they must have different options depending on what they want from each individual. Like they tried to make me crazy paranoid, but they also used my family against me for this.

For example....how did they get to my husband? My little one too? My daughter as well. If you can figure that one out-you would make a great investigator.

[the perfect one]

Thanks Perfect One.

I love that feeling too.


BTW How to break Illuminati brainwashing....

That's another chapter for another day I reckon, not that I've written it yet.

Suffice it to say, you need weed, sleep, meditation, love and laughs. And most importantly you need to put the boot on the other foot and start hunting THEM rather than being the hunted.

They'll be too busy getting out of your way to chase you around anymore.

Yeah your right -I need to get off the computer and start hunting them again. I worry though that if I do ,the maddness will start up again. Hummm.. food for thought. Edelweiss you are gonna make a lot of money off your book.

[the perfect one]

I missed this part-

They'll be too busy getting out of your way to chase you around anymore. :cool:

Good -Good-rubbing my hands together. LOL:D

[edelweiss pirate]

However, there is one mystery that dont fit in this. I think they must have different options depending on what they want from each individual. Like they tried to make me crazy paranoid, but they also used my family against me for this.

For example....how did they get to my husband? My little one too? My daughter as well. If you can figure that one out-you would make a great investigator.

The solution to that riddle is one you may not believe......

If you have a problem with the concept of spirits or invisible entities from other dimensions who can manipulate and stage coincidences...

I do not know the background to your specific issues but I believe Bob Jones and The Choiceless One have the same thing going on.

They are experiencing staged coincidence and negative synchronicities and take it to mean that everyone is psychic and consciously fucking with them. It simply isn't the case, many people are like pawns or puppets, and can easily be induced to say or or certain things at certain times to make you feel victimised or such.

The biggest mystery on earth is what really goes on in someone's mind and the fact that the tramel of thoughts and impressions don't always originate in their own mind but actually well up from the mental plane which is populated by all sorts of beings.

Sounds far out. It is. But I have had similar occurances to you and others within my family. One thing is for sure, someone or something is subtly controlling people. A bit like the Organic Portal theory but not quite so extreme.

[the perfect one]

The solution to that riddle is one you may not believe......

If you have a problem with the concept of spirits or invisible entities from other dimensions who can manipulate and stage coincidences...

I do not know the background to your specific issues but I believe Bob Jones and The Choiceless One have the same thing going on.

They are experiencing staged coincidence and negative synchronicities and take it to mean that everyone is psychic and consciously fucking with them. It simply isn't the case, many people are like pawns or puppets, and can easily be induced to say or or certain things at certain times to make you feel victimised or such.

The biggest mystery on earth is what really goes on in someone's mind and the fact that the tramel of thoughts and impressions don't always originate in their own mind but actually well up from the mental plane which is populated by all sorts of beings.

Sounds far out. It is. But I have had similar occurances to you and others within my family. One thing is for sure, someone or something is subtly controlling people. A bit like the Organic Portal theory but not quite so extreme.

Ok, that explains it. I often thought about the spirits they can send to people. I KNOW they can do it. It is the only way to explain the personality change in those that were around these bad people. You cannot have someone you have known your whole life -all a sudden be someone else unless something else is controlling them. Makes sense to me now also , as why the bad guys always wanted to know what my husband thought. They wanted to know if their bs worked on him,plus they can plant the seed of dis trust between those you love and trusted your whole life. Man, this is great. I cannot thank you enough.

[the perfect one]

except now I wonder about this reptoid theory. I believe there is something to it. I've seen the reptoid eyes when someone I know went too far and was enraged. I coudlnt freaking believe it, and I tried to tell myself ,it was not what it looked like. Plus weird skin problem from time to time on that person. I started to wonder if they had not replaced that person with something else. But I shouldnt derail your excellent thread so I'll shut up now.;)

Yeah I'm starting to believe the reptoid theory...it goes against my logical thinking. But I am going there. LOL

[edelweiss pirate]

except now I wonder about this reptoid theory. I believe there is something to it. I've seen the reptoid eyes when someone I know went too far and was enraged. I coudlnt freaking believe it, and I tried to tell myself ,it was not what it looked like. Plus weird skin problem from time to time on that person. I started to wonder if they had not replaced that person with something else. But I shouldnt derail your excellent thread so I'll shut up now.;)

Yeah I'm starting to believe the reptoid theory...it goes against my logical thinking. But I am going there. LOL

I'd be careful with that theory if I were you.

We had a CIA op called Archangel on here a year or so ago posting all these fake ass videos showing people with reptilian eyes, it was just a lighting effect.

I believe the Illuminati are possessed by extra dimensional beings. I do not believe they are literal Reptilians, it may be that the possessing spirit is Reptilian.... Who knows.. But I wouldn't stick my neck out to be honest.

There's a lot of nuttiness out there about Orions, Space dogs from Sirius and Plaedians. Thing is, they can't all be true can they?

Personally I stick to what I have seen personally, the day I see a reptilian I'll still ask myself 'could it be a guy in a suit?'...

Keep your mind open, but know when to put the latch down to stop the crazy stuff getting in..... that's my moto.

[the perfect one]

I'd be careful with that theory if I were you.

We had a CIA op called Archangel on here a year or so ago posting all these fake ass videos showing people with reptilian eyes, it was just a lighting effect.

I believe the Illuminati are possessed by extra dimensional beings. I do not believe they are literal Reptilians, it may be that the possessing spirit is Reptilian.... Who knows.. But I wouldn't stick my neck out to be honest.

There's a lot of nuttiness out there about Orions, Space dogs from Sirius and Plaedians. Thing is, they can't all be true can they?

Personally I stick to what I have seen personally, the day I see a reptilian I'll still ask myself 'could it be a guy in a suit?'...

Keep your mind open, but know when to put the latch down to stop the crazy stuff getting in..... that's my moto.


This is true too.LOL

I just wish I could hire some actors and make a movie . That way, everyone could see exactly what I seen. Then they could help figure out what the LOGICAL reason is for the eye and skin thing. I came on this website -Totally not believing the reptoid thing. Even though for 3 yrs. odd skin thing was going down right in front of me. I'm gonna get a picture as soon as I figure out a way to do it without getting busted doing it.;) I pray and hope there is a logical explanation for what I seen and still see. It's not like I am imagining it-cuz ,he even admits it's a weird skin thing. Man, I really want to either blow that theory out for good or prove it.

I dont really believe they will turn green or nothing like that. The eye thing-well, it was not like I seen a slit eye or nothing like that. It was like another being inside him had gone too far and it surprised itself. Looking like a shocked lizard type eye. However,that could be explained by mind control . The person is suddenly shocked by it's own actions. As if it said"wait! What did you just do? Stop now or else you will be in trouble. It wasnt your average bug eyed shock either. I just need to get a movie made. A free movie. I dont want a dime for nothing -I just want the truth.

Perhaps the skin thing has been part of a 3 yr. set up too. If I think about it, I contacted my skull and bones relative 3 yrs. before my siblings showed up. So you have a 3 yr. window of opportunity to set up your evil plan,from start to finish. Perhaps , with the influence over various sectors in business ,they were able to get him to ingest something that would cause a skin problem that resurfaces from time to time . I'm not sure how to explain that one , but if we can debunk or prove either way,I am all ears.I like logical,I really do. :)

[edelweiss pirate]

This is true too.LOL

I just wish I could hire some actors and make a movie . That way, everyone could see exactly what I seen. Then they could help figure out what the LOGICAL reason is for the eye and skin thing. I came on this website -Totally not believing the reptoid thing. Even though for 3 yrs. odd skin thing was going down right in front of me. I'm gonna get a picture as soon as I figure out a way to do it without getting busted doing it.;) I pray and hope there is a logical explanation for what I seen and still see. It's not like I am imagining it-cuz ,he even admits it's a weird skin thing. Man, I really want to either blow that theory out for good or prove it.

I dont really believe they will turn green or nothing like that. The eye thing-well, it was not like I seen a slit eye or nothing like that. It was like another being inside him had gone too far and it surprised itself. Looking like a shocked lizard type eye. However,that could be explained by mind control . The person is suddenly shocked by it's own actions. As if it said"wait! What did you just do? Stop now or else you will be in trouble. It wasnt your average bug eyed shock either. I just need to get a movie made. A free movie. I dont want a dime for nothing -I just want the truth.

Perhaps the skin thing has been part of a 3 yr. set up too. If I think about it, I contacted my skull and bones relative 3 yrs. before my siblings showed up. So you have a 3 yr. window of opportunity to set up your evil plan,from start to finish. Perhaps , with the influence over various sectors in business ,they were able to get him to ingest something that would cause a skin problem that resurfaces from time to time . I'm not sure how to explain that one , but if we can debunk or prove either way,I am all ears.I like logical,I really do. :)

I think we have all seen different parts of the puzzle.....

Thing is, eventually we'll all put our pieces together and we'll have the whole picture. It's only a matter of time.

[the perfect one]

I think we have all seen different parts of the puzzle.....

Thing is, eventually we'll all put our pieces together and we'll have the whole picture. It's only a matter of time.


True and even though we have all seen different parts to the puzzle, there is always a common pattern connection as well.

Perhaps the PTB know how to keep it cluster freaked up ,so no one ever knows exactly what's going on. It's the most confusing mystery in history.I pray we can get it unraveled and quick.

[the perfect one]

Quote from Edlweiss-when I first noticed something ‘special’ about the training was an activity where we, the thirty odd trainees were in a room and instructed to move about the room without bumping into any of the other people, we were told to adopt a special walk as we crossed and circled the room. The facilitator then made a sound, not of words but more a collection of vowels, like a mantra, which we were to repeat as we walked around the room. During this experience, about 5 minutes in, I started to feel unusual, slightly light headed but happy, almost ecstatic. I realised then that there was slightly more to this training that I had initially considered. It seemed that here was a kind of transcendental technique, or at the very least, a way to relax people. I recently communicated with a person who was involved in the Illuminati through her grandmother and husband, who informed me that her grandmother had taken her to the lodge where there was a strange kind of music being played while they walked around and around the lodge while a variety of Hebrew characters were flashed to them. It seems to me that the intention was to create a mild trance in order that the symbols permeate the subconscious mind in order for use and recall at a later date.


Yes I agree with this as well. I grew up at the lodge and I always thought it was oddly hypnotic the music and pictures on the wall as they were dressed weird and marched around in odd formation. I believe it was a form of mind control. It boggles my mind that people cannot understand or see this. It goes on all around us,rituals of some shape or form -all with an agenda in mind. Turning innocent people into something they previously were not.My Grandma often played the organ music at the lodge. I have some of the sheet music left.

[the perfect one]

I'd be careful with that theory if I were you.

We had a CIA op called Archangel on here a year or so ago posting all these fake ass videos showing people with reptilian eyes, it was just a lighting effect.

I believe the Illuminati are possessed by extra dimensional beings. I do not believe they are literal Reptilians, it may be that the possessing spirit is Reptilian.... Who knows.. But I wouldn't stick my neck out to be honest.

There's a lot of nuttiness out there about Orions, Space dogs from Sirius and Plaedians. Thing is, they can't all be true can they?

Personally I stick to what I have seen personally, the day I see a reptilian I'll still ask myself 'could it be a guy in a suit?'...

Keep your mind open, but know when to put the latch down to stop the crazy stuff getting in..... that's my moto.

I've been thinking ,since you said this part----"We had a CIA op called Archangel on here a year or so ago posting all these fake ass videos showing people with reptilian eyes-

Ok , If he was a cia op. And if he was spreading bogus stuff about the reptoid thing-then It is a lie. Cia aint gonna come on here and try to encourage the truth -right? No I think they would love to spread the lie instead. Whew....sigh....perhaps It is time to put the latch down on my newest theory ,hell, I didnt want to believe it anyway. Still I wonder if we will ever find the truth on this particular theory.? Hum..but how to prove or dis prove it?

[fishonwheels]

Edelweiss,

So I made it through the first four chapters and I'll be back to read the rest.

I only have one thing to add.

If you didn't know already I've been experiencing these things for a couple years now.

I have to say it involves more than just the Mason's.

I live in a town on the West Coast of Canada with 300,000 and a significant portion of people here either know about or are involved in these things. Whether it's the Mason's directing everything and everyone else just going along in different degrees of awareness I know not. It's like those Filipino women you dealt with.

There are people I grew up with I know for sure weren't Mason's and even my own mother.

And yes, i think "it is about control." This came from a family member of mine; probably the only truthful thing he ever said to me.

[fishonwheels]

That said, there were numerous references made to me about the Mason's.

I suspect the majority of those involved, even the mind readers, are only allowed so much info.

I wonder how secrets can be kept from mind readers. Might the psychic info actually come from a disembodied "third party?" Perhaps the "adepts" have their own shielding, like your zen state?


Hey, finished reading to this point.

I agree unseen influences exist that manipulate many as I myself had at times gone on "auto-pilot."

Another part suspects though our "ego" may not know, our subconscious minds are aware of the manipulation.

Perhaps the "illuminated ones," by dissolving ego, willingly acknowledge and obey some of these unseen hands.

Pretty sure there's also ones who don't demand absolute obedience, and guide by way of synchronicities, number prompts, or what have you.

Sorry about the serial posting, will check back later.

[hagbard_celine]

Let us know when it's published! :):cool:

[edelweiss pirate]

Let us know when it's published! :):cool:

Do you know anyone who might be interested?

I could also do with an agent if they're out there.....

[edelweiss pirate]

Edelweiss,

So I made it through the first four chapters and I'll be back to read the rest.

I only have one thing to add.

If you didn't know already I've been experiencing these things for a couple years now.

I have to say it involves more than just the Mason's.

I live in a town on the West Coast of Canada with 300,000 and a significant portion of people here either know about or are involved in these things. Whether it's the Mason's directing everything and everyone else just going along in different degrees of awareness I know not. It's like those Filipino women you dealt with.

There are people I grew up with I know for sure weren't Mason's and even my own mother.

And yes, i think "it is about control." This came from a family member of mine; probably the only truthful thing he ever said to me.


More than just masons..... sounds interesting... In my experience they have always identified themselves as masons. 'Humanist' seems to be another badge these people use. I also know of Rosicrucians involved in this.

What do you think they are?

[edelweiss pirate]

Last call for a literary agent.... with an open mind...

Please PM me if interested.

[petercookie]

I just want to say that its a really intresting read EP ..... Thanks for putting it out there. I think you have hit the nail on the head with alot of what you are saying.

[edelweiss pirate]

I just want to say that its a really intresting read EP ..... Thanks for putting it out there. I think you have hit the nail on the head with alot of what you are saying.

Thanks mate. I'll keep writing then... Cheers.

[hagbard_celine]

Do you know anyone who might be interested?

I could also do with an agent if they're out there.....

Have a look around and see which publishers specialize in books with the kind of theme your writing about.:cool: O-books and Llewelyn do a lot of Mind-Body-Spirit stuff. I know people who've been published by them. Or if nobody else is interested you could do what I did and found your own publishing comapny!;)

[edelweiss pirate]

Have a look around and see which publishers specialize in books with the kind of theme your writing about.:cool: O-books and Llewelyn do a lot of Mind-Body-Spirit stuff. I know people who've been published by them. Or if nobody else is interested you could do what I did and found your own publishing comapny!;)

Thanks Haggers, will check them out.

O books looks interesting but Llewelyn would definitely be a case of sleeping with the enemy.

[tracker]

Lemme know will ya? But I like it!


I think you are on to something here .

If I may be so bold , I will give you my input ( for what it is worth ).
I shall devide the example by s split line .
You started with parragraph one talking about modern life .
You then went straight into the subject about business .

I think you could split that up and bring in the subject about business after an explination of sorts .

If I may explain why .


The subject of modern day life , was a good start .

I feel that you need to high light this more .

Imagine your 1st parragraph talking and asking about modern day life .

If you then talk about "What it is to live in that life"

for instance , something like ( although not to the letter ) the example begins.

================================================== ===============
In modern day living , should we deem this modern , we have to admit to our selves that what modern means , is to forget how to be "Self sufficient and independant".
If you look around you in a shopping center , most people go about their way ( bla bla bla bla bla ) not thinking about where these items come from .
A straight forward ready packedged wrapped and ready to be sold consumer tech society has left us totally dependant upon the system we so readily give our independance too , leaving us vunerable in such a way , the only time we generally tend to face reality is when somethign happens that turns our world up side down .
we can then see masses of people cry towards their leaders and governments to be saved from the very lack of understanding of real life that can very often come knocking on our door when we least expect it .
This is because we forget our natural ability to use nature rather than fight against it or manipulate it to create a lazy life style .

This life style is due to bussiness and media .
================================================== =======


example ended .

You can then bring in the subject of business , if you know what I mean .

The sudden jump can loose readers and confuse them .

its as though you left out steps 2/3/4 between 1 and 5 .

You do have a good skill so keep up on it .
It is just my two pence worth .
I would like to here your responce on this example .


:)

[edelweiss pirate]

Thanks a lot Tracker for your valued input.

You're right. I might take your advice about that. There's definitely more I could write about the kind of creatures we have become in this so called 'modern world' that is supposed to be the peak of human development and compassion etc.. and how in fact, we scarcely live at all, have no ideas of our own, hypnotised by the TV etc.


What I might do is go into the birth of the 'modern era', and how modernism came about through the work of the group known as the Futurists who were basically obesessed with machines and automation of everything, they were used by Stalin for propaganda during WW2 of course to further the war machine.

It seems that anything with 'modern' in front of it is invariably shit. Modern art, modernist prose, modern archicture.

[tracker]

Thanks a lot Tracker for your valued input.

You're right. I might take your advice about that.

LOL , I have problems writing my own book at times . I have put it down for a while . 5 months now .
Mainly because sometimes I just need a rest .

I find my self reading my own writing at times and have also seen in my writing what I saw here .

A problem that comes from an overload of enthusiasm :D

I seem to write about one thing and then jump to another subject .

But I have to say I was captivated by that page .

I look forward to reading this book when you eventually get it on the market .

I say this with strong convictions too .

I am Honoured to read a future part of this ( so far ) unpublished book .

Keep at it , I will be one of the 1st to buy it .

:)

[tracker]

For instance you could high light WHY some end up on drugs , therapy or even end up with scizofrenia .

because they can clearly see that something is wrong with humanity but are unable to relate to others who are so hooked in on the system that people just do not generally understand their point of view .
these people for instance are usually very giving , kind and see more to life than just a 5 to 9 consumer tech life style .

bla bla bla bla bla .

:)

[tracker]

What I might do is go into the birth of the 'modern era', and how modernism came about through the work of the group known as the Futurists who were basically obesessed with machines and automation of everything, they were used by Stalin for propaganda during WW2 of course to further the war machine.

It's true but anything with 'modern' in front of it is invariably shit. Modern art, modernist prose, modern archicture.

before you do that you might ( might ) want to express how humanity did not pollute the world or their bodies before the MODERN industrial age .

I know ? :D

You might think all I am doing is criticizing you but I am only giving input .

People need these small explinations so that they can take those stepping stones from one to another subject .

Quite frankly I was well in on what you are saying , But my Misses is a good critic and she tells me what she thinks about my writing .
I have learned from her lol.

She isnt even interested in my book really , because of the subject .
But she does make some good points that I have taken on board .

I find my threads here on this forum sometimes jumping too fast .
LOL
the amount of trolls I get for doing so has spoken much to me in the past .

:D

[edelweiss pirate]

For instance you could high light WHY some end up on drugs , therapy or even end up with scizofrenia .

because they can clearly see that something is wrong with humanity but are unable to relate to others who are so hooked in on the system that people just do not generally understand their point of view .
these people for instance are usually very giving , kind and see more to life than just a 5 to 9 consumer tech life style .

bla bla bla bla bla .

:)

Yes I see what you mean. That somehow modern life is just inherently toxic and bad for the human organism, psychically and physically. I like that as a chapter heading: SOMETHING IS WRONG WITH HUMANITY!

Food for thought. Thanks Tracks!

[tracker]

Yes I see what you mean. That somehow modern life is just inherently toxic and bad for the human organism, psychically and physically. I like that as a chapter heading: SOMETHING IS WRONG WITH HUMANITY!

Food for thought. Thanks Tracks!


LOL , I have something so very similar to a heading of my own too .

But it does not matter to me , and should not matter to you .

WHY ?

because it is TRUE !:D

I hope you do not think I was slating your book . It looks BRILLIANT to me .

I am only giving you input because I am interested in it .

I would like , ( should you accept the mission ) for you to come back some time on this matter and show us on this thread , what you may have added or taken away because I do so much think you have a good skill and have so much detail well written .

I look forward to it , should you do this .

DON'T TELL PEOPLE THE TITLE OF YOUR BOOK !

One or two pages is OK to give away , but don't tell folks too much .

Just another two pence worth from me .

I will not say "Good Luck" because you don't need it , I will say this though .
"I look forward to reading that book of yours soon".

Thank you for the honour . :)

[fishonwheels]

For instance you could high light WHY some end up on drugs , therapy or even end up with scizofrenia .

because they can clearly see that something is wrong with humanity but are unable to relate to others who are so hooked in on the system that people just do not generally understand their point of view .
these people for instance are usually very giving , kind and see more to life than just a 5 to 9 consumer tech life style .

bla bla bla bla bla .

:)

Funny how I've had a quite a few discussions with others these past weeks on just these very same topics.

I asked this guy why so many beatniks were both highly educated and intelligent and drug addled at the same time.

his answer was: it's painful to be intelligent in a world so focused on dumbing everyone down.

By the way, I see very many insightful and intelligent souls pretending all the time to be stupid so they don't threaten anyone and end up mobbed or worse.

If intelligence is best used to survive then perhaps the parrots regurgitating untruths are the most intelligent ones.

Imagine if we could say what we say here out there, and more.......

[elixirsoo]

Hi EP, just want to say I really enjoyed reading what you have put up here. I only found it because you mentioned the book in your post on the 'sun activity' thread, so I followed the link in your sig. :)

Forget the shit - I vote it a hit! :D :cool:

[edelweiss pirate]

Hi EP, just want to say I really enjoyed reading what you have put up here. I only found it because you mentioned the book in your post on the 'sun activity' thread, so I followed the link in your sig. :)

Forget the shit - I vote it a hit! :D :cool:

Thanks. You kick ass!

I've written 100 pages now. I can't post anymore right now because it's a little disordered but watch this space! More to come.

[marpat]

Hardly impressive at all. There is nothing original in it, just standard ideas reworded.

Shit in my opinion

[edelweiss pirate]

Hardly impressive at all. There is nothing original in it, just standard ideas reworded.

Shit in my opinion

You took your time.

I think if you hate it Marpat (as a Crowley lover and member of the very goon squad we are trying to stop) then I have caught the very essence of the zeitgeist.

If someone with such low standards as yourself praised it then I would be seriously questioning my work and my very life itself.

Thanks for that!

[hagbard_celine]

You took your time.

I think if you hate it Marpat (as a Crowley lover and member of the very goon squad we are trying to stop) then I have caught the very essence of the zeitgeist.

If someone with such low standards as yourself praised it then I would be seriously questioning my work and my very life itself.

Thanks for that!

The author Sue Townsend says that the first thing you need if you want to follow a literary career is a very thick skin because of all the flaying you get from "Duh Cwitticks":rolleyes:.

At the end of the day, EP, what counts is whether YOU like it or not. Who gives a shit what other people think?:rolleyes::p

I hope this amuses you: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.com/2008/06/critics.html

[fishonwheels]

thought of a title yet??

[edelweiss pirate]

Provisional title is:


In plain view:
the book of open secrets.
The Edelweiss pirate’s guide to surviving life.

[edelweiss pirate]

Yep I'm still at it, though the world cup and the PC game Half Life 2 have recently been competing for my attention.


So what can we do about it?

Well we need to realise the ultimate goal of this ancient and ongoing conspiracy and thwart its ultimate aim which is to disempower us and render us little more than economic units powering a vast and soulless semi-automatic reality. Its intention is to make us forget what we really are, not just on an individual basis, but culturally, ethnically, nationally and globally. The system wants us at all costs to remain convinced and under the delusion that this physical world is all there is to existence, and that we must work as hard as we can, in the hope of acquiring financial security one day, and therefore, true happiness. The greatest thing we can do to stop the system is its tracks is to cease playing ball. Unfortunately almost everything in this world is controlled by outside forces and these forces do not have our best interests at heart. We have been born into this world and since we are here we will have to make the best of it, but I would advise that you make it your number one priority to ensure that you manage to escape this prison of the soul, and perhaps think long and hard before you decide whether or not to bring children into this world.

Again, because we have been robbed of our spiritual awareness we feel that this world is all there is and furthermore we imagine that the act of conceiving and giving birth to children is actually creating new life and a new being into this world. It isn’t. The universe is full of consciousness and life vibrating at a higher frequency on the electromagnetic spectrum. The act of child birth is simply the act of consciousness moving from one dimension to another. So we put a name on this consciousness like Liam, or Chloe, or something similarly ghastly, and before you know it, this beloved fragment of consciousness is glued to the TV inhaling scenes of cartoon violence and mayhem, being chemically poisoned by toxic amounts of processed sugar and subjected to a veritable selection of weaponised food chemicals and additives designed to damage the immune system and poison the brain. One need only spend five minutes researching Aspartame but you see, no matter how much people pretend to love their children, they never do. And so this generation of infants will grow into the next generation of adults who are slightly more subtly retarded than the previous one.

Doubtless the life you had planned for your little one will not quite work out as planned, and sooner or later the innocence will drop from them like a wilted flower drops its petals and what was once infinite potential and angelic consciousness, becomes an institutionalised human being.

Once the innocence and joy drops from them they run a very real risk of making such a mess of life in this world, that when they return to infinite consciousness and the source of infinite potential, they are limited and confused. So used are they to the human experience with all its attendant limitations, that they have no idea how to navigate the after life. And so may become confused, lost, and ultimately, may require several return life times on earth in order to remember the information they were born with.

There is no doubt that children are more in touch with the spirit world than we are. You can prove this yourself relatively quickly by asking the little children of your family whether they have seen any people that the adults don’t seem to see, particularly in their bedroom at night time. It may seem spooky but children seem to see people who aren’t there with alarming frequency. The best age to ask them is probably from about 2, (because at this point they will be able to tell you verbally) until about 4, because at this point it is likely that the materialistic nature of the world and the five sense dominance of this world will take over and any spiritual gifts will probably fade away with further child development.

I tried this with a friend of mine, in fact he gave me the idea when he told me that his daughter frequently sees an old woman in her bedroom and sometimes an old man. My friend believes the old man is his grandfather as a spiritualist told him that his grandfather is watching over him and his daughter also mentioned that she can often see an elderly man accompanying my friend.

So what we mustn’t do is become a human drudge for the system. We must seek to rediscover our true selves and our spiritual nature. It is no easy task and on this planet in these present circumstances, could take us all of a lifetime to achieve. However this should be our main preoccupation while here and so we should avoid any acts which may compromise our spiritual strength. Any negative acts harm our connection to our higher self, hurting others is really hurting ourselves as when we enter the next world we come to realise that we are all the same consciousness just separated out into different bodies. This is why the curious maxim ‘Do unto others as you would have them do unto you’ appears in every single world religion in various forms. For example the "Golden Rule" of Judaism is "That which is hateful to you, do not do to your fellow. That is the whole Torah; the rest is the explanation; go and learn."

When we die we become the conscious light energy which was contained in our bodies. However because this energy is conscious it can change its state and its frequency. Commonly we are told there are negative beings called ‘earthbound spirits’ which haunt our earth. These beings actually liaise with the secret society people when they are calling on their spirits or summoning their ascended masters. This is actually what Shakespeare was getting at with his play The Tempest. His story sees a high level Masonic magician, planning his revenge on those who deposed him while using black magic and mind control on his slave Caliban, while he also controls and manipulates subtle spirit beings like elementals and fairies, which are really different aspects of earthbound spirits.

What people don’t realise is that these beings are all around us but because their consciousness is preoccupied with concerns on earth, they find themselves stuck here and going round and round, in confusion and dissipation. In order that the same fate doesn’t befall us we need to be clear about the existence of our soul and clear also that there is a far better place for us to go when we leave this world.

The Sun is the source of all energy and matter in our solar system. All trees, animals, rocks and chemicals, all contain solar energy locked within them. This is why animals eat grass and are nourished by it, because the solar energy entered the grass seed and made it grow. So plants are reservoirs of this solar energy, it is locked within the cells and released when digested by the animals which eat it. Similarly, by eating the vegetation and being exposed to the sun, the animals themselves become reservoirs of this solar energy and therefore they hunt one another and eat them to provide energy for themselves. Wood and fossil fuels burn and release energy because they have this solar energy locked inside their very molecular structure, the energy that was dormant for many thousands of years becomes released once again when ignited by a fire. All matter originates from the sun, all the elements of the periodic table, even the hairs on your head, all come from the sun. We are literally made of stars.


We need to be troubled by as few things as possible. Simplify our lives. It is worry, stress and unhappiness alone which make our lives difficult, not just the unfortunate events which happen to us. It is more how we react to the events of our lives, more than the events themselves which decide whether or not we are happy and contented.

[fishonwheels]

very true. I can see myself quoting especially from the "initiation" chapter of this book, when terror and discomfort are used to break down a person's ego filters so they become "one" with the group.

Would you say, Edelweiss, that perhaps all the nasty things and chemicals our children are subjected to in order to weaken them as individuals helps the controllers turn us all into frightened cogs in the wheel, afraid to fulfill ourselves, slaving endlessly for big brother, wearing out, replaced, the machine churns on while we go through life dictated by should's and should not's, bemoaning our fates while beating down other "monkeys" that dare to reach up.

Good boys and girls may survive (in a different sense then your title implies) but they'll never truly thrive.

new chapter archived (I'm stealing your book:eek:)

[synergy777]

Yep I'm still at it, though the world cup and the PC game Half Life 2 have recently been competing for my attention.

good stuff bro, i look forward to reading future posts.

hope everythings good.

will be visiting london soon, we must meet up again.

gotta win that pub quiz, lol

[edelweiss pirate]

good stuff bro, i look forward to reading future posts.

hope everythings good.

will be visiting london soon, we must meet up again.

gotta win that pub quiz, lol

Hi Synergy... good to hear from you. Hopefully I'm going to finish my book during August so should soon be able to post up more chapters.

Thanks for reading...

And it would be cool to meet up and sink a few ales again.

[edelweiss pirate]

Started talking about Hollywood mind control....

Presently writing a chapter about how Shutter Island portrays mind control techniques:

The British secret service employed Alfred Hitchcock to make propaganda films during the second world war. His 1940 film Foreign Correspondent was a film specifically released in order to encourage American public opinion to support a war they had hitherto hoped not to get involved in. The film depicts extremely heroic and entirely fictitious characters engaging in unlikely and heroic acts. But there are subliminal messages which the director can weave into the narrative of the film which the viewer will not consciously be aware of, but will make a connection of a subconscious level, This is known as subliminal stimuli, for example, at the end of the film, the character of Stephen Fisher as head of the Universal Peace organisation clearly means well but is at odds with the reality of Nazi Germany, it is for this reason that in a symbolic gesture at the end of the film, when he realises that there is not enough room on the downed plane’s wing to support all survivors, he ducks underwater and voluntarily drowns himself. This is an example of the art of semiotics, and while people will not consciously be able to say what the significance of Fisher’s death are, on a subconscious level they will know that it means that the high ideal of peace must surrender itself for the greater good of helping save more lives. It’s very clever but highly unscrupulous.

There were a whole raft of such films during and prior to the war. Before the war the films featuring stars like Gracie Fields and George Formby were aimed at maintaining the present class structure and status quo despite the terrible poverty being experienced in places like Salford and Rochdale. It was necessary to improve the public’s moral in spite of dreadful hardships, so they promoted Northern stars who would be able to relate to the impoverished inhabitants of the North. Their films depicted a cheerful type of carefree poverty were, despite the worst of time, the hero always managed to get their lucky breaks. Gracie films with titles such as: Looking on the Bright side and We’re going to be rich, encourage the public that happiness was only around the corner.

While Formby’s film Off the Dole, sees our hero told that he hasn’t made any serious attempt to find work. This film was a response to the high unemployment rate in some parts of the north where a many as 23 percent of workers were unemployed (this figure reflects only those entitled to support, the actual rate would be much higher). At this time hunger marches from all over England to London were common, and their protests were aimed at means tests which effectively denied many of the poor any income to provide for themselves.

In the film John Willie (George) is signed off the dole, without any money things look bleak and for a moment his plight echoes that of many of the unemployed of the real world, however, we do not remain long in the real world because fortunately for John, his uncle owns a detective agency and reluctantly allows George to become its manager. What a stroke of luck! Throughout the film the audience is thrown empty musical platitudes designed to make them bear their lot in life, songs such as ‘the nearer the bone, the sweeter the meat’ are scarcely believable in their assumption that living off scraps is preferable to eating well. And ‘I’m going to stick by mother’ contains the odd line ‘you’re safer with your mother than a wife’ presumably imbues viewer with the message that in these economically fraught times it may be better to not consider having a family of your own.

I hope I have managed to convince you at least that the British Film industry was essentially a propaganda arm of the British government in those days. And although we now recognise these films and songs as rather amateurish attempts, there is no reason to assume that various kinds of subtle message are not still contained in the various Hollywood films of today.
Joseph Goebbels at the time called the film Foreign Correspondent ‘a masterpiece of propaganda, a first-class production which no doubt will make a certain impression upon the broad masses of the enemy countries’ . Of course, as nazi minister for propaganda himself, he knew what he was talking about, and aside from the argument that we Brits were the ‘good guys’ and those Nazis were ‘the bad guys’ it is vital to realise that propaganda is not merely a tool used by a sneaky and devious enemy, but a tool which is used by all governments, up until the present day.

And so we return to Hollywood. Why would Hollywood wish to use techniques of mind control on the civil population? Well the simple answer is control. The cabal of world rulers would like their system to remain in place, and it is clear that we do live in a ‘system’. The governments of varying countries may change periodically every four years or so, but it is still the same ‘system’. A system they refer to as ‘democracy’ when it is more like an oligarchy. An oligarchy is government by select individuals who are not chosen by any form of public suffrage.

Doubtless there are films which have been made by Hollywood which show how brave and noble war is. There are endless films which glorify the lifestyle of Italian gangsters and make extreme violence into an art form which the viewer is supposed to revere. There are movies which make a virtue of casual sex with strangers, there are even films which manage to make American police look good. But I particularly wish to focus on films which may have a far more harmful psychological effect on the viewer than mere fluff about cops and robbers.

I wish to examine Hollywood movies which deal with metaphysical uncertainty. These films are a fairly recent phenomenon and have much in common with the science-fictions genre in that there are often unaccountably strange things happening, there are often sighting of monsters; the laws of physics are often distressed, and often the film’s events do not unfold according to a normal sequence of events, but, in a technique borrowed from people like Jean Luc Goddard and the French new-wave cinema, events are non linear. This leads to confusion in the character who is experiencing time in a disordered fashion and also confuses the viewer as well who tries to make sense of what they are seeing. This technique which surfaced in France in the 50’s and 60’s forces the audience to concentrate more on the film and demands more of a intellectual involvement with the material, in most instances it is an entertaining and interesting use of ‘mise en scene’ but I believe its use in Hollywood has more sinister implications.

[edelweiss pirate]

Continued:

A funny thing happened at the cinema.

One of the most disturbing films in recent times is a film called Jacob’s Ladder, written by Bruce Joel Rubin and directed by Adrian Lyne an expert in moral sabotage (4 previous counts of moral corruption: Lolita, Indecent Proposal Fatal Attraction, and Nine and a Half weeks). Lynes’ first film was a short film entitled Mr Smith in which we are rather charmingly allowed to view the last half an hour of Mr Smith’s life before his own suicide. Anyway regardless of Lyne’s dubious artistic merit, back to Jacob’s Ladder. Tim Robbins plays a character called Jacob Singer, a Vietnam veteran who seems to be plagued by frightening hallucinations, it appears to be a case of post traumatic stress syndrome, a form of schizophrenia caused by the terrible emotional stresses suffered in the war zone. There is a clear link between schizophrenia and PTSS and the connection between stress and trauma has been made by many respected medical researchers.

From early on in the film we are subjected to various types of sudden shocks. The name of the film comes from the Biblical story of Jacob, otherwise known as Israel (Yisrael: he who wrestles with God). This passage is particularly significant for the Jewish people because it is in this passage from Genesis that God apparently promises the whole Earth to the Jewish people during a dream Jacob has he sees God and the angels at the top of a staircase who tells him: “Your descendents will be like the dust of the earth, and you will spread out to the west and to the east, to the north and to the south. All peoples will be blessed through you and your offspring. I am with you and will watch over you wherever you go, and I will bring you back to this land. I will not leave you until I have done what I have promised you.’
Jacob had twelve sons, Reuben, Dan, Judah and so on, who in turn became patriarchs of the twelve tribes of Israel.

Jacob’s ladder is also key symbol of freemasonry and represents the arduous journey to perfection, or at least what passes for Masonic perfection, which as we have seen , is probably a form of mental illness where morality ceases to exist and they run around abusing children for ‘charidee’. A well known masonic allegory is ‘To be a star, you must shine your own light, follow your path, and don’t worry about the darkness, for that is when the stars shine brightest’. Obviously, if a mason is advised not to ‘worry about the darkness’ apparently darkness being indispensible to the condition of a star shining brightly, then we see that due to confusion and misunderstanding, the masons are encouraged to engage in unpleasant and evil acts. Very strange people is what they are.

At the top of Jacob’s ladder we see a star, representing the sun, the sun being the Masonic pinnacle of wisdom and they themselves style themselves sons on light or sons of the sun. There is certainly some truth in the Sun being the source of all good and all light in the solar system, it is quite another to be aware of this ultimate ‘good’ yet continue to enjoy amoral and despicable pleasures because you have become aware that God is an impersonal being who won’t judge you.
And so we have Hollywood stars like Tim Robbins who shine in their own light, without worrying about the darkness they sow in their midst through the nature of the entertainments they produce.

But to return to Jacob’s Ladder, we have a man named Tim Robbins pretending to be a man named Jacob Singer and Tim Robbins is also pretending to be suffering from suffering which seems to be somewhat like PTSS. How boy ‘Jake’ apparently has some army buddies, but they are in reality, just more actors pretending to be army buddies. Tim Robbins who is playing the entirely fictitious and fanciful character of Jacob Singer also talks to another actor who is pretending to be his psychiatrist because if you remember, Tim Robbins is pretending to be a character who appears to have PTSS.

It may seem odd for me to relate the plot synopsis of Jacob’s Ladder in the above very facetious manner, but this is precisely how you yourself would be viewing the film if you engaged the analytical left hemisphere of your brain while you were watching it. You wouldn’t be sucked in by the illusion of the things happening on the screen because you would always be aware of the fact that none of it was real. However due to the nature of the electromagnetic radiation emanating from the screen, you are slightly hypnotised and as a result you end up watching the film with more or less your right brain engaged and your left brain silenced. Therefore you go along with the story, and you believe in the characters and their interrelationships and you start to enjoy the film only because your right brain is taking in the emotional content and telling you it is real.

The effect of watching a glowing screen is somewhat similar to the relaxing and comforting feeling you get from looking at a real fire. Similarly, your feel comfortable, secure and your brain starts to release dopamimes as part of an ancestrally old reward circuit for getting yourself next to a source of light and warmth.

The film Vanilla sky is very similar to Jacob’s ladder as there seems a current of malaise throughout the film as to the simple fact of the hero’s existence and just what is happening to him. The BBC television show Ashes to Ashes, written by Ashley Pharaoh bravely exposed freemasonry in its previous series by reminding viewers of what was common knowledge in the early eightees, namely their connection to organised crime after the perpertrators of the Brinks Matt bullion robbery were found to be freemasons. The second series of Ashes to Ashes made it clear that the ongoing phenomenon of police corruption has less to do with the odd copper taking a back hander and turning a blind eye, but more to do with the machinations of an international secret society which involves itself equally with the law, with crime, with the sex industry (the legal, the immoral, and the highly illegal sides) and with metaphysics.

It is quite appropriate that a gentlemen named Pharaoh wrote Ashes to Ashes as there is something of the initiation school drama about its content. Indeed, all of the film I have just mentioned, Jacob’s Ladder, Vanilla Sky, and I am going to add Fight Club to the list, are all examples of mystery school initiations which the viewer becomes involved in. If you recall, in a previous chapter I mention that the ancient Greek mystery school religions had the initiate view the recreation of a scene from Greek myth and usually involving the Gods in one way or another. Great effort was made by the priests to make the scene appear not only realistic, but utterly convincing, the initiate had to believe he was in the company of the Gods otherwise the initiation would not have the required effect. Indeed, after the ceremonies of the Elusian mysteries the initiate is asked if he believes what he saw to be real, apparently a ‘no’ answer would spell death for the initiate who could not be allowed to remain alive to tell others the mysteries were frauds perpetrated by mere actors.

The purpose of the initiations, was mainly twofold. Firstly an effect would be the sealing of the initiate in a common bond or mutual understanding (and for this reason the initiations were either shocking, terrifying, blasphemous or indeed all three). A modern example of bonding men in mutual blasphemy would be the initiations of the Knight’s Templar who were said to have spat upon the cross and apparently engaged in homosexual acts, some modern day Masonic commentators attempt to defend the Templar’s reputation by imputing these confessions to the manner in which they were extracted, namely through torture sanctioned by the church, but homosexual rites would be perfectly in keeping with the ancient Greek pagan secret societies and are echoed in the rites of more modern societies like the Ordo Templi Orientis.

A second principal purpose of the initiation was to affect a change in the thought processes and attitudes of the initiate and modify his mind in tune with what the secret society required of him.
Now television and film have a major advantage over the early pagan mystery schools and modern secret societies who attempt to instil the belief in the candidate that what they are seeing is real. All sorts of special effects, illusions, trickery and perhaps even forms of hypnosis, were and are used in the secret rites of the secret societies. But it is hard work and not one detail can be out of place because in a second the spell could be broken when the initiate realises it is all imposture.

By nature of the technology of film and television, the mind is already partially hypnotised and made extremely suggestible by the radiation coming from the screen. Of course, the actors must be good actors, get their lines right, and the sets and scenery must be authentic enough and true to life. But basically by the time the film or tv show starts, the viewers mind is ready to suspend his or her disbelief and immerse themselves in the unfolding drama because we are no longer using our analytical left brain when engaging in television content, as Wes Moore’s research in his article Television: Opiate of the Masses:

“The right brain processes information in wholes, leading to emotional rather than intelligent responses. We cannot rationally attend to the content presented on television because that part of our brain is not in operation.’
So we are ready to absorb and digest whatever frightful, disturbing or unpleasant messages they have in store for us, completely without the defence of our left brain which would be able to remind us ‘it’s not real.
The films Vanilla sky, Fight Club, Jacob’s Ladder and the series Ashes to Ashes, all have plots where the main protagonist no longer knows what is real. At the start of the these films everything seems pretty much ticketyboo, Tom Cruises character enjoys casual sex with a character played by Cameron Diaz without the apparent need of committing himself to her in any way.

Jacob Singer is immediately introduced as a veteran of the Vietnam war, despite the obvious ‘right and wrongs’ of war there is no doubt that there is a certain amount of prestige and respect which come from being involved in the theatre of war. He also seems to be an eminently likeable person with a ready and charming smile. Edward Norton’s character is a well heeled yuppie with a fabulous condo with all mod cons, he is also the narrator of the entire film so we immediately acquiesce to him as the ‘story teller’.

To some extent all these characters have a measure of stability which we as viewer can relate to, most of us have achieve a measure of stability because we have striven for it. We know we need a steady income and a pleasant place to live and be around people we like, this is largely a reasonable and achievable goal for most people and it is probably the best definition of ‘normality’ I can think of. So immediately we identify with the characters, or even we slightly envy them and would like to be more like them. This also is a psychological trick for further encouraging us to lower our guard relating to the film’s content and message because not only are the characters played by Tim Robbins and Tom Cruise in these films, attractive and generally good natured, but the persona of the actors themselves is that they are seen as ‘good guys’.

So we feel reassured by them, we like them, and we believe that anything Tom Cruise is involved in, must be good to watch. Quite why we should trust people based on the imaginary characters they play or the script that has been written for them should be analysed. Not only that but do any of us really even know if Tom Cruise is a good person? All we even see of him is the carefully stage managed photo opportunities and guest appearances on TV shows, we certainly only ever get to see his ‘good side’ so not only is our perception of Tom Cruise a myth, but our perception of him through the characters is a further myth within a myth.
The esoteric aims of secret societies has always been to help the initiate transcend their present reality. Some call it union with God, Illumination, enlightenment, oneness, transcendence.

The esoteric aims of secret societies has always been to help the initiate transcend their present reality. Some call it union with God, Illumination, enlightenment, oneness, transcendence.
Religions have a similar aim, but are content to merely remind their adherents that this world is illusory, they refrain however from trying to prove the fact with an actual first hand experience, this is the domain of the esoteric cults.
In Christianity the world is described as being to domain of Satan: ‘Hereafter I will not talk much with you: for the prince of this world cometh, and he hath nothing in me.’ John 14:30 And again:
‘Now is the judgement of this world: now shall the prince of this world be cast out’ John 12:31
In Islam, the world is described as ‘unreal’.
‘The life of this world is nothing but an illusion. (Al-hadiid 57:22.)
In Sikhism and Buddhism, the term ‘maya’ refers to the fundamental unreality of this apparent physical existence:
‘You are squandering this life uselessly in the love of Maya’ and also ‘for that which we cannot see, feel, smell, touch, or understand, we do not believe. For this we are merely fool walking in the grounds of great potential with no comprehension of what it is.’ Guru Granth Sahib.

Socrates himself considered the world of forms to be an illusion which mankind seems unable to see beyond. In his famous allegory of the cave, Plato records Socrates describing a situation where a group of prisoners are shackled to the ground, unable to move or turn their heads in any direction, and thus reduced to staring at the wall of a cave. Far behind them is a burning fire, and in front of the fire but still behind the prisoners, is the movement of real objects and people parading back and forth continuously. The image of these objects and people is projected onto the wall of the cave, along with the sound produced, which echoes off the wall and reaches the ears of the prisoners.

Socrates’ contention was that someone who had been staring at these images on the wall all of their lives, would assume that this was the ultimate reality and would have no suspicion that what they took for reality was merely the shadow, or projection of a much deeper and authentic reality. He also goes on to say that so entranced would the whole society become by the illusions on the wall, that what passed for intelligence among these people, would be the prisoner’s ability to guess which shadow would appear next. This metaphor is particularly apt today with the dominance of dogmatic scientific humanism and its conceited cleverness at being able to predict and analyse the shadows on the wall, but its complete inability to really track down the source of life itself and the deeper significance of our life on earth.


While religion teaches people to seek to be aware of the transitory and illusory nature of our earthly experience, secret societies go one step further and seek to directly show their initiates this fact. This is what is known as ‘gnosis’, from the Greek term ‘knowledge’. This gnosis has been the key of secret society teachings since time began, but the practice of Gnosticism has always been frowned upon by the religious movements of history. Whether it is the semi heretical Islamic mystical movement of the Sufis who seek direct knowledge of God without the intermediary of Mohamed, contrary to the Qur’an’s teaching, or similarly the Gnostic Christians who have strayed so far from the practise of Christianity that Gnosticism is now revered as a key term among pagan and wiccan groups. One can now be a ‘gnostic’ without being a Christian and without even believing in Jesus, indeed it is perhaps a decided advantage.

The secret societies teach their chosen initiates ‘gnosis’ or what they consider ‘knowledge of God’. They learned the techniques from Sufi groups such as the Assassins of Prince Hasan ibn-al-Sabbah who they encountered in Persia during the early crusades. It was from him that Europe relearned the ancient methods of initiation and transcendence which had been extremely common in ancient Greece and Rome, and which had enabled them to perfect a social order based on empire, trade and exploitation. This is why the Islamic empire formed within such a relatively short period of time after the invading Islamic armies swept into North Africa and how the Moslems achieved such astonishing scientific feats and had advanced knowledge of astronomy. Most people today don’t know that many of the stars in the night sky were given names by Arab astronomers. Aldebaran, Altair, Betelgeuse are all Arabic words meaning ‘the follower’, ‘the eagle’ and. Many of our English words are words which we have derived from Arabic terms, algebra, chemistry, and even alcohol. The word chemistry shows the extraordinary and convoluted descent of this knowledge. Chemistry comes from alchemy, an Arabic term, which in turn is derived from the ancient Greek ‘Chemia’ which in itself was a version of the ancient Egyptian word ‘Keme’ which meant ‘black earth’. This word alone shows the vital ‘bridge’ that the Arab civilisation formed between our present day civilisation and the ancient knowledge of the past which would otherwise have been lost.

So these techniques of gnosis were retained by the Arabs, personally I was told while I was living in Egypt that the Arabs learned the ancient secrets from the deciphering the murals and heiroglyphs on the walls of the ancient temples.
All of this is quite ironic considering the efforts of the present day cabal of Masonic politicians who seem to have their hearts set on demonising Islam and trying to instigate as many wars in moslem countries as possible. Indeed, we note that it was the Sufi’s who were instrumental in deciphering the temple hieroglyphs and allowing the moslem world access to the ancient secrets of science and astrology. Perhaps if those early scholars, sufis such as Dhu Al-Nun Al-Misri and Abu Jafar Al-Idrisi who wrote extensively about the great pyramids, had refrained from seeking the Gnosis of the ancients, then their world would be the only game in town and there would be no USA no Obama and England would still be a damp marsh populated by barbarians.

What we are seeing in the stills taken from the early part of Jacob’s ladder is a subliminal suggestion. When a camera focuses on a particular shot in a film it means that it is important to development of the story, much more so if the shot is prolonged for more than 5 seconds or so. The shots below are intended to implant in the viewer’s mind that something is not quite right about the environment is which Jacob Singer finds himself. At face value we have a advert for a drug advice hotline and in the second instance we simply have a women who neither speaks not understands English. However a because a series of events arise in quick succession which almost sees Jacob run down by an underground train, we are led into sharing Jacob’s disordered state of mind. Clearly Jacob is suffering from post traumatic stress syndrome as a result of his time spent in Vietnam; this condition is similar to schizophrenia in that ordinarily banal events take on a more sinister meaning. To the schizophrenic, the sign below might trigger a delusion that the sufferer is actually in a metaphorical or literal 'hell', the silent woman also would engender a negative connotation.

Below we see Jacob trying to communicate with the receptionist at the hospital where he goes as part of his Veteran Affairs counselling. It seems that the receptionist does not know the name of the counsellor Jacob is referring to, and it is then that Jacob starts to lose control of his speech and has trouble articulating, this is one of the classic, principal symptoms of schizophrenia, indeed, a diagnosis of schizophrenia can be made by a doctor if this symptom is present along with at least one other. The nurse then bends over her records causing her nurse cap to fall off, exposing some sort of bone tumor, Jacob sees this and appears shocked and loses balance. It is clear that what are fairly commonplace and plausible occurrences, in combination like this and with a man suffering from a psychological condition, are likely to affect a schizophrenic much more profoundly than a normal person, and more worryingly, since is the protagonist and we are seeing the world through his eyes in many instances, then we as the viewer are sucked into his delusions as well. We the viewer start to share his schizophrenic perception of reality.



Jake then goes to the nightclub where there is a strong strobe light and has hallucinations of a serpent tailed man dancing with and then killing his girlfriend. It is worth while pointing out that my experiences with LSD as a student inform that hallucinations are much more likely to take place in a darkened room where the actual form of objects is indistinct, and particularly if there are strobe lights present, indeed one of the major appeals of the acid house and later ecstasy raves, would be the ‘visuals’ and hallucinations one could expect while tripping. As we have seen previously, schizophrenia involves production by the body of adrenochrome which is a psychoactive hallucinogen and is responsible for many of the distinctively uncomfortable symptoms and feelings of ‘unreality’ which is so distinctive of schizophrenia. He speaks to a fortune teller who looking at his palm jokingly tells him: ‘you’re dead sugar’

Afterwards, and in a state of some confusion and bewilderment after a heated argument with his girlfriend Jake visits his chiropractor Louis. He is a reassuring presence throughout the film and he starts massaging him and tells him to ‘relax, this is going to be a little strong’ at that point Jake has a flashback and ‘I found one, I think he’s still alive’ is heard. It seems that Jake and the viewer draw an association between the chiropractor actions and the fact that Jake had a flashback, the fact that Louis replies ‘I had to get in there, it’s a deep adjustment’. Jake then mentions the weird flashes he’s been having and Louis nods sagely as if he understands. As you can see in the image, the character Louis is bathed in white light, and is intended to represent an angel fighting for Jake’s soul.

He tells Louis he looks like an ‘angel, an overgrown cherub’. At a later point Louis tells him: “If you’re frightened of dying and you’re holding on, you’ll see devils tearing your life away, if you’ve made your peace, then the devils are really angels freeing you from the earth.” And the film progresses in a similar way with more hallucinations and demonic faces appearing from time to time, more strange nightmares and more feelings of loss and regret from Jake over his dead son and his lost wife.

The movie takes an interesting detour via military drug induced experiments involving mind control, and it appears that finally Jake has a solution to what has been happening to him all along. As the film draws to a close he hears Louis’ words playing in his head, and Jake seems to realise something, perhaps that he misses his son so much that life is meaningless without him. After one of his army buddies is killed in a car bomb it is Jake’s turn to get some attention from the spooks and he is bundled into a car, threatened to keep his mouth shut, however he fights back and falls out of the car and into the street. Due to his back injury he lays paralysed in the street. He then finds himself being wheeled through a hospital, into a strange back room and is told that he is dead by the doctors around him and that his believing himself to be alive is a delusion. He is subsequently rescued by Louis his chiropractor/guardian angel

He is then told by the military ‘hippy chemist’ involved in the military drugging experiment that his unit killed each other.
In the denouement of the film he finds himself in a cab with the semiotic key of a crucifix hanging from the ignition. The crucifix is a symbol which represents, on a basic level, virtue and salvation. The presence of this symbol in the cab is clearly intended to represent Jake’s quest for salvation and that he is in a cab indicates that he is going there. At least, this is how the film intends the viewer to ‘read’ this situation. But why should we? Why, when we watch a film, are we expected to adopt this quasi-schizophrenic attitude of analysing symbols and drawing conclusions from something as mundane as a crucifix swinging from a car ignition. Ordinarily we would think nothing of a crucifix swinging from a car’s ignition but at this point we have been primed to read a deeper meaning into everything we are presented in our quest for an explanation to what is happening in the story. We have started to look for things that may not be there. The reason for this, as we have seen, is because when we watch a film we are not engaging our analytical and rational left brain anymore, we are held to ransom by our metaphysical and mystical right brain and so as soon as we sit down to watch a film we are involved in a mystical experience.

Clearly this is trying to suggest to the viewer that he is now on the way to heaven. Jake asks the cabbie to take him home, to which the cabbie replies ‘where’s home?’. Jake finds himself driven to his old family home, where he reconciles himself with the idea that he is dead, that he was killed by his own men in Vietnam due to an army experiment using psychoactive drugs to improve the fighting ability of soldiers, and at this point he sees his young son who was killed. The final shot has Jake going upstairs into the light and presumably ‘heaven’.

There are many things which make me deeply uncomfortable about this film Jacob’s Ladder. First and foremost I would say that during my mercifully brief period of what might either be termed Kundalini enlightenment, Luciferian consciousness, or psychosis, I was seeking to understand what was happening to me and why reality itself has suddenly become very very weird indeed and the only references I seemed able to find to explain what was happening to me were Vanilla Sky and Jacobs’ Ladder. I seemed to be suffering from hallucinations, the people I lived with seemed to be acting very strangely and were unaccountable harsh, just like Jake’s and Aames girlfriend from both films, and it seemed that there were messages everywhere around me and somehow there was a deeper hidden meaning to everything I saw. The experience was genuine and was something like a cross between true wisdom and real madness. Sometimes it’s hard to tell the difference, especially as most of our planet are still stuck in Plato’s cave. The final message of the films was that you are either dead, or that this ‘reality’ is false and that the hallucinations you may be experiencing are the result of a false reality breaking down around you.

Jacob's ladder offers the implanting of this 'I am dead' delusion and Vanilla Sky offers rather a radical solution to this experience of metaphysical flux.

[edelweiss pirate]

Apologies for the lack of 'stills' from the films in question in above post, I couldn't manage to copy and paste them correctly.

Anyway, to make up for this shortfall please enjoy the following chapter about Zen meditation:


Chapter

A primer in Zen meditation.

I include this chapter to provide details of a hitherto neglected technique to instantly improve your quality of life. in these fraught and stressful times it is essential that we regain full control of our own minds because without control over our emotions, moods, and thoughts, we are at the mercy of those who know how to push our buttons, whether they be the government trying to tax us within an inch of our lives, or the banks fiddling the interest rates leading us to worry about whether we can still afford to make the payments on our family home, or the local malcontent trying to infect us with their own misery. We need to defend ourselves and truly the most effective way of doing this is to not let things ‘get to us’. We all know this. But we also know this is easier said than done.

We need to learn to put some distance between our true selves and the outside world of uncertainty, pain, worry and stress. It is not the events of life which dictate whether we are happy or not but how we deal with those events. Some people can have all the money and luxury in the world but be deeply unhappy and depressed, they take things for granted, while others may have only enough money to live on a day by day basis but can may be delighted with their lives.

From visiting third world countries like Egypt I have learned that it isn’t what objects and wealth you possess in the outside world that dictates your level of happiness, but what you have on the inside. What I’m talking about is inner peace. Many people in third world countries can scarcely afford to feed themselves but they have inner peace in abundance. This is largely due to the fact that many of the third world countries have not become wholly materialistic because there are not the markets and capital or need for these products, so people retain their native spirituality. It seems to me that the more one focuses on what they can own and buy in the outside world the more they neglect their inner wealth.

The more you own the less you are. You define yourself by the things you own but they start to own you. You think fondly of your new digital high definition 3D TV, your new car. Your thoughts and your consciousness gets projected onto machines and gadgets which inevitably soon lose their lustre, become common place and are soon superceded by new models. They are not permanent. No doubt it is enjoyable to think about some new gadget you’ve bought but sooner or later you get used to it and it no longer evokes the same feeling of excitement so soon you are not as happy as you once were. This is the same psychology involved in becoming a so called ‘shopaholic’, the initial thrill of buying new clothes for example disappears within a couple of days of their purchase as the clothes have been worn for a few days and no longer feel new, particularly with their first wash the sheen of newness disappears, and the genuine shopping addict will need to buy something else to regain the transitory feeling of happiness. Of course, it goes without saying that this is a pretty fruitless way to attain happiness but for some people it really is all they have, precisely because they have forgotten to ‘be’ happy themselves. They cannot achieve happiness from within so they constantly need something to make them happy.

Many people replace the quest for ‘something’ with the quest for ‘someone’. This is a perfectly normal and natural human impulse, to have a partner, to feel love for someone and to know they are loved in turn and perhaps start a family. But due to the pressures and temptations of modern life, often the strains and pressures of life get between the loving couple and the relationship cannot weather the storm or the world, or indeed, some people have a materialistic attitude to loving relationships and find, just like the shopaholics, that after a few months or years, the sheen of newness and excitement of the relationship, seems to fade, and so they dash off in search of someone new who will allow them to feel the fleeting thrill of the new again.

So many marriages these days end in divorce because people are so desperate to find their happiness in other people, when really they need to find it in yourself first. You cannot find love in others, you must have the love in yourself first and share the love. If you depend on another person for your emotional wellbeing, then whenever you perceive that they are not giving you what you need or feel entitled to, you will need to move on to the next partner in order to get your supply. Again, this is another form of addiction. All of these people running around looking for some feeling that they have been told they can either buy or obtain from other people, but they are not told that the surest supply of this wonder product comes from within: happiness.

All we have to do in order to be completely and perfectly happy is to obtain genuine inner peace. To be at peace is to be happy. When we are deeply in love with someone and we wrap our arms around them in a cuddle we feel at peace. Time seems to fade into irrelevance and no pressure or worries plague us. This is the feeling of love and it is the same as true peace. We feel comforted by our partner and their presence gives us confidence and a feeling of total security, but we are perfectly able to obtain this feeling ourselves without the necessity of either obtaining it from the presence of another person or the presence of material goods.

I suspect also that our habit to rely less on our own inner resources and more on other people, leads people to rush headlong into relationships which perhaps on an a deeper level, people know are not ideal, or not really what they want, yet they feel the alternative of being alone and hence a lack of security and confidence, to be something they cannot contemplate, and so enter into an ill advised relationship with someone who won’t be able to supply them with all their needs and fill their sense of inner emptiness. And so we have divorces, broken homes, confused and unloved children, and a perfect recipe for the breakdown of society.

It could not have been planned any better. It begs the question: Is our world ruled by fools or by cunning and malicious psychopaths? Our society is falling apart, love is fading from homes and relationships at the same rate with which the lusts of materialism are pumped into our homes by the plasma flat-screen high definition 3D TV set. We see beautiful men and women on our TV, immaculately made up and styled, and this only serves to make us more aware of the imperfections of our own partners. We see the homes and lifestyles of the rich and famous and our own lives and homes seem drab in comparison, our lives seem less real and less valuable than those of the stars we see. We have seen how the introduction of television leads to the phenomenon of crime, as in the example of Bhutan. Not just because people want the things they see on the screen but because the things they see on the screen actually make them unhappy, unhappy with themselves. Happy people do not commit crime.

We can produce all the happiness we need in our lives: we can have instant peace and a sense of security on tap, without spending a penny or without asking anyone to give it to us. As the title of this chapter suggests the answer lies in Zen meditation. There are many forms of meditation and all sorts of things which people are asked to visualise, but by far the simplest and most effective is Zen meditation. However the one thing that Zen meditation is not is an instant-fix. However you will see results almost straight away. The other thing that it isn’t is easy. It requires you to do something that they don’t want us to do and something many of us simply find ourselves unable to do effectively or for prolonged periods of time. That is: concentrate.

When you start Zen meditation and if you commit to it and do it say three times a week for at least half an hour each time then within 3 months you will be smarter, happier, more serene, less irritable, less stressed. You will sleep better, be able to think better and you will also notice dozens of other new mental skills that you will amaze you. The potential for development is limitless because no one really knows what the limits of the human mind are, but for the first time since your early childhood, you will truly be using your full mental faculties to their full potential.

As we have seen before, our consciousness is NOT our thoughts. Very young children do not ‘think’ because they do not have the words to construct thoughts. Similarly animals do not think for the same reason. However both are certainly perfectly conscious. Instead of thoughts children have completely untroubled and pure minds. They may cry because they are hungry or tired or because they are affected by negative stimuli around them, but a baby or a small child has no concept or worry or concern about the future. They just exist in a perpetual present. They do not project themselves into the future and worry about it the way we do. They do not project themselves into some other reality because they are dissatisfied with their own reality. Mostly babies, small children and animals exist in the easy untroubled happiness of the Zen state.

We can return to this state if we want to. All we have to do is start to separate our awareness of who we are from the thoughts constantly going through our minds and ultimately learn to stop the thoughts at will. With Zen meditation the angry, sad, jealous or painful thoughts will be stopped because we will be aware that they are not good for our happiness, we will be able to control our mind fully and not be at the mercy of the constant chatter of worry, anxiety, uncertainty or concern.

The constant chatter of thoughts in our mind is only a habit we have acquired because of the stressful nature of life, whether at school and the various rivalries and power struggles there, or the demand to quickly answer the questions demanded by the teacher or to think of an excuse for not being able to answer it. Or if someone seems upset with us for some reason we search our thoughts to find a reason to explain their attitude. And so we all acquire a certain level of constant mental activity in order to solve the various puzzles of social living and human relationships. In extreme cases, where stress is elevated to an extreme level then the trammel of thoughts becomes uncontrollable and sometime several trains of thought take place at once. This is a sure sign that if this level of stress continues then serious mental illness can follow when the brain becomes overloaded with ideas and associations. Physical illness often develops as a result of high emotional stress.

Schizophrenics often claim to hear voices telling them to commit various terrible crimes and the surprise is that one would do so merely at the behest of a voice in your head, but this is how powerful our inner world is. You may yourself have noticed that if there is someone you particularly dislike, and you allow yourself to think negative thoughts about this person, then inevitably your thoughts will externalise into speech and either you will express your dislike of the person to someone else, or indeed you will find yourself directly expressing your feelings to the person themselves, leading no doubt to conflict of one kind or another.

This is as Jesus said when addressing the ancient equivalent of the freemasons, the Pharisees, he said: ‘You brood of vipers. How can you, being evil, speak what is good? For the mouth speaks out of that which fills the heart!’ Matthew 12:34.
And in Matthew 15:18: “Those things which proceed out of the mouth comed from the heart; and they defile the man.’

Although it is difficult to control your feelings about someone, it is possible to control your thoughts about them. With practice, the next time you see that person in your mind’s eye and start to think negatively you will be able to stop yourself and say to yourself: ‘why am I thinking like his?’ ‘what purpose does this negativity serve?’. Indeed it serves none at all. Negativity only makes you yourself feel bad, angry or aggressive, and increases the likelihood that you will project these emotions on the people around you who have done nothing to offend you in the first place, damaging other relationships in turn.
The practice of Zen meditation is very simple and involved simple trying to stifle your thoughts completely until you reach the Zen state of mindlessness of Nirvana. With continued practice you could attain ‘real’ Nirvana in less than 6 months. It is the best feeling in the world, better than any drug intoxication you can imagine.

Find yourself somewhere very very quiet to carry out your meditation. There must be no audible activity around you at all because this will certainly break your concentration.

Sit cross-legged on the floor and close your eyes. The purpose of this meditation is to reach a point where you no longer have a constant dialogue going on in your head. Initially it will be very difficult to do this, in fact the task will seem impossible and it will be mentally exhausting, but the plus side is you’ll feel very relaxed afterwards. You could also try this if you have trouble sleeping, it certainly help sufficiently tire the mind so that it seeks rest and is ready to relax.

Just try initially to sustain inner silence in your mind for a few seconds, it will be tiring, but persevere and over the next few days and weeks the periods of sustained silence and total inner peace will become longer and longer. If any thought comes into your head RESIST the temptation to explore it or become involved in it. Actively attempt to block it out. Some meditation techniques advise you to observe the thoughts and watch them come and go but this doesn’t achieve a great deal in my experience, you need to learn to master your own mind and no longer be at the mercy of the many negative thoughts and feelings of anxiety and worry about the things society is forever trying to make us worry about. The news and certain TV shows work very hard to create a fevered pitch of worry, anxiety and high drama because if we are infected by these thoughts then we are in their playground and we can be controlled. For example the government will be able to introduce more CCTV camera and more stringent infringements on our liberty because we will have been infected by the same degree of panic as they have, as schizophrenic robber barons who are unfolding their new-world order control agenda and are hoping that the public as a whole won’t decide to do something about it.

So they need us scared of terrorists, that way they can have their naked body scanners at airports and random police identity checks so we start learning to become scared of them too. Then they will have their power over us and essentially this is all they need. They already have all the money in the world but they don’t have total carte blanche to do what they want and in order to get this they need us to learn to do as we’re told. It seems many of us are learning to do just as we’re told at an alarming rate of knots. When I learned that naked body scanners had been introduced at not just London Heathrow and Manchester airports, but also at many other regional airports too, I asked myself why no one protests these terribly invasive things. I needn’t have bothered myself because I later found out that that 90% of people asked supported naked body scanners in airports. It is clear that the endless threats and fears pumped out by the media have terrorised the British people to a level where they are willing to acquiesce to anything if they are told it will make them safe. What a sad bunch we have become. Did we defeat Nazi Germany and totalitarianism only to have it follow us home and move in with is?

Those to blame are the media for scaring us with hundred ways to die very week. If it isn’t the meteor from space it’s swine flu, or bird flu, or SARS, or mad-cow disease, or a pole shift, or melting glaciers flooding the planet, or a plague of zombie, or anthrax in the mail, or anyone of a thousand promoted terrors designed to weaken our minds and make us stand in line and do as we’re told. Line up and take your shoes off, line up and take this vaccine full of mercury, line up and get a dose of dangerous x ray radiation as we ogle at you naked body.
It will get much much worse if we let it. And the way things look right now with the whole population stuck to their TV sets drinking up the fear, it’s going that way. There was a time when to be fingerprinted meant you’d been arrested by the police for breaking the law and they had the right to add your fingerprints to their lists of other felons. Now if you happen to be a child of three or above at school who wants to borrow a library book you will be fingerprinted.

The next logical step in this chain is for schools to collect children’s DNA. Then what? Perhaps with developments in technology they will be able to read our whole lives just from our DNA sample. When we die, how much we weigh, the colour of our eyes. What our favourite movies are, whether we are likely to be a good citizen or whether we will insist on trying to maintain our privacy.
Yet the things we ought genuinely to be worried about such as a new world war are the very things our rulers seem to want after calling for tough new sanctions for Iran and claiming that they already have a nuclear weapon, the next step in the rhetorical rise to armegeddon is to join US hawks like Hilary ‘I’m not a witch! I’m not a witch!’ Clinton.

In 2007 Hilary voted on the Kyle-Lierberman amendment supporting military action against Iran. Inb 2008 she threatened to ‘obliterate’ Iran if they invaded Israel. A bit like saying going up to a blind man and saying ‘I will smash your teeth in if you look at my girlfriend’. Clearly psychotically aggressive, clearly inappropriate. And now Obama, the black messiah himself is in a bullying mood because of the goading of his Wall-street pals who know the only future for the United States Of America is the spoils of foreign conquest.
We need to remove ourselves from this toxic and hypocritical system and that means disengaging your mind and attention from the million and one harmful illusions, lies and new horrors they fire at us.

Practice Zen meditation! You don’t need to stare at mandalas or burn incense or learn special postures, all you just have to do is concentrate on NOTHING! Allow no thoughts to reach you, if they do snuff them out immediately.
As you progress you will notice more things about your true nature. You will find that what is inside of you is actually a vast dimension with no limits. As you block your thoughts by the power of your own focus and concentration your power of focus will get stronger and stronger, like a muscle that you are exercising. You will notice in your day to day life that your mind feels stronger, your resolve firmer and you will generally feel more secure in yourself.

With time you will start to enter inside of yourself. It will come first as a feeling of a back and forth vibration within yourself. It will increase in frequency until you will start to feel as if your are spinning around really quickly on the spot. Your body of course will be totally still but your consciousness, or soul, will be moving around and freed from being chained to your human body.
You will be fully awake, yet in an inner space which seems like a dream. You will have the impression of infinite space and limitless movement and speed. For once in your life you will feel free and at peace. Your connection to the body and its endless emotions and chemical signals will have been temporarily suspended and you will see your true nature, you will have found your soul.

It is at this point and with further development, that astral projection and lucid dreaming will become possible.
Your life will never be the same again. You will know what your true nature is and you will also know that no matter what happens to you in life, there will always be somewhere you can go where you will be able to put everything in its proper perspective.
This I call ‘the void’. There are no words or thoughts and there is nothing to ‘see’ here either. Instead it is a kind of ‘knowing’ which comes to you. You will experience feelings of bliss as well. You will no longer be a machine carrying out their suggestions and programming in your daily life, for the first time since you were born your mind will be yours again and you soul will be free.

[fennellal]

I am sorry But if thats the content for the First page, then by page thirty you will start to struggle for new content that will need to be added to keep the reader Interested.

A books open pages are the most important, If you are writing in the First person as you seem, A breif introduction followed by a short story one of your experiances to invite me as the reader, you mentioned Egypt in your opening, expand on it or use another strory you have, to explain in a colourful way to the reader what your trying to get across.

Just reading the opeing I feel Grey Skys, Dark Clouds creaping across the Page, to be Honest for what you are writing about I should feel colour, fresh Van Traps on the Alpine Mountain slop singing there hearts out as I relax and turn to the next page.

Instead I feel the opening is coming from Dr. in psychology for over forty Years big grey Beard, little round Glases & Pipe Hard truggary heavy reading, thats tedious to digest and its I that will need some serious meditation after a few pages.

Anyway Hope it goes well for you, but Lighten it up a Little, Sometime the only time ones get to chill out is when we read a book and forget the world around us for a few hours.

[edelweiss pirate]

I am sorry But if thats the content for the First page, then by page thirty you will start to struggle for new content that will need to be added to keep the reader Interested.


I've written 150 pages so far. Even if I say so myself it's pretty good.

It's nearly finished. Some of the information you may already be aware of but I gurantee there's lots of new stuff.

What's posted here are some samples and complete chapters.

I try to get to the bottom of what's wrong with the world and why it's ended up like this, I also offer handy advice on how to survive and I also reveal the most fundamental masonic secret of all: The process of Illumination.

[edelweiss pirate]

Chapter which outlines techniques of mind control while discussing the movie Shutter Island.


Chapter

Dream a little trauma!


Successful psychological manipulation involves:

“Manipulator concealing aggressive intentions and behaviours. Manipulator knowing the psychological vulnerabilities of the victim to determine what tactics are likely to be most effective Manipulator having a sufficient level of ruthlessness to have no qualms about causing harm to the victim necessary." Dr George K Simon.

Sometimes the truth gets out, often screenwriters and novelists may write a best selling book which is dramatised into a bestselling movie. Such is the case of Dennis Lahane who wrote Mystic River which was then made into a film directed by Clint Eastwood and starring Tim Robbins. The film is a predictable example of the art of how to traumatise and depress people. If you want to have your will to live sucked out of you and have it replaced by a feeling of forlorn futility, go watch Mystic River. On the strength of its traumatising and weakening effect on the public it seems Lahane managed to get another of his stories made into a film.

Shutter Island however is a very different proposition. As the novel Mystic river deals with the hidden reality of child abuse by certain factions of so called community leaders like police officers, Shutter Island deals with the hidden reality of psychological abuse by certain factions of the so called medical profession.

Shutter Island is the story of a Federal Marshall Teddy Daniels and his investigation into the disappearance of a psychiatric patient named Rachel Solando from an extremely high security psychiatric facility based on an Island off the coast of Boston.

What we are watching in Shutter Island is a fictionalised account of the type of processes of brainwashing and mind control which were carried out during the 1950’s under the name of the US government’s top secret MK Ultra project project based on New York’s Long Island. There are techniques which were brought into the US after world war 2 when as part of the now declassified Operation Paperclip, Nazi rocket scientists such as Wernher Von Braun, and experts at in various species of torture such as Dr Josef Mengele, Kurt Blume, a chemical and biological expert who experimented on human patients in concentration camps but was acquitted at the Nuremburg trials, were spirited away from the crumbling ruins of Germany and safely ensconced within top secret government facilities to continue their research.

The facile conclusion which many people come to when watching Shutter Island is that Teddy Daniel isn’t really Teddy Daniels but is actually Andrew Laediss who apparently killed his own wife after she had drowned their three children. They are often fairly vigorous in their certitude that this is the correct interpretation of the film and that anyone who offers a different view of the film’s story is paranoid. Indeed at the time of writing, Rotten Tomatoes and IMDB and Wikipedia, have entirely erroneous synopses for Shutter Island, and perhaps this fact more than any other, shows the true power of mind control.

“That's the Kafkaesque genius of it. People tell the world you're crazy, and all your protests to the contrary just confirm what they're saying. Once you're declared insane, then anything you do is called part of that insanity. Reasonable protests are denial. Valid fears, paranoia. Survival instincts are defense mechanisms.”

If even a movie going viewer has sat through 2 hours of the film and followed the story of Teddy Daniels, yet within the last ten minutes of the film, can have their recollection of events so totally modified by the smooth talking and persuasive Dr Cawley, then indeed, what hope was there for poor Teddy Daniels and the thousands of other people, in the real world, who are daily subjected to extremely invasive and unscrupulous techniques of mind control?
There are so many obvious inconsistencies and so many clearly transparent tricks between the reality of Teddy Daniel’s character and the mind control fantasy which Dr Lawley conjures out of the air, that one wonders if the film’s audience themselves weren’t perhaps more profoundly hypnotised than Decaprio’s federal marshall.

Looking through CIA documentation on MK Ultra I noticed the following areas which seemed to serve as a sort of ‘wish-list’ or a focus for their research. Much of this ties in quite well with the events of Shutter Island and my analysis of the film. On the CIA Christmas list for 1953 were the following items:

“A knockout pill which can surreptitiously be administered in drinks, food, cigarettes, as an aerosol, etc., which will be safe to use, provide a maximum of amnesia, and be suitable for use by agent types on an ad hoc basis.”

“Substances which will lower the ambition and general working efficiency of men when administered in undetectable amounts.”

“Physical methods of producing shock and confusion over extended periods of time and capable of surreptitious use.”

The first thing which is slightly out of the ordinary for Teddy Daniels comes at the ferry crossing from Boston Harbour to Shutter Island. As he steps on deck he meets his new partner for the first time, and finds also that his cigarettes have mysteriously disappeared. As a result he is obliged to smoke one of Chuck’s cigarettes, at the time Chuck comments:

‘Government employees will rob you blind.’ Says Chuck, but Daniels little suspects that his cigarettes have indeed been stolen in order that he becomes dependent on Chuck’s adulterated cigarettes. What I wish to demonstrate, is that from here on, Daniel’s is the unwitting victim of a concerted and extremely well organised programme of very brutal mind control.

Mind control works by destabilising the victim’s sense of reality and making them reach a point where they start to abdicate their own will to the direction and suggestion of others. At such a point a person becomes a virtual slave of any person providing directions or cues which seem to fit with the perceived ‘new’ reality. In order for this technique to succeed the most important thing is to gradually sap the strength of mind and sense of authority which the person has, so enfeebled they will simply be unable to defend themselves and will be at the mercy of their captors.

However, it is necessary, if this technique is to succeed, for the victim to voluntarily surrender his own will, because a battle of will would only strengthen the victim’s resistance and resolve. Therefore, it is necessary for the manipulator to create the ‘good appearance’ of a reason for the victim to acquiesce, and in the film the process begins before Teddy has even entered the compound where he is obliged to suppress his own feelings on the matter and indeed, his legal entitlement as a Federal Marshall to always bear a fire-arm while on duty, when he is told he cannot enter the compound with his fire-arm. This is the first step of Teddy’s surrendering of his own will and provides an apt metaphor of how the technique of mind control can succeed.

In order for mind control to become effective on someone, just like hypnosis it is necessary to acquiesce to it. It is a well known fact among professional hypnotists that it is impossible to hypnotise someone who doesn’t want to be hypnotised. But there are ways and tricks which can be pulled off to force someone to become suggestible, and lower their defences and effectively allow the manipulator to recreate a reality for them, just as the hypnotist-entertainer does during his stage show. These methods include: inducing feelings of unbearable guilt or shame; inducing the feeling that the manipulator knows what they’re doing and can be trusted; inducing confusion and disorientation. The aims of these methods is that the victim finally acquiescence through fear of the consequences of non compliance. As we will see as we examine the film Shutter Island and explore the events as the plot unfolds, all of these techniques are used on Federal Agent Teddy Daniels.

First of all it is necessary to explode the myth that somehow Teddy Daniels is a fiction of the imagination of someone called Andrew Laeddis, which is the mind control fantasy which Teddy is seemingly convinced of at the end, or at least, that he has become sufficiently confused and his world ambiguous enough, to knock the fight out of him and make him no longer sure quite who he us. At the end Chuck calls after him: ‘Teddy?’ but for once he doesn’t respond to the name. This is the signal that he IS actually now insane and that he can now be legally lobotomised because he has no longer sees himself as Teddy Daniels. This is why he is taken to the lighthouse at the end and lobotomised. Teddy reaches a point where he starts playing the game on the Doctors’ terms and wants to know what he has to do in order not to get lobotomised. He imagines that if he pretends to be Andrew Leiddis and ‘plays along’ then he will not be lobotomised by the operation Paperclip Nazi Dr Noerhing. However by assuming the role of Andrew Laeddis he actually shows the contrary. He has been tricked.

It is only when he begins to accept or ‘play along’ with Dr Cawley’s schizoid suggestions, that he isn’t really who he thinks he is, that he does become a genuine patient, and immediately we notice a change in Dr Cawley’s tone:”
“Who's Teddy Daniels?”
”He doesn't exist. Neither does Rachel Solando. l made them up. l killed them.”
“Here's my fear, Andrew. We broke through once before, nine months ago, and then you regressed. You reset, Andrew. Like a tape playing over and over on an endless loop. l hope that what we've done here will be enough to stop it from ever happening again, but l need to know you've accepted reality.” It is only when he accepts the insane reality being offered by Dr Cawley that he can legally be classified as insane and they can therefore neutralise him with irreversible brain surgery.

As Dr Cawley himself says: “l swore before the Board of Overseers that l could construct the most radical cutting-edge role-play ever attempted in psychiatry, and it would bring you back.” It is quite correct to say that he has created a cutting edge role play, but its intents were not to bring Teddy Daniel’s back, but to neutralise a threat to their experiments.

I wouldn’t say Daniels becomes convinced himself, but feels sufficiently disorientated and deranged by his experiences on Shutter Island, to be able to offer no more resistance to his captors. His final words in the film are “Which would be worse? to live as a monster or to die as a good man?” at this point he briefly looks straight into the eyes of Doctor Sheenan who is still impersonating his partner Chuck Aumes, before he is led away. The ‘good man’ refers to himself about to be made dead to the world, he is comparing himself to his evil captors who have used personally invasive psychological techniques to neutralise the threat to their ongoing experiments by carrying out a lobotomy on Teddy. He asks is it better to die as a victim of evil men or to live on as an evil man? He asks this because he himself is going to ‘die’ a good man, the lobotomy will effectively kill any sense of Teddy Daniel’s identity, yet Dr Sheenan, Dr Cawley and the other ‘monsters’ will have to live on with full awareness of the terrible evil they have perpetrated upon an innocent man.





More to come...

[truegroup]

Do you know anyone who might be interested?

I could also do with an agent if they're out there.....

Agents always want money. For a small book, self publish.

Lulu.com - piece of cake. Promote it via blog and articles, and of course, this forum.

Lulu stuff can be sold through amazon.

[edelweiss pirate]

I have used the analysis of the film Shutter Island to explain step by step how mind control works. It relates to MK Ultra, Montaulk and the work of people like Sidney Gottlieb Jose Delgado and Henry Murray who conducted MK ultra experiments for the CIA at Harvard. More to come...


For anyone who has seen the film and still has doubts that I have made the correct interpretation of the film, I would ask you to remember the early scenes of the film where Teddy has just met chuck, and remembers his dead wife. She is shown as blonde haired blue eyed woman and she reappears at frequent intervals as Teddy begins to hallucinate as a result of him being spiked with psychoactive drugs.

Compare this with the implanted mind control version of reality which Dr Lawley successfully hypnotises Teddy into believing near the end of the film. We see a completely different woman who is in fact known as Rachel Solando who Teddy had come to search for on the Island and who herself was said to have killed her three children, none of this is true however and the woman Rachel Solando is fictional just as Andrew Laeddis is fictional, the significance of both names is used in the final stages of Teddy’s mind control. Because of the drug induced nightmares which have become schizoid hallucinations, all of the stimuli of Ashecliffe is entering his subconscious and attempting to supplant the reality already within. At the stage below he sees Solando as his wife, but as his hypnosis develops he starts to transmigrate the acts of Rachel Solando (who in the book is revealed to be a doctor impersonating this character as she gives him a sedative shot as he is taken to the Ward C in shackles and incarcerated) into the real person of his wife Dolores Chanal.

As we can see, in the later stages of the film, due to the drugs he has been spiked with, Teddy starts having traumatic dreams, visions and hallucinations. Trauma is the key to mind control. As is explained later in the film, as an excuse for institutionalising the victim and also as a weapon to wield to further damage the victim’s psyche.
“Let me ask you. Any past traumas in your life? Because they're gonna point to some event in your past and say it's the reason you lost your sanity. So that when they commit you here, your friends and colleagues will say, ''Of course he cracked. ''Who wouldn't after what he'd been through?''
The point is they're gonna say it about you. How's your head? Any funny dreams lately? Trouble sleeping?”

Dr Naehring, the Nazi doctor explains the connection between Teddy’s strange dreams, the strange and unsettling events of Ashecliffe and Teddy’s advancing susceptibility to mind control.

“Did you know that the word ''trauma'' comes from the Greek for ''wound''? And what is the German word for ''dream''? Wounds can create monsters, and you...You are wounded, Marshal. And wouldn't you agree, when you see a monster, you must stop it?”

The German word for dream is of course ‘traum’ as in trauma, and it is believed that the origin of the word dream comes from the German word ‘traum’. It seems clear that Teddy’s dreams or rather his nightmares while on the island, are the result of the series of traumas which are inflicted on him, beginning right back at the beginning of his encounter with Dr Cawley when he shows him the picture of the dead little girl and tells him the story of how Rachel Solando murdered her three children. From this point on these traumas start to enter his consciousness through his dreams until he starts to have waking visions of his wife Dolores actually starts to become the mythical Rachel Solando and at this point he becomes insane and mind controlled.

The doctors are at this point well aware of his life and know exactly the effect their role plays and dramas and drugs will have on Teddy’s psyche, because the Nazis developed and perfected these techniques. Like any other scientific process, there are certain predictable outcomes which are assured when several different variable are known and specific psychologically provoking stimuli can be applied. This is why psychology is actually classed as one of the science because it is predictable and it is entirely possible that if enough variables can be controlled, then a person’s mind can be radically altered and impaired.

Due to the overall disordered state of his mind at this point his subconscious mind has started to accept the hypnotic suggestion that Rachel Solando was actually his wide Dolores Chanal, as we can see in the previous image, Teddy himself is becoming increasingly unsure of what is real and what is not, but the fact that he now ‘remembers’ his wife killing their children, when his wife actually appears to be the same woman who he was apparently sent to the island to find, and who it was said, murdered her three children, but who was certainly alive and well, should tell us there is a certain logical inconsistency in this scenario. Many viewers simply miss these clues that the ‘reality’ which Daniels is being forced to accept simply is entirely a fabrication.

The person playing Rachel Solando above is engaging in a combination of psychological techniques designed to destabilise and confuse the victim. If you recall, earlier in the film, Dr Cawley had told Teddy:
“She believes we're all deliverymen, milkmen, postal workers. To sustain the delusion that her children never died, she's created an elaborate fictional structure, and she gives us all parts to play in that fiction.”

When she first sees Teddy she creates fiction that he is her dead husband, Teddy plays along because it seems to be what is expected of him in this situation, and perhaps he is slightly projecting his own feelings of loss onto here, suddenly however, ‘Solando’ turns on him, verbally and physically attacking him:

“l buried you. l buried an empty casket. Your body rained down, lumps of flesh splashing into the sea, eaten by sharks. My Jim's dead, so who the fuck are you? Who the fuck are you? Who are you?”

The sudden change around from ‘Solando’ playing the ‘poor me’ victim role, and demanding sympathy at one moment, then turning into a violent rage and blaming Teddy, is a complex psychological attack which combines a great many of the techniques of psychological harassment as defined by psychological harassment expert, Dr Simon. He identified nearly twenty individual techniques which can be used by unscrupulous people, to upset and disempower their victims and Teddy has unknowingly walked straight into a programme of extremely advanced mind control.

Remember as I previously mentioned, if you read the book version, it is made clear that this fake Rachel Solando is actually a doctor at Ashecliffe engaging in role-play:

“’It was you. With dye in your hair. You’re Rachel.’ She said ‘Don’t flinch,’ and sank the needle into his arm. He caught her eye. ‘You’re an excellent actress. I mean you really had me, all that stuff about your dear dead Jim. Very convincing Rachel.’... ‘It was you,’ he said. The nod didn’t come from her chin. It came from her eyes, a tiny downward flick of them...’

Many techniques which Dr Simon alludes to have been compounded in the individual set pieces and role plays which Teddy inadvertently stumbles across. As former psychology student, George Noyce tells him later in the film:
“They knew! Don't you get it? Everything you were up to. Your whole plan. This is a game. All of this is for you. You're not investigating anything. You're a fucking rat in a maze!”

The techniques of psychological manipulation as defined by Dr George Simon in his book In Sheep’s Clothing: Understanding and Dealing with Manipulative People are all played out in Shutter Island. For example Rachel Solando initially ‘elicited sympathy’ by pretending to think Teddy was her husband, she then moves on to ‘seduction’ of Teddy by holding him close and drawing comfort from him, then there is the shock and sudden surprise as she turns on him and ‘brandishes anger’ to destabilise a now emotionally off guard Teddy, she then goes on to ‘vilify the victim’, ‘blaming and shaming’ him for pretending to be her husband in the first place when he was actually seduced into the role by her and before this, by the advice of Dr Cawley. As Dr Simon observes the effect of such guilt tripping and shaming are:
“... an effective way to foster a sense of inadequacy in the victim. . This usually results in the victim feeling bad, keeping them in a self doubting, anxious and submissive position.’
Teddy is visibly traumatised by the experience as we can see below, further weakening him psychologically.

Following this covert attack on Teddy, he is ordered by Dr Cawley to go down to the basement. At this point he is no longer the one giving the orders, he is being led around and looked after like a sick child. Compare the assertive and blunt Teddy of the first few hours on the island to what he has been reduced to by drug and light induced migraines and a catalogue of unsettling shocks and surprises.

[edelweiss pirate]

More techniques of mind control.





Below is the shot immediately following Teddy’s traumatic encounter with Rachel Solando. The statue in Dr Cawley’s room is a representation of the Greek God Pan. From the name Pan we have the origin of the term ‘panic’. It was said that during battle Pan had to the power to instil disorder and fear, Pan is also responsible for the feeling of sudden panic in crowded places, thus we have the word ‘panic’. I believe Scorsese as the film’s director, is trying to show the occult connection between techniques of mind control and the practises of the ancient mystery schools, which as I have already tried to show, were created to sow disorder and confusion into the mind of the initiate and make him or her more pliable to furthering the goals of the group.

http://img3.imageshack.us/img3/9059/vlcsnap329678.png (http://img3.imageshack.us/i/vlcsnap329678.png/)

[/URL]


The fact that this statue is found in Cawley’s quarters, shows clearly that Dr Cawley sees himself as a modern priest of the cult of Pan, after all one would only harbour a statue of the God if one had a particular allegiance to that God, just as seeing a figurine of Jesus, or a crucifix on the wall of someone’s house clearly shows they are a Christian.

As the story develops and the mind control programme is cranked up into overdrive, the initial veiled threats and hints about how ‘dangerous’ Shutter Island would be if somehow the patients escaped, becomes a reality:
“The backup generator's failed. The whole place has gone crazy.” Patients are released and let loose leading to Pandemonium all over the island in the attempt to further break Teddy’s will and make him ever more defenceless and ever more fearful.

Daniels is seen visibly ringing his hands in fear as he looks around at the scenes of chaos all around him. Guards chasing escaped patients, trees blown over by the storm and useless fences which have been knocked down and electrical security wires cut.

“Christ. You think the whole electrical system is fried? All the electronic security, the fences.. ...the gates, the doors.” He looks around nervously and clearly his own fear is increasing with every moment he remains on the island.

[URL=http://img837.imageshack.us/i/vlcsnap144852.png/]http://img837.imageshack.us/img837/5469/vlcsnap144852.png (http://imageshack.us)

[agneau]

First pages of new book I'm writing! Shit or Hit?

Lemme know will ya? But I like it!

I sincerely think that this will be a book that one should not set aside lightly...

[edelweiss pirate]

Flickering lights used to induce migraines and psychosis. A nod to the work of Dr Jose Delgado.



All throughout the film you will remember that Daniels is continually complaining about the brightness of the lights and he keeps developing migraines as a result, thus providing Dr Cawley with an excuse to give him some unidentified pills which he claims will reduce the pain.
The following scene, where Chuck and Daniels enter the infamous ward C finally gives some clues into the significance and cause of the strange photosensitivity which Daniels is told he is suffering from. Later on in the film, in the final denouement and final battle for Daniels’ freedom, the headaches and photosensitivity are used by Dr Cawley as proof that he is the mentally deranged Andrew Laeddis and that he symptoms are actually withdrawal symptoms from no longer taking his prescribed anti-psychotic medicine.

As he enterers the compound he everything is arranged to startle and subtly unnerve him, from the huge branch of a storm felled tree being cleared from the roof and falling to the ground with a crash just as he happens to arrive. As they enter Ward C a guard jumps out at them and we see the odd recurrent light effect of a power surge going through a bulb and we hear the crackle of electricity.

Indeed, certain types of incandescent light bulbs are known to trigger migraines, health workers advise in these cases not to have exposed light bulbs, but, throughout the Shutter Island, we have just that and this is the reason for the peculiar lingering close up and accompanying sound effect of the crackling of the electric light early on in the film:

http://img84.imageshack.us/img84/2038/vlcsnap237449.png (http://img84.imageshack.us/i/vlcsnap237449.png/)

http://img832.imageshack.us/img832/3473/vlcsnap171331.png (http://img832.imageshack.us/i/vlcsnap171331.png/)

http://img832.imageshack.us/img832/8343/vlcsnap170667.png (http://img832.imageshack.us/i/vlcsnap170667.png/)

The guard who jumps out at them also reads the riot act to Chuck and Daniels, while bright lights continue to flash on and off.

“We got most of the bugsies locked down now ,but some of them are still loose .And if you see one, don't try to restrain him yourselves. These fuckers will kill you. Clear? All right, get your asses moving then. Go on.”
Everything that happens to Teddy is prearranged and set up. Everyone else in the film is engaged in a role play to destabilise Tedddy. As they progress through Ward C Chuck becomes separated from Teddy. At which point a bald patient named Billings jumps out at Teddy and nearly strangles him to death. He then fights back in order to defend himself and is caught by Chuck and admonished by both Chuck and the guard:

“Jesus Christ, Teddy. Jesus! Oh, you got Billings. What the fuck's the matter with you guys? Catch them, not kill them! Gotta get him to the infirmary.”

At which point Daniels, still clutching his throat where he had been strangled by Billings walks forward to go with them, assuming they are referring to him:

“ God damn it. No, no! Not you, not you. Take a walk. Come on. Cawley's gonna have my goddamn balls for this.” This manipulation technique we have already seen and is known as ‘vilifying the victim’ and also shaming is specifically applied by the guard’s words and actions as he lays an admonishing hand on Daniels, and by the admonishing looks which Chuck directs at Teddy.

http://img827.imageshack.us/img827/1497/vlcsnap192205.png (http://img827.imageshack.us/i/vlcsnap192205.png/)


Dr Simons mentions the psychological manipulators tool of ‘shaming’ and defines it thus:

“Shaming: Manipulator uses put-downs to increase fear and self doubt in the victim. Manipulators use this tactic to make others feel unworthy and therefore defer to them. Shaming tactics can be very subtle such as a fierce look or glance, unpleasant tone of voice, rhetorical comments, subtle sarcasm. Manipulators can make one feel ashamed for even daring to challenge them. It is an effective way to foster a sense of inadequacy in the victim.”
This is later used as further currency to intimidate Daniels:

“They heard an orderly went bat-shit on a patient. They're looking all over the place for him and they're on their way to the roof.”

[edelweiss pirate]

Revealing the method of mind control.

Misplaced trust!

Few people would doubt that medical professionals like the Nazi Dr Mengele, Adolf Hitler, and maybe even people like George W Bush, were functional psychopaths. The problem is that psychopaths manage to quickly rise to the top or their professions by being able to read people particularly well and act without conscience of compunction. This gives them a significant lead over normal conscientious and ethical people who may find that the moral shortcuts that the psychopaths is willing to take, such as donning a mask in order to become popular and ingratiate themselves with people who will be able to favour them for advancement later in their careers. In Chapter 4 of the book "Snakes in Suits", Dr. Hare and Dr. Babiak perfectly describe the cunning and unethical manipulation which a psychopath will engage in. It is my conviction that the person playing Chuck who later reveals themselves as Dr Sheenan is, along with Dr Cawley and the former nazi Dr. Naehring just such an example:

"As interaction with you proceeds, the psychopath carefully assesses your persona. Your persona gives the psychopath a picture of the traits and characteristics you value in yourself. Your persona may also reveal, to an astute observer, insecurities or weaknesses you wish to minimize or hide from view.”

If you recall Daniels reveals the most intimate details of his life to ‘Chuck’ who is then able to inform the other doctors at Ashecliffe in order to create a tailor made mind control programme.
Hare continues:

“ As an ardent student of human behaviour, the psychopath will then gently test the inner strengths and needs that are part of your private self and eventually build a personal relationship with you by communicating (through words and deeds) four important messages".

These ‘four important messages’ refer perhaps to ‘the rule of four’ which was found written on a piece of paper in the room in which Rachel Solando was said to live. Although at the end of the film the rule of four is revealed to be a psychological trick in which to finally snare Teddy Daniel’s mind once and for all, at this point it is worth examining what is meant by ‘four important messages’ in terms of psychological manipulation because they fit in with the profile of the character of Chuck so well. These are:

“1) I like who you are; 2) I am just like you; 3) Your secrets are safe with me; and 4) I am the perfect friend or lover or partner for you. That is why psychopaths so often feel like soul-mates in a relationship - they project your own persona back to you in their 'assumed' personality.”

This is made more explicit in the book where Doctor Sheenan is actually the narrator of the story and at one point says of Teddy during his first meeting with his alter ego Chuck:

“Teddy suppressed a laugh, liking this guy a lot now.”

This shows how Dr Sheenan is aware that he need to be ‘liked’ by Teddy in order for their scripted scenario to succeed: it is essential that Chuck be trusted in order that Teddy reveal enough information about himself which they can use against him and also that Teddy be led astray by his own feelings of responsibility toward Chuck as his partner, this is later used to bring Teddy to the lighthouse and the final showdown between his own will and the mind control doctors.

Chuck presents himself as Teddy’s partner, and he plays on this relationship as being a sure basis for trust and he even admonished Teddy at one point when he refuses to let him know what he is thinking. Chuck deceptively tries to gain trust from Teddy through seduction, by claiming a certain level of relationship to Teddy which in fact does not exist, when Daniels refuses to give Chuck the full details of his suspicions of the case, Chuck acts with mock outrage and hurt:
“What the hell, boss? l'm your partner, for Christ's sake.” to which Daniels pointedly replies: “We just met, Chuck.”
Dr. Hare and Dr. Babiak explain the nature and mechanics of the bond between the psychopathic manipulator and their victim:

"..the persona of the psychopath-the "personality" the person is bonding with-does not really exist. It was built on lies, carefully woven together to entrap you. It is a mask, one of many, custom-made by the psychopath to fit your particular psychological needs and expectations... the relationship is one-sided because the psychopath has an ulterior--some would say "evil"--and, at the very least, selfish motive. The victimization goes far beyond trying to take advantage of someone on a date or during a simple business transaction. The victimization is predatory in nature; it often leads to severe financial, physical or emotional harm for the individual. Healthy, real relationships are built on mutual respect and trust; they are based on sharing honest thoughts and feelings. The mistaken belief that the psychopathic bond has any of these characteristics is the reason it is so successful".
And indeed it is the false bond created and Teddy Daniel’s attachment to Chuck which ultimately proves to be undoing. Despite receiving visions and dreams that Chuck is not to be trusted, Daniels is charmed by the persona that Chuck has created and also the bond and responsibilities which he perceives are natural to his ‘partner.’

The image below shows Dr Cawley hypnotise Daniels into accepting his version of reality, namely that the entirely fictitious Rachel Solando, was actually Dolores Chanal, his real wife. Throughout this scene Ben Kinglsey who plays Dr Cawley stares hard into DiCaprio’s eyes, and with sheer force of will attempts to convince Daniels that what he is saying is true. He also shocks him by showing him the picture of a dead girl which reminds him, not of the girl his wife supposedly killed because this is a complete fiction, but which reminded him of the dead children he saw in Auschwitz.

Hypnotism is simply attempting to exert your will power over someone in order to so dominate them, that they fall under the spell of your suggestions. Hypnotism has been successfully used in psychiatry for many many years and is used successfully as an aspect of encouraging patients to deal with trauma or break harmful habits and patterns of behaviour. In this instance however, all of Dr Cawley’s fake sincerity and concern for Teddy is nothing more than one of the psychological manipulators battery of techniques.


http://img191.imageshack.us/img191/333/vlcsnap355713.png (http://img191.imageshack.us/i/vlcsnap355713.png/)

[edelweiss pirate]

I'd better copyright this shit before James Boemer Evans nicks it for 'his' new book.

[edelweiss pirate]

You can read the rest of my Shutter Island analysis here if you want:

http://www.davidicke.com/forum/showthread.php?t=131757

Or here on my blog:

http://thehappychair.blogspot.com/


By the way they are using similar techniques of mind control on various training course across the world as we speak....... These are the same techniques used by Common Purpose (though they find lobotomy to be unnecessary) I'm only surprised I seem to be the only person on the netz so far to have spilled the beans about this (see chapter 2 of my new book on page 1 of this very thread, or again, on my blog).

If you ever find yourself on a government or corporate training course defined as 'intensive' then be very wary.........

[citywoman]

Your analysis of Shutter Island is outstanding.
{{{applause}}}
Seriously outstanding.

[edelweiss pirate]

Hiya folks, more for yous to read. I haven't editted this chapter properly yet so it may contain some errors, however it generally makes sense I hope:

Chapter 7
Who’s in charge here?

This arm of the empire is essentially the empire’s own propaganda machine. We call it ‘the media’. The word ‘media’ is a collective noun for the word ‘medium’ which literally means, medium of communication. But a medium for whom? Who is talking to whom? It isn’t the media itself giving us these messages, by definition they are only ‘mediums’ for the information. Clearly WE are the ones being addressed but who or what is promoting certain programmes? Why is it normal for people to spend hours absorbing light and sound from an electrical box? There’s a wonderful Roald Dahl poem which epitomises the damage that television will do to a child’s mind and he had been proved right many times over, as will see later in this chapter:

They sit and stare and stare and sit
Until they’re hypnotised by it
Until they’re absolutely drunk
With all that shocking ghastly junk.

There can be few doubts that watching violent and disturbing scenes on television is very bad for children. But one asks oneself, at what point does it start being good for adults? You see there are many things we all take for granted and questions we don’t ask ourselves any more. A person from just fifty years ago would be shocked and appalled by the levels of random violence and horror coming out from a television in this age compared to the tame black and white images from the 50’s. Somebody from even further back, say a Victorian family, would be not so astounded by the technology of the glowing box but more astonished by the type of images it would wantonly show. Yet all our scientists seem to infer, indeed the whole ‘empire’ infers constantly that we are going in the right direction, the march is relentless to some future utopia where the empire’s power becomes absolute and unshakable, what would be termed a ‘new world order’. But why do we need 33 new laws every month? This in the New Labour example of reigning-in free will, if they can criminalise people then all the better, that way they’re easier to control, they can be fined and imprisoned, have their possessions stripped from them by court order, the degree of their slavery to the system is revealed, a revelation which sets the common man and woman working all the harder at not falling into the law’s hands by being an obedient unquestioning citizen and paying all their bills and taxes on time. It was no surprise that the newspapers revealed the magic number 33 and so the masons involvement in all this is exposed. One often finds the number 33 coming up in media news stories, the 7th of July tube blasts initially declared a death toll of 33 dead. Just one to watch out for.


So the media is the propaganda arm of the powers that be, but not what they call ‘her majesty’s government’, the media works beyond the knowledge and ability of the government and the government is frequently at its mercy. It has the power to make or break politicians by exposing them or applauding them, it can defeat political parties with a simple rallying call to its own agenda in its own paper. It is the media which rules and directs the country, the government merely enacts the reality depicted in the media by reacting to it. Cameron has to cow-tow not only to Rupert Murdoch these days but also to X Factor. Politicians are fast being sidelined as the way the establishment wishes to communicate its wishes and suggestions to the public, it is now the media itself which has so completely been absorbed by the special interests of media barons, channel owners, and their owners, the men in the shadows, that it serves a kind of de facto emotional and psychic dictatorship. The television is constantly serving up a dreary materialist world view, punctuated with The News at various hours of the day like a veritable mortar strike on your inner light, your emotional self. The TV shows like Eastenders, Holby City and The Bill all echo this state of misery, these shows all work by inducing anxiety, suspense and distress in the viewer by evoking one of the many semi mythical, almost apocryphal ‘bad’ things that can happen to people. Fun fairs burning down and killing children at Christmas, someone you knew shooting someone else you knew, dead, and almost everyone is having an affair with someone. The actual reality is that Eastenders is worse, much worse than reality. But why would people spend time submerging their consciousness into such a swamp of despair and constant anxiety? Simply they are hypnotised by the screen. The television set induces low alpha waves in the human brain which is like a borderline trance, perhaps people don’t really know why they’re watching it. ‘I want to see what happens’ is what my mother always used to say. There can be little doubt that most television shows are a kind of addiction where one constantly needs to stay hooked up to the screen to ‘see what happens’. These addictions last years and in many cases are life-long, while the physical effects may include a lack of exercise the spiritual effects are profoundly disturbing. These include anxiety, nervous disorders, anger management issues and depression. A study by the British journal of psychiatry carried out by the Royal College of Psychiatrists in 2002 shows a clear link between prolonged exposure to television and the genesis of eating disorders such as anorexia and bulimia. The study showed that eating disorders were non-existent in Fiji before the advent of adolescents watching television for long periods of time, and reaches the conclusion that western media imagery has a very negative impact and leads to a disordering of native societal norms.

In 1998 the idyllic Himalayan Kingdom of Bhutan decided, for some reason, that it was missing out on something. After apparently being so taken by a communal viewing of the French World Cup final in 1998 in the Bhutan’s national square, King Jigme Singye Wangchuk decided to open the doors of Bhutan to the joys of television by starting the Bhutan Broadcasting service.
His words at the time were: ‘It is my sincere hope that the introduction of television will be beneficial; to our people and country’ but with the caveat that ‘not everything you will see will be good,’

Its original intentions were to inform the country about events taking place in the rest of the world and also to highlight their own culture and traditions. However, hot on the heels of the BBS was Rupert Murdoch’s Star TV which opened for business 6 months later and brought with it a diet of pornography, wrestling matches and toxic celebrity nonsense.
Bhutan had for hundreds of years maintained a peaceful Buddhist civilisation where people thought twice before even swatting a fly. Some three years after the introduction of television a crime wave swept the country, murders, beatings, thefts and drug offences suddenly appeared from nowhere. Each week people in Bhutan write to the national newspaper Kuenseleople expressing their concerns about the new turn their previously untroubled society has taken: "Dear Editor, TV is very bad for our country... it controls our minds... and makes [us] crazy. The enemy is right here with us in our own living room. People behave like the actors, and are now anxious, greedy and discontent." Their words are echoes by government minister Sangay Ngedup, one of the few willing to members of the government willing to voice their concerns, he says: ‘for the first time children are confiding in their teachers of feeling ,manic, envious and stressed’. The fact that that few members of the government are willing to question the destruction of their own noble culture shows that they have been bought off and possibly compromised along the way, and the new world order has one more victim slave country and its whole population to abuse and degrade. Business as usual for people like Rupert Murdoch.

There is even a new anti-TV lobby and regular calls for television to be censored or banned altogether. In a BBC news article from 2004 Bhutanese TV analyst Shockshan Peck was quoted as saying, as a result of the introduction of television into the Kingdom that: “Young people are now much more in tune with globalisation and what is happening around the world’. I assume that this was meant as a positive thing, but to those of us in the west who actually understand the full ramifications of globalism, the comments show with stunning clarity, that moral decay, crime violence and a general new found dissatisfaction with life, seem to be the cultural values of globalism.

Other in depth studies of the effects television has on the mind do not make for encouraging
In Dr Aric Sigman’s book ‘Remotely Controlled’ he states: “Across the United States, as different regions got their first television sets, there was a 10 to 15 year delay before violent crime suddenly escalated to double what it had been’. The reason for this demonstrable link between increased criminality and the arrival of television is that watching a flickering television set puts the viewer in a light trance. In Daniel Reid’s book The Toa of Health Sex and Longevity he writes:

“The stimulus is transferred directly into the brain via the optic nerve, which in turn irradiates the hypothalamus. In scientific experiments..rats exposed to colour TV for six hours a day became hyperactive and extremely aggressive for about a week. Thereafter they suddenly became totally lethargic and stopped breeding entirely.” In effect their endocrine systems had been ‘burnt out;’ equally significant was the fact that during the experiment the TV screens were kept covered in thick black paper so that only the invisible rays came through. Thus the damage was done, not by the visible rays, but by the invisible radiation.”

Not only does the actual content of images of the programme have a psychological effect on the viewer, clearly, making the viewer happy, sad, angry or promoting aggressive feelings, but also the actual electromagnetic radiation released by a television set has a direct detrimental physiological effect on the mind and body. Reid goes on to say:
‘When you watch TV, brain activity switches from left to the right hemisphere. In fact, experiments conducted by researcher Herbert Krugman showed that while viewers are watching television, the right hemisphere is twice as active as the left, a neurological anomaly.”

So the right brain, or what is commonly known as out subconscious mind is stimulated during television viewing. This is extremely worrying because it is in our subconscious mind that is the origin of all our thoughts and actions and beliefs. It’s as if television is a form of hypnosis which works by flickering light signals at the retinas and creating a light trance, the television show is then overlaid, like a hypnotic suggestion. Is it therefore surprising that if the Bhutanese people are exposed to violent hypnotic suggestions through their television sets, that this information directly enters the subconscious mind and they suddenly become violent themselves? Perhaps a film like David Lynch’s ‘Videodrome’ where specially contrived violent broadcast harbour a malicious carrier wave which is intended to corrupt and eventually kill off the ‘low life’ portions of North America. The sheer complexity of the plot of Videodrome and the fact that real life organisations like NATO are implicated in Lynch’s plot, tell us that perhaps his idea wasn’t entirely fantasy, but based on reality. Examining the wholesale corruption of the Kingdom of Bhutan by Rupert Murdoch’s Star TV network in this context seems eerily appropriate, with its broadcasting of violence and pornography, against the BBS’s more benign fare of documentaries and interviews with nuns.

Dr Tanya Byron was commissioned in 2007 by the then British Prime Minister to investigate the possible harmful effect of the internet and video games on children. In her report entitled: Byron Review – Children and New Technology’. It is only a shame she entirely neglected to investigate the devastating effect of television on the behaviour of children, but then again ‘television’ is effectively another ‘government’ drug along with the likes of tobacco and alcohol which suits entirely the suits the powers that be’s ongoing agenda for total social control.
Unfortunately people have no suspicion that the television shows they are watching are literally messing with their heads, and the television itself is unlikely to start broadcasting programmes advertising this fact, such a thing would not be in the best interests of the establishment so their science pawns would be unlikely to be deployed to investigate their own pawns in the media.

So if we examine the media in the context of being run by the establishment and showing a distorted, constant negatively biased image of the world, then we begin to see that we are dealing with more of the anti-truths and deceptions which strike against our own well being. The 2009 swine flu propaganda strike managed to earn the pharmaceutical companies millions and the vaccine actually gave people the disease rather than in any way protecting them from it, because in all likelihood, there was no wild swine flu virus that had not been conveniently placed there, either in the bodies of animals by local ‘research’ laboratories, or introduced into the public by some other means. This was the real reason for the huge focus on nurses taking the vaccine when the doctors themselves refused to be inoculated against it. This was a serious blow for the credibility in the vaccines’ efficacy and safety. Although it wasn’t a vaccine, it was the disease itself, it contained the live virus itself. And so they hoped that nurses in their thousands would harbour the disease and pass it on to their weaker patients thus helping in their, as yet, covert programme of eugenics, or population control, present in hospitals all over the land. For instance mentally disabled patients who find themselves in hospital have been known to have a ‘do not resuscitate’ notice on their beds, a clear example of eugenics, and an unconsulted euthanasia by neglect. I would actually call it murder. Another man I spoke to told me how his GP told him that many of the medicines prescribed for heart ailments actually exacerbate the symptoms rather than alleviate them, this same man was advised to stop taking the statin medicine for his heart by a medical friend of his and as a result feels vastly better.

That the media promotes materialism in spite of the health and social benefits of the endless adverts for junk food, the sexualisation of children by trampy and immoral grown women singing to little girls about what sex feels like, to the over promotion of violence and death as a form of entertainment. One has to realise that this is not merely the promotion of materialism but of a needlessly excessive and corrupted form of materialism. One more concerned in protecting its own tangled financial self interests at the expense of the health and happiness of the population. One might ask oneself why promote such a needlessly corrupt and self destructive philosophy to the country, well first of all it is not the needs of the country which the establishment now protects but the needs of the empire which presently wants the UK subsumed into a greater Europe. In order to achieve this they must first break the country’s independence down from within, demoralising its patriots, breaking the back of their communities and degrading its moral traditions and culture. This has been amply achieved so far but the programme has some way to go before the UK is ready to be federalised within the context of a greater Europe. It also helps them to degrade and pollute western morals while having millions of Moslems being brought into the country in order to create their Masih ad-dajjal scenario of the antichrist raising from the corrupt and decadent west, this creates a convenient side show for the establishment, on the one hand they need to demoralise and subvert British sovereignty, and at the same time they can have two groups and ferment religious tension. What better way to take the sting out of the British people by having people live here who regard them as a degenerate and fallen people denying God. This can be kept on the boil for as long as they wish while they stoke up tensions in the middle east leading to the three world war, apparently prophesised by 33 degree ‘super-mason’ Albert Pike (and chief of ‘judiciary’ of the Ku Klux Klan), in his correspondence with head of Italian masonry Giuseppe Mazzini .

The result of all this ‘great work’ on the general public is to make them less likely to have strongly positive emotions and ideas, but to absorb and relay those emotions that pervade the world of the media, the result of the constantly grim stories which seem to make the world go around, is to make people distrust their fellows and fear other people and their intentions. One goes from being a happy member of the community to being suspicious of everyone else and to start to focus only on your own welfare at the expense of the wellbeing of others. This is the hidden mantra of the capitalist system going out of control and devouring itself as our financial institutions now seem to be doing.

All of these pressures are being exerted on the public simultaneously, no less than an all out attack on the human spirit designed to break down our own personal sense of our own value and this is being achieved every second of every day with more people becoming lost, confused falling out from society, their jobs, into poverty and despair. Still others have a worse fate, these are the one who join the system and become part of the enslaving empire. These people are frequently trained, often in a similar way to the method I point out in the first couple of chapters, these people will ultimately become involved in some secret society or other, or may find themselves one of the many new Common Purpose graduates which are presently extremely busy in all corners of society, from education, health, to media and in particular, local councils. This strange organisation runs on the standard pyramid model of hierarchy, with those at the bottom, and it has been suggested by researchers such as former submarine commander Brian Gerrish, that at the bottom of the Common Purpose pyramid are all sorts of dubious characters including petty criminals and perverts. This model is much more common in society than we are made aware of, and the fact that often, businessmen often have dealings with organised crime, Hollywood it is believed has links to the Mafia. Again the common link here is Freemasonry. A criminal underworld boss and chief inspector can both be members of freemasonry and in fact are. The freemasons simply wish to exert control and organised crime is just one of the methods they use to raise revenue, recruit members and exert control. This means that masons have to many different groups of human resources, and they can obviously use their various pawns on each other in order to exert more control over the same pawns. Blackmail is a favoured tool and blackmail is everywhere in the freemasons. I personally was the victim of an attempted blackmail to join the masons, it was during a course which I was told I would fail but that ‘if I became more square I would pass’ this otherwise meaningless phrase is a Masonic code for becoming a mason:
to be more ‘square’ mean, in their metaphorical language, to be a square block of stone, one they can shape and use it to build their empire. Often the masons are referred to by others in the know euphemistically as ‘builders’. It is clear from their own terminology therefore that these guys are trying to construct something but what?

The Solomon’s temple imagery which the masons have recently adopted for their ends, their tales of the master builder of the temple of Solomon, killed by his apprentices, and apparently dying without revealing the ‘word’ which subsequently became the ‘lost word’, took the place of an earlier Masonic back-story, that of The Tower of Babel. The master builder this time was Nimrod, a God to whom has been attributed the sacrifice of children. God’s views on the Tower of Babel are pretty much known to everyone, and he decided to destroy the Tower reaching to the heavens, and scatter the inhabitants of the earth, ‘confounding their language’ meaning they would no longer be able to communicate and work together. With the recent appearance of the Burj tower in the Emirates, reaching to the heavens like a Tower of Babel, one has to ask oneself, what was the point? And would you feel entirely safe spending a night there.




Clearly the point was for the masons to immanentize the eschaton, or to externalise their reality and show their control to the world, in line with the apocalypse of Saint John which apparently is a precursor to the second coming of Christ. Well I have my doubts about that. What if it’s just another swindle? We get the anti-Christ and the war and famine and pestilence and all the rest of it, but instead of upping sticks and buggering off like a nice anti-Christ to let the kosher Christ take his place, what if he refuses to play ball? What if we get the anti-Christ and are stuck with him forever?
The masons are clearly playing on these myths and most people wouldn’t suspect that skyscrapers are actually Masonic architecture. If we look at many skyscrapers all over the world we see them being more and more symbolically and finely designed. In Austin Texas there is what Alex Jones describes as an Owl of Moloch overlooking the city, it certainly does look like a very sinister sort of owl. Then there’s Canary Wharf which has a pyramid on its top with a constantly flashing, symbolic red capstone at its apex.

The Dubai tower has a form reminiscent to the traditional shape of the high ziggurat buildings in Babylon and the middle east, and the spread of skyscrapers across the world is a signal that these cities have business districts; so in a sense the skyscrapers represent commerce and capitalism and as we have seen the business world is an externalisation of the Masonic modus operandi and if we look deeper we find these same rules promoted in ancient Babylon whereas texts such as the Jewish Torah and Mishnah specifically warned against usury as an abominable sin.
‘He has lent on usury; he has taken interest; he shall surely not live, having done all these abominations.’
‘But if a man be just, and do what is lawful and right...and has not oppressed any, but has restored the debtor his pledge..He that has not given forth upon usury, neither taken any increases..’Ezekiel 18:5-9. At the time of writing this there are presently 110 home repossessions due to defaults on usury bills (mortgage .n from O.Fr. morgage (lit) death-pledge) so our banking system is sure to experience what the Jewish prophet Ezekiel called ‘the second death’ on the strength of at least two misdemeanours.
The Burj is also a way for the masons to kindle the Moslem Dajjal apocalyptic prophecy, which would be a handy tool to enable the masons to unroll their final world war and usher in their new world order empire. Like the true psychopaths they are, they will adopt any number is ruses ideas and pit ancient adversaries against each other because they know that they can extract order from the chaos they create.
It also shows the nature of their origins and ideology and clearly they are Babylonian. The Moslems will be expecting the war and may be brought into it, of course they would gladly fight, believing God is on their side.






The end result of any worldwide holy war pitting Islam against the great Satan, would fulfil the UN Masonic creed of depopulation, create revenue for the satanic masonic military industrial complex. Billy Bragg never said a truer word when he said :”War, what is it good for? It’s good for business.
These buildings are an external symbol to their members showing their level of activity and dominance in the relevant countries.


Unfortunately every country in the world has masons both in positions of political control and woven within the fabric of society as teachers, doctors, nurses, shop keepers, and to the lower levels of society such as criminal gang members and dangerous schizophrenics. They are literally everywhere and it is very hard not to end up joining them if you wish to practise particular trades, most pertinently in the legal and medical professions, or if you wish to open a business or advance in the particular post you hold. The masons control everything and everyone and if you wish to succeed in must be on their terms, they cannot take the risk of having any loose cannons which might jeopardise their aims, and this is the reason why no matter how bad things become, a great many of our various rock and films stars refuse to comment about anything not related to themselves and their work. More often than not these people are also connected to masonry via various of the occult off shoot organisations, particularly in the case of Rock and pop stars, the Order of the Oriental Temple OTO.
So they control everything and everyone and they also control what they say. There have been rare instances in the past of people ‘speaking out’ but they are generally compromised by the system in some way and discredited, or threatened in some way, so very few voices from the celebrity kingdom, make it out of the media. The media itself can also downplay certain emerging news stories which go against the establishment and they themselves will also attempt to discredit the whistleblower as they have done and continue to do with David Icke for example.
And now we have Common Purpose, a Masonic front organisation. The curious logo of Common Purpose is somewhat reminiscent of the characteristic 666 logo of the Cern ‘God particle’ laboratories in Geneva.



But it also evokes something else, a bullet hole in glass. Whether it’s a bullet hole or not there is still something discordant and negatively evocative in the logo. It also, as another researcher pointed out, resembles the 33 degree medal of the Freemasons.
Common purpose’s intentions within British society have been likened to the Communist Party and it is no coincidence that they have the same initials. It has also been suggested that the word Common Purpose is really a Trojan horse hiding another word ‘compass’ in its first and last syllables.
The compass is another Masonic symbol and refers to the control of other people. The masons use a compass to inflict pain during their initiations, and the word compass has another meaning which the mason operatives themselves fulfil literally. We find it, like so many Masonic traditions, in the Old Testament, ‘But before they lay down, the men of the city, even the men of Sodom, compassed the house round, both old and young, all the people from every corner’. The meaning of ‘compass’ here is used as a verb and means to ‘surround’, because the arc drawn by a compass surrounds the point from which it originates. For the masons the compass is a crucial symbol because it reflect the ability of the brotherhood to completely dominate the life of another brother, literally enclosing him in an impenetrably wall, also by the same token, they can inflict pain on that person who seeks to escape the circle.
There is radio station serving the Lincolnshire area called Compass FM, a subsidiary of Links FM. Another local radio station Viking FM, is a confirmed Common Purpose infiltrated organisation (as seen in the list of Common Purpose clients bellow). Listening to Compass FM I have heard one of the deejays phrase the word common purpose and I have also heard this word mentioned on ITV Yorkshire region television. If you hear the phrase being mentioned by someone be alert that it may be that person trying to gain publicity or credit for something Common Purpose are involved in and a great many covert common purpose graduates in the most unlikely of places.
There are many organisations controlled by Common Purpose, a sample is printed below:
Partial list of Common Purpose UK clientele:

Aylesford Newsprint Ltd, Aylesford
BAE Systems, Rochester Bayer CropScience, Norwich
Begbroke Science Park, University of Oxford, Yarnton
British Petroleum, GrangemouthBSkyB, Dunfermline
Indian Muslim Welfare Society, BatleyThe Grimsby Institute of Further & Higher Education, Grimsby
The Recovery Project, Brighton
University of St Andrews
Viking FM, Hull
West Midlands Fire Service, Coventry, Radford Road Community Fire Station West Midlands Police, Coventry, Little Park Street Police Station
West Yorkshire Police, Bradford South
Wintringham School, Grimsby
Yorkshire Bank PLC, Leeds
Yorkshire Water, Esholt Hall
Young's Bluecrest Seafood Limited, Ross House, Grimsby
Zurich Commercial, London and Swindon
David Cameron himself was quoted using the phrase ‘common purpose’:
“This is a government that will last despite these differences because we are united by a common purpose for the job we want to do.”


The common purpose website also proudly trumpets:
“David Cameron visits Common Purpose in Bangalore.” While showing him in ‘deep and serious’ conversation with some Indian ‘do-gooders’/freemasons.

We see from the list that every corner of society has been infiltrated by this Common Purpose
organisation. Education, media, food, banking, social work and healthcare. The advantage of
creating this Masonic front group is that many people, while aware of the nefarious intentions of
freemasonry, from media and other sources, many people will have their guard down when hearing
about a ‘training organisation’ called Common Purpose. There also seems to be no limit as to what
kind of people can join this group, no gender or age preferences, no particular entry requirements,
men women and children of all race religion and creed can join. And in fact, so much the better for Common Purpose if they do, that way CP will have achieved what other Empire organisations always fail to achieve, infiltration into the heart of religious and ethnic groups. With such a spread their power will be absolute and omnipresent, reaching the empire into every single interaction between the people and society itself.

Common Purpose is a registered charity and as such received huge amount of public money and tax exemption status. But what does it do? Does it feed hungry dogs? Or does it send resources and set up water pumps in Africa? Charities as we understand them usually do something ‘charitable’, yet the charitable aim of CP cannot be ascertained. Why then is it a registered charity? Simple. It’s a loophole. It allows CP to act as an NGO, without restriction, shareholders or public accountability, it also allows it to operate in secret, and this again is typical of Masonic organisations: In 2008 there was a newspaper story in The Daily Mail entitled: Freemasons open a lodge at Buckingham Palace... but the Queen isn't amused. In particular the following excerpt which shows a thorough understanding if what freemasonry involved as a minimum: “A Palace insider said: “There's a lot of consternation and rightly so. People fear a lot of business will now be conducted behind closed doors so that those who don't sign up to Freemasonry can't have any effect on it. They are concerned that Masons will be preferred and those who aren't Masons will be written out of the script. Backstairs life is already complicated enough – there are all sorts of allegiances and cliques and cabals. People fall in and out of favour and there's a lot of whispering in ears. The last thing the household needs is a secret society, especially one with the reputation of Freemasonry.” “ There is another registered ‘charity’ based on the south coast which I am personally aware of as from having spoken to someone who was involved with it. She said this was a gateway into freemasonry for black men and women and as such she herself got initiated into freemasonry as a result of this charity.
But to return to the question “What is enlightenment?”, like any paradigm in this world society has created another anti-truth to combat it. If the dogma of materialism is not a sufficient deterrent for people who wish to find enlightenment in this world, then there is a final line of defence for the establishment.

The fake enlightenment, the Illumination (commonly termed Luciferian). This step usually ends in absolute obedience to the establishment, in particular to the secret group which practiced this ancient piece of witch craft. The aim of Illumination is to break down the ego and create a change of brain chemistry in the member of their cult or an inductee. This is effected by creating great waves of stress, fear and uncertainty in the mind of the person targeted by this technique, what follows is a chemical reaction, as uncertainty grows fears become irrational and a panic starts to rise, a flight or fight paradigm, chemicals are released by the brain to supercharge the body to get out of the perceived dangerous situation, adrenalin is released for the duration of the panic and if the panic can be sustained and a sudden shock comes into play, then a permanent chemical imbalance takes place, the adrenalin in the blood breaks down and is converted into adrenochrome which if you remember, Hunter S Thompson actually ingested in Fear and Loathing in Las Vegas. His attorney rather illicitly obtained some which he hoped to use as a psychedelic.

“The adrenaline glands from a living human body,” “I know, but the guy didn’t have any cash. He’s one of these Satanism freaks. He offered me human blood-said it would make me higher than I’d ever been in my life...They nailed this guy for child molesting...” In this sentence we have an exposure of Satanists involvement in child abuse, blood drinking and human sacrifice, much like the kind of thing Bill Schnoebelen talks about in his extraordinary Interview with an ex-vampire DVD’s which I advise you to purchase and watch as soon an possible.

The effects of Illumination are very similar indeed to LSD consumption except LSD eventually wears off and you can go to sleep and break the spell. However the Illumination is not designed to wear off and is the reason why masonry and witchcraft has degrees, it is a continuous process, mind control must be reapplied, the narrative of the person in questions psyche must continue to be moulded by the secret society and its agents.
I reached these conclusions myself but during some research for a post I was making on the David Icke forum I found details of scientific study dating from the 1950’s outlining and substantiating the link between adrenochrome and schizophrenia. The research carried out by Dr. Michael Friedman and Humphrey Osmond however has been largely ignored by the establishment as many doctors and pharmaceutical companies feel the search for an elusive ‘schizophrenia toxin’ to be either an unprofitable venture, or a road less travelled. They discovered that the symptoms of schizophrenia were so similar to mescalin or LSD use, that they theorised that the schizophrenia toxin must be some forum of hallucinogen substance. They concluded that because mescalin (as a methylated derivative of phenylethylamine) was similar in molecular structure to adrenalin, and therefore that possibly adrenalin was the source material for this as yet unknown hallucinogenic ‘schizophrenia toxin. This theory was further strengthened by one of their test subjects who suffered from asthma, reported that deteriorated adrenalin which he had inhaled, prompted an psychoactive episode similar to mescalin. Serotonin is a neuro-transmitter, a chemical which allows electrical impulses to pass from one nerve cell to the next a chemical produced by the pineal gland, it regulates sleep patterns, makes us feel happy, comfortable or sleepy. It is this neuro-transmitter which anti-depressants try to stimulate the production of, in a more extreme instance, MDMA (methylenediozymethamphetamine), or ‘ecstasy’ increases the release of three neuro-transmitters, serotonin, dopamine and norepinephrine. At university I knew a person who was an habitual user of ecstasy, often taking it two or three times a week and often taking five or more pills each time. With time this person started exhibiting the symptoms of full-psychosis, such as insomnia and extreme paranoia. Suffice it to say, I expect many people of my age (34) know or remember someone who took WAY too many pills, way too often, during the halcyon days of the UK rave and techno scene, and will remember these a few friends who seemed to be having more and more trouble functioning without the pills and seemed to need more and more each time to release their meagre supplies of serotonin. Fortunately time heals all but psychosis is a habit it’s hard to break and one can only hope that most of these hardcore ravers got through their trouble and are now to be found sipping cups of teas and living perfectly banal lives but with always with a fondness for the glory days at places like the Bluenote and the Complex, and with a slightly hazier memory when it comes to the come-downs. Rather disturbingly, phenylalanine, which is being added to a wide range of soft drinks, children’s sweets and gums, in large doses, interferes with serotonin production and becomes a neuro-toxin, which means the electrical signals of consciousness are not being sufficiently transmitted through the brain, and this leads, in the same way as the pill head on a comedown with raging paranoia, to psychosis. Some commentators say this is why there is an inexplicable increase in ADHD (Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder) among children, and combining the serotonin depleting aspartame/phenylalanine soft drink and candy diet along with the alpha trance inducing tv hypnotising kids and implanting violence and death directly into the core of their subconscious mind, is it any wonder our kids are going nuts?

What we have here is a precise chemical formulation of schizophrenia, according to Friedman:
“When the concentration of serotonin is lower than the concentration of adrenalin, adrenochrome formation is accelerated. When the ratio is reversed, oxidisation is inhibited.. When too little serotonin is present the formation of adrenochrome is accelerated’
Furthermore Friedman reports that :’if the body lacks antioxidants (free radical scavengers) more adrenochrome will be formed’. This is the first indication that the unpleasantly psychotropic effects of schizophrenia can be reduced and mitigated by the use of dietary supplements! A connection is also made by Dr Friedman into the relationship between the amount of the B vitamin Niacin present in brain synapses and the rate of adrenalin which oxidises to adrenochrome.

Dr Abram Hoffer further develops this relationship and in his 1998 book Vitamin B-3 entitled Schizophrenia: Discovery, Recovery, Controversy, he related how in 1952 he effectively proved in double-blind, placebo controlled tests, that niacin (vitamin B3) could cure schizophrenia. But of course, such a simple and cost effective solution to one of the modern day plagues of society would never be popular among the profession itself, especially when the almost limitless possibilities of revenue to be gained from a wide range of counter chemical compositions designed to hide or mask the symptoms of schizophrenia rather than cure it, provide a limitless well of revenue for the economically motivated pharma companies, not to mention the psychiatric institutions, the counsellors, psychiatrists and a whole raft of professionals of one grade or another, who would be somewhat lost if their very raison d’etre were suddenly replaced by a handful of cheap and natural vitamins.
Adrenochrome in the blood has many effects on the human body, these include: inability to sleep, hallucinations and heightened senses. The brain works much faster as the adrenochrome has an amphetamine type effect on the brain, so thoughts come very quickly and there often different thought paths occurring at one time, the result of this is to make connections and be more aware of things that most people wouldn’t notice or perceive. The person becomes much more able to read a person by looking at their gestures, movements, even their sweat reveals information that the quickened mind can detect. The senses eventually become overcome with the onslaught of information and the associating thought patterns continually being drawn, suddenly a veil is lifted and the sight that the ego protected you from, namely all the boundless fear and pain in the world, is seemingly absorbed into them, the world becomes a nightmare and a permanent bad trip, the broken ego cannot rally its forces and create sense of the chaos of ideas associations and hallucinations, madness follows. They are then put to work. These Illuminated people are extremely useful in an empire. They will pledge themselves to any group which will protect them from the uncertainty and perceived dangers of the outside world and the associated fears they have. If they work hard they will be richly rewarded when they retire and will be able to pass their madness in relative luxury and ease.

Many world leaders have been said to have heard ‘voices’ including Winston Churchill who was told where to sit by this voice at important meetings of world leader, ‘sit here’ or ‘sit there’ it would command him. More recently, and rather more alarmingly, during the 2003 Israeli-Palestinian summit which took place at Sharm el-Sheikh, George W Bush informed a senior Palestinian politician that: ‘I am driven with a mission from God. God would tell me “George go and fight these terrorists in Afghanistan” And I did. And then God would tell me “George, go and end the tyranny in Iraq” And I did.’
But dear George and Winston are not alone, other notable members of the God’s coffee morning club are a wide range of infamous serial killers, all strangely, parroting a similar ‘divine mission’, and that their undoubted evil deeds, are somehow twisted so as to appear to be something approaching difficult but essentially moral work.

Herbert Mullin was caught shortly after he killed his thirteenth victim. He had been resident in mental hospitals since 1969 for burning himself after hearing voices. Apparently he had ceased taking his anti-psychotic medicine and heard a voice inciting him to kill. Extraordinarily his murder spree was justified as the highest possible good in that he believed, or was probably ‘told’ by these voices, that if enough people weren’t killed according to a required ‘death rate’ then the earth would have to take things into her own hands by triggering a huge earthquake which would restore the population balance. As with the homeless schizophrenic street gang called The Arthurs we encountered in chapter 3, later, Mullin believed that his victims psychically conveyed to him that they must be killed. Similarly Peter Sutcliff, the ‘Yorkshire ripper’ heard God’s voice apparently emanating from a grave he was digging (he was a mortuary worker) which commanded him to take part in a ‘divine mission’ to murder prostitutes.

Albert Fish, arguably one of the most evil serial killers to have ever lived, and often known as ‘the real Hannibal Lector’ was the son of 32nd degree freemason Captain Randall Fish. Fish came from a family which was said to have a long history of mental illness. Fish began his career in New York in 1890 and began raping children and committing bizarre sexual acts. Apparently Fish junior got a taste for human flesh while staying in China in 1894 were there was a famine of such proportions that young children were regularly bought and sold for meat in butchers. Fish seemed to be obsessed with cooking and eating the ‘sweet ass’ of a child. Fish believed he was a reincarnation of Abraham, and reasoned that if what he was doing was ‘wrong’ then an angel would have stopped him just as one had supposedly prevented Abraham from sacrificing his son Isaac. He also reported hearing the voice of John the apostle when his wife left him instructing him to wrap himself up in a carpet and claims that no less a personality than God instructed commanded him to torture and castrate little boys. Apparently just before he was electrocuted in the electric chair he was reported to have said :’I don’t even know why I am here’. One can almost imagine that the possessing demon had finally abandoned Albert Fish’s after a lifetime of using it to perform evil outrages, and left the indigenous consciousness to finally wake up and wonder what it was doing sat in an electric chair. Who knows.

Ignatius Loyola, Socrates, Joan of Ark, Ghandi and modern day celebrities such a Brian Wilson and Anthony Hopkins all report hearing voices, often voices which are extremely critical, as in Hopkins’ case as he relates hearing during a television interview the voice saying: ‘Who the hell do you think you are. You’re just an actor, what the hell do you know about anything?’ John Forbes Nash, the mathematician who devised ‘Game Theory’ and whose life was dramatised by Silvia Nassar in her book A Beautiful Mind, explains relative to his condition as a schizophrenic that could: ‘no longer sort and interpret sensations or reason or feel the full range of emotions’.

Mark Chapman, the murderer of John Lennon, was an Illuminated assassin, doubtless ‘trained’ by the very groups we have been discussing. Before he shot Lennon he reportedly heard a voice in his head saying ‘Do it! Do it! Do it!” over and over again. But all of his life Chapman had been speaking to what he termed ‘little people’ and that he saw himself as their God.
It is the origin of these voices which must pique our interest now. Where do they come from and what are they? Do these voices originate in the person’s subconscious? Or do they come from elsewhere. And what is a subconscious? What is meant by the term ‘unconscious?’ and is it not another misleading anti-truth?

[edelweiss pirate]

Same chapter as above but with images included.

Who’s in charge here?

This arm of the empire is essentially the empire’s own propaganda machine. We call it ‘the media’. The word ‘media’ is a collective noun for the word ‘medium’ which literally means, medium of communication. But a medium for whom? Who is talking to whom? It isn’t the media itself giving us these messages, by definition they are only ‘mediums’ for the information. Clearly WE are the ones being addressed but who or what is promoting certain programmes? Why is it normal for people to spend hours absorbing light and sound from an electrical box? There’s a wonderful Roald Dahl poem which epitomises the damage that television will do to a child’s mind and he had been proved right many times over, as will see later in this chapter:

They sit and stare and stare and sit
Until they’re hypnotised by it
Until they’re absolutely drunk
With all that shocking ghastly junk.

There can be few doubts that watching violent and disturbing scenes on television is very bad children. But one asks oneself, at what point does it start being good for adults? You see there are many things we all take for granted and questions we don’t ask ourselves any more. A person from just fifty years ago would be shocked and appalled by the levels of random violence and horror coming out from a television in this age compared to the tame black and white images from the 50’s. Somebody from even further back, say a Victorian family, would be not so astounded by the technology of the glowing box but more astonished by the type of images it would wantonly show. Yet all our scientists seem to infer, indeed the whole ‘empire’ infers constantly that we are going in the right direction, the march is relentless to some future utopia where the empire’s power becomes absolute and unshakable, what would be termed a ‘new world order’.

But why do we need 33 new laws every month? This in the New Labour example of reigning-in free will, if they can criminalise people then all the better, that way they’re easier to control, they can be fined and imprisoned, have their possessions stripped from them by court order, the degree of their slavery to the system is revealed, a revelation which sets the common man and woman working all the harder at not falling into the law’s hands by being an obedient unquestioning citizen and paying all their bills and taxes on time. It was no surprise that the newspapers revealed the magic number 33 and so the masons involvement in all this is exposed. One often finds the number 33 coming up in media news stories, the 7th of July tube blasts initially declared a death toll of 33 dead. Just one to watch out for.

So the media is the propaganda arm of the powers that be, but not what they call ‘her majesty’s government’, the media works beyond the knowledge and ability of the government and the government is frequently at its mercy. It has the power to make or break politicians by exposing them or applauding them, it can defeat political parties with a simple rallying call to its own agenda in its own paper. It is the media which rules and directs the country, the government merely enacts the reality depicted in the media by reacting to it. Cameron has to cow-tow not only to Rupert Murdoch these days but also to X Factor. Politicians are fast being sidelined as the way the establishment wishes to communicate its wishes and suggestions to the public, it is now the media itself which has so completely been absorbed by the special interests of media barons, channel owners, and their owners, the men in the shadows, that it serves a kind of de facto emotional and psychic dictatorship. The television is constantly serving up a dreary materialist world view, punctuated with The News at various hours of the day like a veritable mortar strike on your inner light, your emotional self.


http://d.imagehost.org/0371/enders.jpg (http://d.imagehost.org/view/0371/enders)



The TV shows like Eastenders, Holby City and The Bill all echo this state of misery, these shows all work by inducing anxiety, suspense and distress in the viewer by evoking one of the many semi mythical, almost apocryphal ‘bad’ things that can happen to people. Fun fairs burning down and killing children at Christmas, someone you knew shooting someone else you knew, dead, and almost everyone is having an affair with someone. The actual reality is that Eastenders is worse, much worse than reality. But why would people spend time submerging their consciousness into such a swamp of despair and constant anxiety? Simply they are hypnotised by the screen. The television set induces low alpha waves in the human brain which is like a borderline trance, perhaps people don’t really know why they’re watching it. ‘I want to see what happens’ is what my mother always used to say. There can be little doubt that most television shows are a kind of addiction where one constantly needs to stay hooked up to the screen to ‘see what happens’. These addictions last years and in many cases are life-long, while the physical effects may include a lack of exercise the spiritual effects are profoundly disturbing. These include anxiety, nervous disorders, anger management issues and depression. A study by the British journal of psychiatry carried out by the Royal College of Psychiatrists in 2002 shows a clear link between prolonged exposure to television and the genesis of eating disorders such as anorexia and bulimia. The study showed that eating disorders were non-existent in Fiji before the advent of adolescents watching television for long periods of time, and reaches the conclusion that western media imagery has a very negative impact and leads to a disordering of native societal norms.

In 1998 the idyllic Himalayan Kingdom of Bhutan decided, for some reason, that it was missing out on something. After apparently being so taken by a communal viewing of the French World Cup final in 1998 in the Bhutan’s national square, King Jigme Singye Wangchuk decided to open the doors of Bhutan to the joys of television by starting the Bhutan Broadcasting service.
His words at the time were: ‘It is my sincere hope that the introduction of television will be beneficial; to our people and country’ but with the caveat that ‘not everything you will see will be good,’

Its original intentions were to inform the country about events taking place in the rest of the world and also to highlight their own culture and traditions. However, hot on the heels of the BBS was Rupert Murdoch’s Star TV which opened for business 6 months later and brought with it a diet of pornography, wrestling matches and toxic celebrity nonsense.

Bhutan had for hundreds of years maintained a peaceful Buddhist civilisation where people thought twice before even swatting a fly. Some three years after the introduction of television a crime wave swept the country, murders, beatings, thefts and drug offences suddenly appeared from nowhere. Each week people in Bhutan write to the national newspaper Kuenseleople expressing their concerns about the new turn their previously untroubled society has taken: "Dear Editor, TV is very bad for our country... it controls our minds... and makes [us] crazy. The enemy is right here with us in our own living room. People behave like the actors, and are now anxious, greedy and discontent." Their words are echoes by government minister Sangay Ngedup, one of the few willing to members of the government willing to voice their concerns, he says: ‘for the first time children are confiding in their teachers of feeling ,manic, envious and stressed’. The fact that that few members of the government are willing to question the destruction of their own noble culture shows that they have been bought off and possibly compromised along the way, and the new world order has one more victim slave country and its whole population to abuse and degrade. Business as usual for people like Rupert Murdoch.

There is even a new anti-TV lobby and regular calls for television to be censored or banned altogether. In a BBC news article from 2004 Bhutanese TV analyst Shockshan Peck was quoted as saying, as a result of the introduction of television into the Kingdom that: “Young people are now much more in tune with globalisation and what is happening around the world’. I assume that this was meant as a positive thing, but to those of us in the west who actually understand the full ramifications of globalism, the comments show with stunning clarity, that moral decay, crime violence and a general new found dissatisfaction with life, seem to be the cultural values of globalism.

Other in depth studies of the effects television has on the mind do not make for encouraging reading.
In Dr Aric Sigman’s book ‘Remotely Controlled’ he states: “Across the United States, as different regions got their first television sets, there was a 10 to 15 year delay before violent crime suddenly escalated to double what it had been’. The reason for this demonstrable link between increased criminality and the arrival of television is that watching a flickering television set puts the viewer in a light trance. In Daniel Reid’s book The Toa of Health Sex and Longevity he writes:

“The stimulus is transferred directly into the brain via the optic nerve, which in turn irradiates the hypothalamus. In scientific experiments..rats exposed to colour TV for six hours a day became hyperactive and extremely aggressive for about a week. Thereafter they suddenly became totally lethargic and stopped breeding entirely.” In effect their endocrine systems had been ‘burnt out;’ equally significant was the fact that during the experiment the TV screens were kept covered in thick black paper so that only the invisible rays came through. Thus the damage was done, not by the visible rays, but by the invisible radiation.”

Not only does the actual content of images of the programme have a psychological effect on the viewer, clearly, making the viewer happy, sad, angry or promoting aggressive feelings, but also the actual electromagnetic radiation released by a television set has a direct detrimental physiological effect on the mind and body. Reid goes on to say:
‘When you watch TV, brain activity switches from left to the right hemisphere. In fact, experiments conducted by researcher Herbert Krugman showed that while viewers are watching television, the right hemisphere is twice as active as the left, a neurological anomaly.”

So the right brain, or what is commonly known as out subconscious mind is stimulated during television viewing. This is extremely worrying because it is in our subconscious mind that is the origin of all our thoughts and actions and beliefs. It’s as if television is a form of hypnosis which works by flickering light signals at the retinas and creating a light trance, the television show is then overlaid, like a hypnotic suggestion. Is it therefore surprising that if the Bhutanese people are exposed to violent hypnotic suggestions through their television sets, that this information directly enters the subconscious mind and they suddenly become violent themselves? Perhaps a film like David Cronenburg's ‘Videodrome’ where specially contrived violent broadcast harbour a malicious carrier wave which is intended to corrupt and eventually kill off the ‘low life’ portions of North America. The sheer complexity of the plot of Videodrome and the fact that real life organisations like NATO are implicated in Cronenburg’s plot, tell us that perhaps his idea wasn’t entirely fantasy, but based on reality.

Examining the wholesale corruption of the Kingdom of Bhutan by Rupert Murdoch’s Star TV network in this context seems eerily appropriate, with its broadcasting of violence and pornography, against the BBS’s more benign fare of documentaries and interviews with nuns.
Dr Tanya Byron was commissioned in 2007 by the then British Prime Minister to investigate the possible harmful effect of the internet and video games on children. In her report entitled: Byron Review – Children and New Technology’. It is only a shame she entirely neglected to investigate the devastating effect of television on the behaviour of children, but then again ‘television’ is effectively another ‘government’ drug along with the likes of tobacco and alcohol which suits entirely the suits the powers that be’s ongoing agenda for total social control.

Unfortunately people have no suspicion that the television shows they are watching are literally messing with their heads, and the television itself is unlikely to start broadcasting programmes advertising this fact, such a thing would not be in the best interests of the establishment so their science pawns would be unlikely to be deployed to investigate their own pawns in the media.

So if we examine the media in the context of being run by the establishment and showing a distorted, constant negatively biased image of the world, then we begin to see that we are dealing with more of the anti-truths and deceptions which strike against our own well being. The 2009 swine flu propaganda strike managed to earn the pharmaceutical companies millions and the vaccine actually gave people the disease rather than in any way protecting them from it, because in all likelihood, there was no wild swine flu virus that had not been conveniently placed there, either in the bodies of animals by local ‘research’ laboratories, or introduced into the public by some other means. This was the real reason for the huge focus on nurses taking the vaccine when the doctors themselves refused to be inoculated against it. This was a serious blow for the credibility in the vaccines’ efficacy and safety. Although it wasn’t a vaccine, it was the disease itself, it contained the live virus itself. And so they hoped that nurses in their thousands would harbour the disease and pass it on to their weaker patients thus helping in their, as yet, covert programme of eugenics, or population control, present in hospitals all over the land. For instance mentally disabled patients who find themselves in hospital have been known to have a ‘do not resuscitate’ notice on their beds, a clear example of eugenics, and an unconsulted euthanasia by neglect. I would actually call it murder. Another man I spoke to told me how his GP told him that many of the medicines prescribed for heart ailments actually exacerbate the symptoms rather than alleviate them, this same man was advised to stop taking the statin medicine for his heart by a medical friend of his and as a result feels vastly better.

That the media promotes materialism in spite of the health and social benefits of the endless adverts for junk food, the sexualisation of children by trampy and immoral grown women singing to little girls about what sex feels like, to the over promotion of violence and death as a form of entertainment. One has to realise that this is not merely the promotion of materialism but of a needlessly excessive and corrupted form of materialism. One more concerned in protecting its own tangled financial self interests at the expense of the health and happiness of the population. One might ask oneself why promote such a needlessly corrupt and self destructive philosophy to the country, well first of all it is not the needs of the country which the establishment now protects but the needs of the empire which presently wants the UK subsumed into a greater Europe.

In order to achieve this they must first break the country’s independence down from within, demoralising its patriots, breaking the back of their communities and degrading its moral traditions and culture. This has been amply achieved so far but the programme has some way to go before the UK is ready to be federalised within the context of a greater Europe. It also helps them to degrade and pollute western morals while having millions of Moslems being brought into the country in order to create their Masih ad-dajjal scenario of the antichrist raising from the corrupt and decadent west, this creates a convenient side show for the establishment, on the one hand they need to demoralise and subvert British sovereignty, and at the same time they can have two groups and ferment religious tension.

What better way to take the sting out of the British people by having people live here who regard them as a degenerate and fallen people denying God. This can be kept on the boil for as long as they wish while they stoke up tensions in the middle east leading to the three world war, apparently prophesised by 33 degree ‘super-mason’ Albert Pike (and chief of ‘judiciary’ of the Ku Klux Klan), in his correspondence with head of Italian masonry Giuseppe Mazzini .
The result of all this ‘great work’ on the general public is to make them less likely to have strongly positive emotions and ideas, but to absorb and relay those emotions that pervade the world of the media, the result of the constantly grim stories which seem to make the world go around, is to make people distrust their fellows and fear other people and their intentions. One goes from being a happy member of the community to being suspicious of everyone else and to start to focus only on your own welfare at the expense of the wellbeing of others. This is the hidden mantra of the capitalist system going out of control and devouring itself as our financial institutions now seem to be doing.

All of these pressures are being exerted on the public simultaneously, no less than an all out attack on the human spirit designed to break down our own personal sense of our own value and this is being achieved every second of every day with more people becoming lost, confused falling out from society, their jobs, into poverty and despair. Still others have a worse fate, these are the one who join the system and become part of the enslaving empire. These people are frequently trained, often in a similar way to the method I point out in the first couple of chapters, these people will ultimately become involved in some secret society or other, or may find themselves one of the many new Common Purpose graduates which are presently extremely busy in all corners of society, from education, health, to media and in particular, local councils. This strange organisation runs on the standard pyramid model of hierarchy, with those at the bottom, and it has been suggested by researchers such as former submarine commander Brian Gerrish, that at the bottom of the Common Purpose pyramid are all sorts of dubious characters including petty criminals and perverts.

This model is much more common in society than we are made aware of, and the fact that often, businessmen often have dealings with organised crime, Hollywood it is believed has links to the Mafia. Again the common link here is Freemasonry. A criminal underworld boss and chief inspector can both be members of freemasonry and in fact are. The freemasons simply wish to exert control and organised crime is just one of the methods they use to raise revenue, recruit members and exert control. This means that masons have to many different groups of human resources, and they can obviously use their various pawns on each other in order to exert more control over the same pawns.

Blackmail is a favoured tool and blackmail is everywhere in the freemasons. I personally was the victim of an attempted blackmail to join the masons, it was during a course which I was told I would fail but that ‘if I became more square I would pass’ this otherwise meaningless phrase is a Masonic code for becoming a mason: to be more ‘square’ mean, in their metaphorical language, to be a square block of stone, one they can shape and use it to build their empire. Often the masons are referred to by others in the know euphemistically as ‘builders’. It is clear from their own terminology therefore that these guys are trying to construct something but what?

The Solomon’s temple imagery which the masons have recently adopted for their ends, their tales of the master builder of the temple of Solomon, killed by his apprentices, and apparently dying without revealing the ‘word’ which subsequently became the ‘lost word’, took the place of an earlier Masonic back-story, that of The Tower of Babel. The master builder this time was Nimrod, a God to whom has been attributed the sacrifice of children. God’s views on the Tower of Babel are pretty much known to everyone, and he decided to destroy the Tower reaching to the heavens, and scatter the inhabitants of the earth, ‘confounding their language’ meaning they would no longer be able to communicate and work together. With the recent appearance of the Burj tower in the Emirates, reaching to the heavens like a Tower of Babel, one has to ask oneself, what was the point? And would you feel entirely safe spending a night there.

http://b.imagehost.org/0479/tower.jpg (http://b.imagehost.org/view/0479/tower)
http://b.imagehost.org/0380/tower2.jpg (http://b.imagehost.org/view/0380/tower2)



Clearly the point was for the masons to immanentize the eschaton, or to externalise their reality and show their control to the world, in line with the apocalypse of Saint John which apparently is a precursor to the second coming of Christ. Well I have my doubts about that. What if it’s just another swindle? We get the anti-Christ and the war and famine and pestilence and all the rest of it, but instead of upping sticks and buggering off like a nice anti-Christ to let the kosher Christ take his place, what if he refuses to play ball? What if we get the anti-Christ and are stuck with him forever?
The masons are clearly playing on these myths and most people wouldn’t suspect that skyscrapers are actually Masonic architecture. If we look at many skyscrapers all over the world we see them being more and more symbolically and finely designed. In Austin Texas there is what Alex Jones describes as an Owl of Moloch overlooking the city, it certainly does look like a very sinister sort of owl. Then there’s Canary Wharf which has a pyramid on its top with a constantly flashing, symbolic red capstone at its apex.


http://d.imagehost.org/0735/Londontower.jpg (http://d.imagehost.org/view/0735/Londontower)
http://d.imagehost.org/0392/Texastower.jpg (http://d.imagehost.org/view/0392/Texastower)

The Dubai tower has a form reminiscent to the traditional shape of the high ziggurat buildings in Babylon and the middle east, and the spread of skyscrapers across the world is a signal that these cities have business districts; so in a sense the skyscrapers represent commerce and capitalism and as we have seen the business world is an externalisation of the Masonic modus operandi and if we look deeper we find these same rules promoted in ancient Babylon whereas texts such as the Jewish Torah and Mishnah specifically warned against usury as an abominable sin:

‘He has lent on usury; he has taken interest; he shall surely not live, having done all these abominations.’
‘But if a man be just, and do what is lawful and right...and has not oppressed any, but has restored the debtor his pledge..He that has not given forth upon usury, neither taken any increases..’Ezekiel 18:5-9. At the time of writing this there are presently 110 home repossessions due to defaults on usury bills (mortgage .n from O.Fr. morgage (lit) death-pledge) so our banking system is sure to experience what the Jewish prophet Ezekiel called ‘the second death’ on the strength of at least two misdemeanours.
The Burj is also a way for the masons to kindle the Moslem Dajjal apocalyptic prophecy, which would be a handy tool to enable the masons to unroll their final world war and usher in their new world order empire. Like the true psychopaths they are, they will adopt any number is ruses ideas and pit ancient adversaries against each other because they know that they can extract order from the chaos they create.
It also shows the nature of their origins and ideology and clearly they are Babylonian. The Moslems will be expecting the war and may be brought into it, of course they would gladly fight, believing God is on their side.

http://img407.imageshack.us/img407/3122/rumsfeldbuddy.jpg (http://img407.imageshack.us/i/rumsfeldbuddy.jpg/)

The end result of any worldwide holy war pitting Islam against the great Satan, would fulfil the UN Masonic creed of depopulation, create revenue for the satanic masonic military industrial complex. Billy Bragg never said a truer word when he said :”War, what is it good for? It’s good for business.
These buildings are an external symbol to their members showing their level of activity and dominance in the relevant countries.


http://d.imagehost.org/0840/europebabel.jpg (http://d.imagehost.org/view/0840/europebabel)
http://b.imagehost.org/0274/oldbabel.jpg (http://b.imagehost.org/view/0274/oldbabel)
http://d.imagehost.org/0506/europestar.png (http://d.imagehost.org/view/0506/europestar)
http://d.imagehost.org/0984/satanstar.gif (http://d.imagehost.org/view/0984/satanstar)

[edelweiss pirate]

Part deux!


Unfortunately every country in the world has masons both in positions of political control and woven within the fabric of society as teachers, doctors, nurses, shop keepers, and to the lower levels of society such as criminal gang members and dangerous schizophrenics. They are literally everywhere and it is very hard not to end up joining them if you wish to practise particular trades, most pertinently in the legal and medical professions, or if you wish to open a business or advance in the particular post you hold. The masons control everything and everyone and if you wish to succeed in must be on their terms, they cannot take the risk of having any loose cannons which might jeopardise their aims, and this is the reason why no matter how bad things become, a great many of our various rock and films stars refuse to comment about anything not related to themselves and their work. More often than not these people are also connected to masonry via various of the occult off shoot organisations, particularly in the case of Rock and pop stars, the Order of the Oriental Temple OTO.
So they control everything and everyone and they also control what they say. There have been rare instances in the past of people ‘speaking out’ but they are generally compromised by the system in some way and discredited, or threatened in some way, so very few voices from the celebrity kingdom, make it out of the media. The media itself can also downplay certain emerging news stories which go against the establishment and they themselves will also attempt to discredit the whistleblower as they have done and continue to do with David Icke for example.
And now we have Common Purpose, a Masonic front organisation. The curious logo of Common Purpose is somewhat reminiscent of the characteristic 666 logo of the Cern ‘God particle’ laboratories in Geneva.

http://b.imagehost.org/0853/cern.png (http://b.imagehost.org/view/0853/cern)
http://b.imagehost.org/0470/lucis.gif (http://b.imagehost.org/view/0470/lucis)

But it also evokes something else, a bullet hole in glass. Whether it’s a bullet hole or not there is still something discordant and negatively evocative in the logo. It also, as another researcher over at the David Icke forum pointed out, resembles the 33 degree medal of the Freemasons.

http://b.imagehost.org/0064/Commonpurposelogo.gif (http://b.imagehost.org/view/0064/Commonpurposelogo)
http://b.imagehost.org/0398/order.jpg (http://b.imagehost.org/view/0398/order)

Common purpose’s intentions within British society have been likened to the Communist Party and it is no coincidence that they have the same initials. It has also been suggested that the word Common Purpose is really a Trojan horse hiding another word ‘compass’ in its first and last syllables.
The compass is another Masonic symbol and refers to the control of other people. The masons use a compass to inflict pain during their initiations, and the word compass has another meaning which the mason operatives themselves fulfil literally. We find it, like so many Masonic traditions, in the Old Testament, ‘But before they lay down, the men of the city, even the men of Sodom, compassed the house round, both old and young, all the people from every corner’. The meaning of ‘compass’ here is used as a verb and means to ‘surround’, because the arc drawn by a compass surrounds the point from which it originates. For the masons the compass is a crucial symbol because it reflect the ability of the brotherhood to completely dominate the life of another brother, literally enclosing him in an impenetrably wall, also by the same token, they can inflict pain on that person who seeks to escape the circle.
There is radio station serving the Lincolnshire area called Compass FM, a subsidiary of Links FM. Another local radio station Viking FM, is a confirmed Common Purpose infiltrated organisation (as seen in the list of Common Purpose clients bellow). Listening to Compass FM I have heard one of the deejays phrase the word common purpose and I have also heard this word mentioned on ITV Yorkshire region television. If you hear the phrase being mentioned by someone be alert that it may be that person trying to gain publicity or credit for something Common Purpose are involved in and a great many covert common purpose graduates in the most unlikely of places.
There are many organisations controlled by Common Purpose, a sample is printed below:
Partial list of Common Purpose UK clientele:

Aylesford Newsprint Ltd, Aylesford
BAE Systems, Rochester Bayer CropScience, Norwich
Begbroke Science Park, University of Oxford, Yarnton
British Petroleum, GrangemouthBSkyB, Dunfermline
Indian Muslim Welfare Society, BatleyThe Grimsby Institute of Further & Higher Education, Grimsby
The Recovery Project, Brighton
University of St Andrews
Viking FM, Hull
West Midlands Fire Service, Coventry, Radford Road Community Fire Station West Midlands Police, Coventry, Little Park Street Police Station
West Yorkshire Police, Bradford South
Wintringham School, Grimsby
Yorkshire Bank PLC, Leeds
Yorkshire Water, Esholt Hall
Young's Bluecrest Seafood Limited, Ross House, Grimsby
Zurich Commercial, London and Swindon
David Cameron himself was quoted using the phrase ‘common purpose’:
“This is a government that will last despite these differences because we are united by a common purpose for the job we want to do.”


The common purpose website also proudly trumpets:
“David Cameron visits Common Purpose in Bangalore.” While showing him in ‘deep and serious’ conversation with some Indian ‘do-gooders’/freemasons.

http://b.imagehost.org/0200/CPCameron.jpg (http://b.imagehost.org/view/0200/CPCameron)

We see from the list that every corner of society has been infiltrated by this Common Purpose
organisation. Education, media, food, banking, social work and healthcare. The advantage of
creating this Masonic front group is that many people, while aware of the nefarious intentions of
freemasonry, from media and other sources, many people will have their guard down when hearing
about a ‘training organisation’ called Common Purpose. There also seems to be no limit as to what
kind of people can join this group, no gender or age preferences, no particular entry requirements,
men women and children of all race religion and creed can join. And in fact, so much the better for Common Purpose if they do, that way CP will have achieved what other Empire organisations always fail to achieve, infiltration into the heart of religious and ethnic groups. With such a spread their power will be absolute and omnipresent, reaching the empire into every single interaction between the people and society itself.

Common Purpose is a registered charity and as such received huge amount of public money and tax exemption status. But what does it do? Does it feed hungry dogs? Or does it send resources and set up water pumps in Africa? Charities as we understand them usually do something ‘charitable’, yet the charitable aim of CP cannot be ascertained. Why then is it a registered charity? Simple. It’s a loophole. It allows CP to act as an NGO, without restriction, shareholders or public accountability, it also allows it to operate in secret, and this again is typical of Masonic organisations: In 2008 there was a newspaper story in The Daily Mail entitled: Freemasons open a lodge at Buckingham Palace... but the Queen isn't amused. In particular the following excerpt which shows a thorough understanding if what freemasonry involved as a minimum: “A Palace insider said: “There's a lot of consternation and rightly so. People fear a lot of business will now be conducted behind closed doors so that those who don't sign up to Freemasonry can't have any effect on it. They are concerned that Masons will be preferred and those who aren't Masons will be written out of the script. Backstairs life is already complicated enough – there are all sorts of allegiances and cliques and cabals. People fall in and out of favour and there's a lot of whispering in ears. The last thing the household needs is a secret society, especially one with the reputation of Freemasonry.” “ There is another registered ‘charity’ based on the south coast which I am personally aware of as from having spoken to someone who was involved with it. She said this was a gateway into freemasonry for black men and women and as such she herself got initiated into freemasonry as a result of this charity.

But to return to the question “What is enlightenment?”, like any paradigm in this world society has created another anti-truth to combat it. If the dogma of materialism is not a sufficient deterrent for people who wish to find enlightenment in this world, then there is a final line of defence for the establishment.
The fake enlightenment, the Illumination (commonly termed Luciferian). This step usually ends in absolute obedience to the establishment, in particular to the secret group which practiced this ancient piece of witch craft. The aim of Illumination is to break down the ego and create a change of brain chemistry in the member of their cult or an inductee. This is effected by creating great waves of stress, fear and uncertainty in the mind of the person targeted by this technique, what follows is a chemical reaction, as uncertainty grows fears become irrational and a panic starts to rise, a flight or fight paradigm, chemicals are released by the brain to supercharge the body to get out of the perceived dangerous situation, adrenalin is released for the duration of the panic and if the panic can be sustained and a sudden shock comes into play, then a permanent chemical imbalance takes place, the adrenalin in the blood breaks down and is converted into adrenochrome which if you remember, Hunter S Thompson actually ingested in Fear and Loathing in Las Vegas. His attorney rather illicitly obtained some which he hoped to use as a psychedelic:

“The adrenaline glands from a living human body,” “I know, but the guy didn’t have any cash. He’s one of these Satanism freaks. He offered me human blood-said it would make me higher than I’d ever been in my life...They nailed this guy for child molesting...” In this sentence we have an exposure of Satanists involvement in child abuse, blood drinking and human sacrifice, much like the kind of thing Bill Schnoebelen talks about in his extraordinary Interview with an ex-vampire DVD’s which I advise you to purchase and watch as soon an possible.

The effects of Illumination are very similar indeed to LSD consumption except LSD eventually wears off and you can go to sleep and break the spell. However the Illumination is not designed to wear off and is the reason why masonry and witchcraft has degrees, it is a continuous process, mind control must be reapplied, the narrative of the person in questions psyche must continue to be moulded by the secret society and its agents.

I reached these conclusions myself but during some research for a post I was making on the David Icke forum I found details of scientific study dating from the 1950’s outlining and substantiating the link between adrenochrome and schizophrenia. The research carried out by Dr. Michael Friedman and Humphrey Osmond however has been largely ignored by the establishment as many doctors and pharmaceutical companies feel the search for an elusive ‘schizophrenia toxin’ to be either an unprofitable venture, or a road less travelled. They discovered that the symptoms of schizophrenia were so similar to mescalin or LSD use, that they theorised that the schizophrenia toxin must be some forum of hallucinogen substance. They concluded that because mescalin (as a methylated derivative of phenylethylamine) was similar in molecular structure to adrenalin, and therefore that possibly adrenalin was the source material for this as yet unknown hallucinogenic ‘schizophrenia toxin.

This theory was further strengthened by one of their test subjects who suffered from asthma, reported that deteriorated adrenalin which he had inhaled, prompted an psychoactive episode similar to mescalin. Serotonin is a neuro-transmitter, a chemical which allows electrical impulses to pass from one nerve cell to the next a chemical produced by the pineal gland, it regulates sleep patterns, makes us feel happy, comfortable or sleepy. It is this neuro-transmitter which anti-depressants try to stimulate the production of, in a more extreme instance, MDMA (methylenediozymethamphetamine), or ‘ecstasy’ increases the release of three neuro-transmitters, serotonin, dopamine and norepinephrine. At university I knew a person who was an habitual user of ecstasy, often taking it two or three times a week and often taking five or more pills each time. With time this person started exhibiting the symptoms of full-psychosis, such as insomnia and extreme paranoia. Suffice it to say, I expect many people of my age (34) know or remember someone who took WAY too many pills, way too often, during the halcyon days of the UK rave and techno scene, and will remember these a few friends who seemed to be having more and more trouble functioning without the pills and seemed to need more and more each time to release their meagre supplies of serotonin. Fortunately time heals all but psychosis is a habit it’s hard to break and one can only hope that most of these hardcore ravers got through their trouble and are now to be found sipping cups of teas and living perfectly banal lives but with always with a fondness for the glory days at places like the Bluenote and the Complex, and with a slightly hazier memory when it comes to the come-downs. Rather disturbingly, phenylalanine, which is being added to a wide range of soft drinks, children’s sweets and gums, in large doses, interferes with serotonin production and becomes a neuro-toxin, which means the electrical signals of consciousness are not being sufficiently transmitted through the brain, and this leads, in the same way as the pill head on a comedown with raging paranoia, to psychosis. Some commentators say this is why there is an inexplicable increase in ADHD (Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder) among children, and combining the serotonin depleting aspartame/phenylalanine soft drink and candy diet along with the alpha trance inducing tv hypnotising kids and implanting violence and death directly into the core of their subconscious mind, is it any wonder our kids are going nuts?

What we have here is a precise chemical formulation of schizophrenia, according to Friedman:
“When the concentration of serotonin is lower than the concentration of adrenalin, adrenochrome formation is accelerated. When the ratio is reversed, oxidisation is inhibited.. When too little serotonin is present the formation of adrenochrome is accelerated’

Furthermore Friedman reports that :’if the body lacks antioxidants (free radical scavengers) more adrenochrome will be formed’. This is the first indication that the unpleasantly psychotropic effects of schizophrenia can be reduced and mitigated by the use of dietary supplements! A connection is also made by Dr Friedman into the relationship between the amount of the B vitamin Niacin present in brain synapses and the rate of adrenalin which oxidises to adrenochrome.

Dr Abram Hoffer further develops this relationship and in his 1998 book Vitamin B-3 entitled Schizophrenia: Discovery, Recovery, Controversy, he related how in 1952 he effectively proved in double-blind, placebo controlled tests, that niacin (vitamin B3) could cure schizophrenia. But of course, such a simple and cost effective solution to one of the modern day plagues of society would never be popular among the profession itself, especially when the almost limitless possibilities of revenue to be gained from a wide range of counter chemical compositions designed to hide or mask the symptoms of schizophrenia rather than cure it, provide a limitless well of revenue for the economically motivated pharma companies, not to mention the psychiatric institutions, the counsellors, psychiatrists and a whole raft of professionals of one grade or another, who would be somewhat lost if their very raison d’etre were suddenly replaced by a handful of cheap and natural vitamins.

Adrenochrome in the blood has many effects on the human body, these include: inability to sleep, hallucinations and heightened senses. The brain works much faster as the adrenochrome has an amphetamine type effect on the brain, so thoughts come very quickly and there often different thought paths occurring at one time, the result of this is to make connections and be more aware of things that most people wouldn’t notice or perceive.

The person becomes much more able to read a person by looking at their gestures, movements, even their sweat reveals information that the quickened mind can detect. The senses eventually become overcome with the onslaught of information and the associating thought patterns continually being drawn, suddenly a veil is lifted and the sight that the ego protected you from, namely all the boundless fear and pain in the world, is seemingly absorbed into them, the world becomes a nightmare and a permanent bad trip, the broken ego cannot rally its forces and create sense of the chaos of ideas associations and hallucinations, madness follows. They are then put to work.

These Illuminated people are extremely useful in an empire. They will pledge themselves to any group which will protect them from the uncertainty and perceived dangers of the outside world and the associated fears they have. If they work hard they will be richly rewarded when they retire and will be able to pass their madness in relative luxury and ease.

Many world leaders have been said to have heard ‘voices’ including Winston Churchill who was told where to sit by this voice at important meetings of world leader, ‘sit here’ or ‘sit there’ it would command him. More recently, and rather more alarmingly, during the 2003 Israeli-Palestinian summit which took place at Sharm el-Sheikh, George W Bush informed a senior Palestinian politician that: ‘I am driven with a mission from God. God would tell me “George go and fight these terrorists in Afghanistan” And I did. And then God would tell me “George, go and end the tyranny in Iraq” And I did.’

http://b.imagehost.org/0112/SaintGeorge.jpg (http://b.imagehost.org/view/0112/SaintGeorge)

But dear 'Saint'George and Winston are not alone, other notable members of the God’s coffee morning club are a wide range of infamous serial killers, all strangely, parroting a similar ‘divine mission’, and that their undoubted evil deeds, are somehow twisted so as to appear to be something approaching difficult but essentially moral work.

Herbert Mullin was caught shortly after he killed his thirteenth victim. He had been resident in mental hospitals since 1969 for burning himself after hearing voices. Apparently he had ceased taking his anti-psychotic medicine and heard a voice inciting him to kill. Extraordinarily his murder spree was justified as the highest possible good in that he believed, or was probably ‘told’ by these voices, that if enough people weren’t killed according to a required ‘death rate’ then the earth would have to take things into her own hands by triggering a huge earthquake which would restore the population balance. As with the homeless schizophrenic street gang called The Arthurs we encountered in chapter 3, later, Mullin believed that his victims psychically conveyed to him that they must be killed. Similarly Peter Sutcliff, the ‘Yorkshire ripper’ heard God’s voice apparently emanating from a grave he was digging (he was a mortuary worker) which commanded him to take part in a ‘divine mission’ to murder prostitutes.

Albert Fish, arguably one of the most evil serial killers to have ever lived, and often known as ‘the real Hannibal Lector’ was the son of 32nd degree freemason Captain Randall Fish. Fish came from a family which was said to have a long history of mental illness. Fish began his career in New York in 1890 and began raping children and committing bizarre sexual acts. Apparently Fish junior got a taste for human flesh while staying in China in 1894 were there was a famine of such proportions that young children were regularly bought and sold for meat in butchers. Fish seemed to be obsessed with cooking and eating the ‘sweet ass’ of a child. Fish believed he was a reincarnation of Abraham, and reasoned that if what he was doing was ‘wrong’ then an angel would have stopped him just as one had supposedly prevented Abraham from sacrificing his son Isaac. He also reported hearing the voice of John the apostle when his wife left him instructing him to wrap himself up in a carpet and claims that no less a personality than God instructed commanded him to torture and castrate little boys. Apparently just before he was electrocuted in the electric chair he was reported to have said :’I don’t even know why I am here’. One can almost imagine that the possessing demon had finally abandoned Albert Fish’s after a lifetime of using it to perform evil outrages, and left the indigenous consciousness to finally wake up and wonder what it was doing sat in an electric chair. Who knows?

Ignatius Loyola, Socrates, Joan of Ark, Ghandi and modern day celebrities such a Brian Wilson and Anthony Hopkins all report hearing voices, often voices which are extremely critical, as in Hopkins’ case as he relates hearing during a television interview the voice saying: ‘Who the hell do you think you are. You’re just an actor, what the hell do you know about anything?’ John Forbes Nash, the mathematician who devised ‘Game Theory’ and whose life was dramatised by Silvia Nassar in her book A Beautiful Mind, explains relative to his condition as a schizophrenic that could: ‘no longer sort and interpret sensations or reason or feel the full range of emotions’.

Mark Chapman, the murderer of John Lennon, was an Illuminated assassin, doubtless ‘trained’ by the very groups we have been discussing. Before he shot Lennon he reportedly heard a voice in his head saying ‘Do it! Do it! Do it!” over and over again. But all of his life Chapman had been speaking to what he termed ‘little people’ and that he saw himself as their God.

It is the origin of these voices which must pique our interest now. Where do they come from and what are they? Do these voices originate in the person’s subconscious? Or do they come from elsewhere. And what is a subconscious?

It is the origin of these voices which must pique our interest now. Where do they come from and what are they? Do these voices originate in the person’s subconscious? Or do they come from elsewhere. And what is a subconscious? What is meant by the term ‘unconscious?’ and why such derogatory terms for our non waking states? Are these not further examples misleading anti-truths designed to further root us into a solely material existence?

[edelweiss pirate]

Extended version of a previously short excerpt:



Total Reality!

Just how has this trick been played on humanity?

When we sleep we are commonly termed to be unconscious. This one single piece of semantic nonsense is one of the greatest obstacles and anti-truths to understanding who and what we truly are. Consciousness is everywhere and in differing degrees of intensity. A cat for example is conscious of his hunger and his desire to watch and chase birds, he is also conscious of the nice feeling he gets when his mistress strokes his tummy, he is conscious of laying in the sun, purring and feeling contented with his life as a cat. The humble little cat however is not conscious of what time the football match between Liverpool and Arsenal is on, nor is he conscious of the written word and the history of mankind and traditions of mankind. He might be aware of a little more fun and activity and the sudden appearance of a tree in the house which signals the Christmas season, but as to the reason why? As to the person of Jesus or the Roman church’s appropriation of pagan festivals he is entirely ignorant, nor would it be of any interest whatever to him, it is entirely outside his sphere of conscious awareness so as not to even exist for him.

The plants we also share our world with are conscious too, albeit on an exponentially restricted level compared to the cat. The humbler plant sits in its pot or in the garden seeming to mind its own business and seemingly not getting too excited about anything, unlike the cat peering out of the French windows and miaowing with impatience to get at the birds. The plant may not seem particularly conscious of anything, but the plants needs and requirements are rather simpler than ours: he doesn’t celebrate Christmas, or chase birds or DO anything much, except grow. For the plant to grow however he needs to be alive and conscious of the things which will help him to grow. Namely sun and water. He will seek out water with the digging down of his roots and he will find the sun by sending up branches and leaves to capture the light energy. Therefore consciousness is what it is to be alive, it is an indispensable condition to life as, without rudimentary consciousness there is no awareness of the environment and no growth, in short no life. All life has verifiable and quantifiable intelligence. Intelligence is the ability to survive in an environment. Consciousness is the awareness engine which makes intelligence possible. To be ‘unconsciousness’ is without awareness, therefore not alive and never having been so. Why are people describe as being ‘unconscious’ merely because they are asleep? Rocks, elements and chemical compounds can be described as unconscious, but not a living breathing mammal who is having a dream.

The human brain as it is termed is in reality two brains connected by the Corpus Callosum (which is the largest ‘white matter’ structure of the brain; the left hemisphere of the brain or left brain is dedicated to firing electrical signals around the brain, making synaptic connections and creating electrical patterns via a series of electrical switches or neurons, these are essential for allowing the physical being to move around its environment, make cups of tea, go shopping and communicate with friends, we live in a physical world on a physical planet which revolves around a physical sphere of high energy, the purpose of the left brain is to allow the electrical signal that is our consciousness, to manifest itself in a physical environment. The grey and white matter of the brain is composed of what are called myelinated axons. Axons are nerve fibres which are used to conduct electricity away from the neuron’s cell body , and myelin, which is an electrically insulating material. In these facts alone we have the key to what we really are and the true nature of consciousness. Have you guessed it yet?

The right hemisphere of the brain, or right brain, serves rather a different purpose and is distinctly underused in our daily toing and froings in the physical environment. The fact that we can count a ‘day’ is a facet of our left brain’s analytical activity. The fact of experiencing time at all is a left brain tool. The right brain however, creates a timeless and infinite world, a very different universe from the one we wake up in each morning.

The right brain is commonly termed the origin of the subconscious mind, another misnomer. As if the right brain is somehow ‘below’ consciousness or somehow a poor cousin to it. The reason for these errors is that modern science has struck again and has propagated this anti-truth for a set purpose. In order to deny the unknown, the mysterious and the unmeasurable, science has simple ignored it and pretended it doesn’t exist and sought to reaffirm what is known, understood and measurable as the only reality. Our scientific definitions are more like partisan propaganda for the cause of materialism, than anything else, they are not even remotely disinterested or unbiased to a particular philosophy, despite the fact that science pretends to be neutral and objective it isn’t, it, it is more akin to a political group with a set of beliefs or a policy which it must propagate to the general public.

The ancient Greek word for sleep was ‘hypnos’, named after the Greek God of sleep on whom one ‘invoked’ in order to fall asleep. Interestingly, Hypnos was depicted by the Greeks as a winged God, similar to his half brother Thanatos who was the God of death. Therefore the knowledge that death and sleep were similar states of consciousness is revealed through Greek myth. In Latin he is known as Mors, which is the root of the English word ‘mortal’.
The word conscious had its origins in the Latin word conscious which meant simple ‘knowing, aware’. The modern meaning as in awake and active comes only from 1837. Therefore the actual meaning of the word is ‘being aware’. So when we sleep do we somehow cease to be aware? Certainly not, we have dreams don’t we?

The reason for the existence of nonsense words like subconscious and unconscious is because these states are not judged and defined from a holistic perspective where the whole is viewed and its parts can be defined, no, instead these concepts are being judged solely from the point of view of the waking, materialistic physical state. Again this is largely due to effect of the French revolution when materialism was firmly implanted in Europe with a degree of fascism and violence equalled only by Hitler’s Nazi materialists. So the deeper meaning of words which had persisted for thousands of years were all suddenly ‘redefined’ to fit into the present exclusive scientific world-view.

Scientists will tell you that the purpose of dreams is a quasi mystery but there is no mystery in the process of allowing the spiritual aspect of yourself free reign to explore its own nature.

This is what happens when we sleep, we do not become unconscious or cease to exist in some strange way, we dream, and often we remember our dreams. So how could this be un-conscious? We certainly feel aware during our dreams, sometimes more so. Often dreams can be just as bright, real and tangible as so called ‘conscious’ waking life. Often we do all the things which we can do in waking life with a few exceptions, for example we seldom seem to eat or drink anything in our dreams but there are things we can do, such as flying, moving instantaneously to different locations or chatting with people many miles away from the present physical location of the body. All of these things are much more the kind of things usually attributed to spiritual beings and the capabilities of the astral body. In short this is what the right brain represents for us. It is the container for our astral body which we move into when we sleep.

When we sleep we have no physical form and often we may find ourselves changing into different people or different forms in a highly disorienting manner which leaves us often confused and puzzled when we awake. The reason we so often fail to remember our dreams is commonly because our rational, physically oriented, left brain, is unable to understand the abilities and level of awareness of the spiritual body. So as night is divided from day, so too is our consciousness divided into two equal parts, waking and sleeping consciousness, when we are asleep we are in a completely different level of reality from when we are awake, when asleep we have no awareness of our sleeping physical body whatsoever, it is all completely forgotten and the only awareness is of the present moment of the dream consciousness.

It is extremely difficult to retain any awareness of the physical state while asleep, just as it is extremely difficult to retain any awareness of our sleeping state while we are awake. The fact is that our ‘total reality’ has been divided into two parts, just as our consciousness is divided between two states and the day into light and dark. The two realities are mutually exclusive but the mistake science makes is to attribute all reality to the one and deny reality to the other. We are beings of two states, both of which are real valid expressions of consciousness, and both take place in different energy states. The question is, if we, when awake, are here on Earth in a material physical existence, where do we go when we sleep?

When we sleep our physical body lies in our bed resting and repairing it’s structures, yet our consciousness is not in bed with it (so to speak). The consciousness, the awareness that makes us ‘us’ is elsewhere, if your consciousness were in bed then that is all you would dream about, ironically I personally do not believe I have ever had a dream about being in bed. It’s more frequent to dream about people and locations you have visited while awake, but also suggestions and hints of things to come, in my case anyway.

One instance of this I can readily recall was when I received a job in a very high performing school in Essex. The behaviour of the children I was told would be exemplary and so when, I had a dream a couple of weeks prior to starting the post, where I was in a classroom of extremely rude and unpleasant students, I couldn’t make sense of the dream and started to consider that it was just a meaningless jumble of impressions. There was something so vivid and realistic about the dream that I couldn’t quite put it out of my mind.

However all became clear when I started the job in question and discovered some of what they had not told me. It appeared that the previous teacher had been suspended for assaulting a student, and that rather than the classes being well behaved, they were on the verge of chaos because of what had happened previously. Then, during one lesson in particular, I found myself in the very classroom I had been in my dream, feeling the very feelings of the dream, even the personalities of some of the obnoxious students seems to have been revealed to me in the dream, and I found myself recognising people I had never actually met before. This has not been the first time such strange events have occurred but they happen so infrequently that one tends to forget the effect, until it happens again. In my dreams I have also heard voices telling me things that I did not previously know, oddly I have also found myself in strange ethereal Masonic lodges, where I stayed until a strange and disorienting chanting was started up, then I started feeling I was losing my own sense of identity do I zapped myself out of there.

The process by which you can consciously control your dreams is known as lucid dreaming. Some people have more control over what happens to them when sleeping and hence where and what they can experience there. There are some dangers while sleeping as anyone who has had a nightmare will be able to testify, however there are ways to travel in the dream world without incurring any kind of stress. It’s just a question of teaching the astral body that it can do things which the physical body cannot do. For example, a dream where one is being chased by someone or something is a common enough nightmare, and usually, when ones astral body is caught one immediately wakes up so as to protect the self from any permanent damage.
But another option is to be able to use the limitless possibilities of the astral body and do any one of a thousand possible miracles to prevent the malefactors of the nightmare from threatening you.

For example, a common trick I have learned in dreams is to teleport away from trouble. This part of the book seems to have developed somewhat into a manual on psychic and astral warfare. By writing this book I am attempting to explain as much as possible about the life we experience, the life of our dreams is just another part of life and equally valid, and, with further research into this fascinating area, new insights will continually occur which hopefully, may enlighten you that the sleeping, astral state, is more valid and more real than this semi-static world of clay.

I believe that in the sleeping state, our true spiritual nature is manifested along with special supernatural abilities, mystical insights, the ability to relive the past and foretell the future. The big HOWEVER in all this is that the quality and nature of our dreaming experience will depend on the colour of the thoughts and emotions running through the mind prior to falling asleep. Having watched a horror film or played a violent computer game prior to sleeping will almost certainly guarantee ‘nightmares’ (n. OE nigt-mare, an evil spirit afflicting sleepers with a feeling of suffocation , maere ‘goblin, incubus’) and a poor quality of physical rest and psychic refreshment, leaving the feeling upon waking in the morning, of not having had enough sleep or not having slept at all. This is because when we sleep something happens to our astral body: it receives energy, enough energy to drive the body through another day on the material plane before it rests again. Without sleep and the acquisition of the vital energy needed for life, then life on earth would be impossible. The material plane is a place where energy is expended, the astral plane, where it is acquired. Food and drink provide energy for the body but not for the mind and a mind which is insufficiently nourished on the energy acquired while asleep, will not function properly. Without a night’s sleep the focussing power of the mind deteriorates, after around 3 days hallucinations occur and beyond this insanity in the form of schizophrenia, develops. After a week without sleep death occurs. So clearly dreaming and as the scientists call it the ‘unconscious’ realm is clearly much more important to us than our culture is ready to admit and in ways strange, metaphysical and completely uncharted by mainstream science.

[edelweiss pirate]

New chapter. I'm posting this all up now for free, but it would be cool if some folks would contribute by buying my e-book (or hardcover version to order) when I actually finish it (before the end of the year hopefully).

Then I'll write a second one. For me the info is the bottom line. Information should never have to be paid for. But if you want to contribute at some point for a paperback copy of my book it would be cool. I intend to get a few made shortly. Then you can pass it around or leave it on buses for other people to read or whatever.


Chapter 7
The hidden rituals of old Gods. Part 1.

http://b.imagehost.org/0556/high-place-altar.jpg (http://b.imagehost.org/view/0556/high-place-altar)

The high place of sacrifice in Petra, Jordan. The Goddess Al-Uzza, worshipped by Nabataeans and equated to the the Greek Aphrodite by her link with the planet Venus, received sacrifice of young children. These pools and gulleys collected and channeled the blood for the completion of the ritual.

All of the nefarious groups such as the freemasons, the Jesuits, the Rosicrucians, wiccans, Satanists, and corrupted elements of the Christian church, are all in a strange and rather unprofitable way, caught in a frozen theology. The ancient world practised child abuse, human sacrifice and sexual slavery all in the name of their particular idea of religion. For the ancient Greek's, the initiatic rites of the Cretans which introduced young males into the military cult of the state were homosexual in nature. And indeed the cult rites of Poseidon and Pelops where the old God of the sea falls in love with a boy and takes him up to Olympus to be with him.

http://d.imagehost.org/0742/616px-Kiss_Briseis_Painter_Louvre_G278_full.jpg (http://d.imagehost.org/view/0742/616px-Kiss_Briseis_Painter_Louvre_G278_full)

Human sacrifice was carried out extensively in the ancient world, for example, upon the death of high ranking Egyptian dignitaries, those who served them on life were ritually murdered that they might continue to serve them in death. Carthage, the ancient rival to Rome's power in mordern day Tunisia, was widely criticised in the ancient world for the existence of Tophets (roasting places) were children were sacrificed to Bal. It is reported by Diodorus Siculus that: "There was in their city a bronze image of Cronus (Saturn) extending its hands, palms up and sloping toward the ground, so that each of the children when placed thereon rolled down and fell into a sort of gaping pit filled with fire."

http://d.imagehost.org/0757/tophet.jpg (http://d.imagehost.org/view/0757/tophet)

They have built the high places of Tophet, which is in the valley of the son of Hinnom, to burn their sons and their daughters in the fire; which I did not command them, nor did it come into My heart. - Jer 7:31


Matthew Henry, born in 1662, was a presbytarian minster and was famous for his Bible commentaries, as he comments on Jeremiah chapter 7 verse 31 which highlights the abominable acts of the pagan canaanites in their service to Baal:

They have particularly built the high places of Tophet, where the image of Moloch was set up, in the valley of the son of Hinnom, adjoining to Jerusalem; and there they burnt their sons and their daughters in the fire, burnt them alive, killed them, and killed them in the most cruel manner imaginable, to honour or appease those idols that were devils and not gods. This was surely the greatest instance that ever was of the power of Satan in the children of disobedience, and of the degeneracy and corruption of the human nature. One would willingly hope that there were not many instances of such a barbarous idolatry; but it is amazing that there should be any, that men could be so perfectly void of natural affection as to do a thing so inhuman as to burn little innocent children, and their own too, that they should be so perfectly void of natural religion as to think it lawful to do this, nay, to think it acceptable. Surely it was in a way of righteous judgment, because they had changed the glory of God into the similitude of a beast, that God gave them up to such vile affections that changed them into worse than beasts. God says of this that it was what he commanded them not, neither cam it into his heart, which is not meant of his not commanding them thus to worship Moloch (this he had expressly forbidden them), but he had never commanded that his worshippers should be at such an expense, nor put such a force upon their natural affection, in honouring him; it never came into his heart to have children offered to him, yet they had forsaken his service for the service of such gods as, by commanding this, showed themselves to be indeed enemies to mankind." - Matthew Henry

http://b.imagehost.org/0348/CNAf0227cCarthageTophet.jpg (http://b.imagehost.org/view/0348/CNAf0227cCarthageTophet)

Child sacrifice was also practiced in Arabia before the arrival of Mohamed and Islam, as is made clear from of the Qu'ran surah 6 verse 137:

"Thus were the idol worshipers duped by their idols, to the extent of killing their own children. In fact, their idols inflict great pain upon them, and confuse their religion for them. Had GOD willed, they would not have done it. You shall disregard them and their fabrications."

Religion for the ancient world seemed to have been a combination of two principle motivating factors. In the first instance religion was a series of measures and tactics to appease the volatile and unpredictable wrath of the various spirit beings which they called ‘Gods’.

Every aspect of the natural world and even the artifices of mankind, soon acquired an interested party of Gods of various kinds who wanted a piece of the action. And so sacrifices were made to the Gods, in most cases animals were offered up to the Gods in the form of a pious barbecue. In other Mediterranean cultures, such as Carthage and Canaan, children were offered up to their spirit overseers in times of national crisis.

Secondly, their religion also allowed them to create an underground militia of agents. The ancient mysteries, unfortunately, were little more than peep shows. Initiates would undergo their various trials but would also be afforded the opportunity to watch the enactment of a ‘mystery’. Sad to say, my research and the words of various commentators on the occult throughout history, inform us that the mysteries are really little more than pornography. Literally! Of the various initiation into the mysteries one has been preserved to us in the form of a painting. What we see here are not ‘Gods’ in ‘congress’ but other mystery school initiates (actors) who are performing a burlesque porn film in fancy dress. Take a look and you will clearly notice that apart from the two Gods about to get jiggy with it, we notice somebody peeping, an observer to the show! If you consider that the ancient Greeks seemed obsessed with sexuality of all kinds and commonly depicted heterosexual and homosexual acts in their art and pottery. Those artists were merely trying to show what had been transmitted to them during their initiations:

http://d.imagehost.org/0481/IMAGE.jpg (http://d.imagehost.org/download/0481/IMAGE)

" The original Reason of such figures being exposed
to View, and had in Veneration, in the Mysteries, we
learn from others. Clemens Alexandrinus giveth a full
account of this religion of the Mysteries, too prolix
to be transcribed ; -— 'Of their wicked Institution,
Cruelty, Stupidity, Madness, making Goddesses of
Harlots, corrupting Mankind : — the Mysteries of
Ceres are nothing but representations of incestuous
Deities : — their ridiculous Exclamations upon Admission
were, I have eat out of the Timbrel, I have drank
out of the Cymbal, I have carried the Chest, I have
crept into the secret Chamber. ' In the Chest Pudendum
Bacchi inclusum erat. — Cistam et veretrum nova Religione
colenda tradunt. — It is a shame to mention the
filthy circumstances in the story of Ceres...


In the Old Testament, Deut. xxiii. 17 (not indeed
in the Hebrew, but in the Septuagint) after the Words,
' There shall be no Whore, — nor Sodomites of the
Sons of Israel, ' we find added Words of this Import,
' There shall not be an Initiator, nor an Initiated, of
the Sons or Daughters of Israel. ' ' Tis possible this
additional Clause may have been inserted by the
Seventy, by Way of Interpretation of the preceding
Words. They knew the Nature of the Mysteries full
well; and we are led to this Meaning by the Impurities
forbidden, and by the Price of the Dog in the next
Verse ; the Egyptian God Anubis being usually figured
with a Dog's Head. (Edit. Daniel. Schol.)

" For further Proof of the Turpitude in the Mysteries
of Isis and Osiris, and that it was so from the Beginning,
we need only consult Diodorus Siculus, Lib. I.
' Isis being overwhelmed with Grief for the Loss of
her Husband Osiris, took particular Care in deifying
him to consecrate his Pudenda ; which she ordered to
be peculiarly honoured and adored in the Mysteries.
And the same holy Institution was observed with the
same Ceremonies, when carried into Greece by Orpheus :
where the common People, partly from Ignorance,
and partly from a Love of the new god (Phallus), were
very fond of being initiated. '

" One contrivance for ' giving the Initiated a Sight
of the Divinities, was by means of a Looking-glass,
wherein none could see their own Faces, but had a
clear View of the Gods and Goddesses. ' This we have
from Pausanias : and Eusebius relates the same Thing.
- So easily might weak People, and under the utmost
Astonishment, be deluded by Figures behind a glass,
in a proper Habit and Posture ; and especially by living
Persons, personating the Deities in any Manner they
thought fit.




Apelles, being extremely desirous of drawing a Venus from the
famous Phryne, could find no Opportunity of seeing
her naked, without going to the Eleusinian and Neptunian
Games ; where she stripped herself in the Sight
of all the Men, and went into the sea to wash herself...'
" I apprehend therefore that no great Stress is to
be laid upon those initiated Authors, who have thought
themselves obliged to say nothing but what was good
of the Mysteries ; or have talked of the Unity of the
Deity, as the great Secret of them; perhaps to avoid
the Shame of being thought Dupes to a foolery, or
inquisitive into something worse. "


It seems clear from the above extracts from the remarkable Lady Queensborough’s Occult Theocracy, that the mysteries are little more than pornographic peep shows and indeed that the initiations themselves actually involve the candidate being subjected to sexual acts of one kind or another including homosexual acts. This chimes with the great work of Dennis Wheatley whose exposures of Satanism and Wiccan initiations show clearly that females who wished to join a satanic coven were expected to be basically gang raped by the other males present. Isn’t it ironic that many women, particularly feminists I have met, are also wiccans because they believe it a ‘religion’ which empowers women. Nothing could be further from the truth, and just like feminism, simply serves to further enslave women under an all male hierarchy.

Famously Socrates himself refused to get initiated into the mysteries because doing so would mean he would no longer be permitted to openly discuss them, and secondly, if the mysteries were shameful and had something scandalous about them, then he would not be able to keep the secret of them.

The sculpture below was found in a private house Villa dei Papiri in the preserved Roman city of Herculaneum. It clearly hints at what kind of things may have been involved in the mysteries of the cult of Pan, and perhaps explains what was intended for the fraternity goat documented in chapter 3.

http://d.imagehost.org/0421/800px-MuseoArchNapoliGSpancapra3122.jpg (http://d.imagehost.org/view/0421/800px-MuseoArchNapoliGSpancapra3122)

Perhaps it also gives to the famous 'are you a mason?' posters, a new insight.

http://d.imagehost.org/0323/ridinggoat.jpg (http://d.imagehost.org/view/0323/ridinggoat)

Why would anyone go in for this? Well I suspect few people would knowingly allow themselves to be raped or in any way sexually abused or humiliated, so perhaps this is why the whole process is so wrapped in mystery.

Is it possible that by the time the initiate discovers what is going to happen to them that it is already too late to back out? They have no one to turn to and no one they can tell.
How disgraceful that these cults actually rape someone, then demand absolute silence on pain of death. Doesn’t this remind us of the testimonies of victims of child abuse who are told if they tell anyone something terrible will happen to themselves or their families. Further proof that child abuse as a phenomenon has spawned from the evil ancient mysteries which are still very much alive today as we shall see.

Just as sinisterly, what is well known that Platonic Love is actually not what we think it is at all! When we hear the evocative phrase Platonic Love we think it means a love between two people without a sexual element. What it really is is the sexual relationship between a man and a boy. Oh dear! That can’t be quite right can it? But lo! It is! And so clearly when boys are abused by men, they inevitably they start to associate their sexuality with male partners and thus they become homosexual. It is no secret that ancient Greece was a primarily homosexual society where sexual relations between men were seen as a way of both binding men together and keeping women out of the lives of men so men could share their various strange secrets and confide in each other the machinery of the state, while women were strictly intended to produce children for the state.

The following extract from Walter Burkert and John Raffan's excellent book Greek Religion: archaic and classical, depicts the institutionalisation of the myth pederasty Gods such as Posedion and Zeus, into civil life:

"Fully fledged initiation rituals are known from Dorian Crete and from Sparta. For Crete, the principal source is a fourth century report by Ephorus, who already attests the decline of the custom. Men are organised in clubs which meet regularly for communal meals (syssitia) in the men's hall (andreion) at public expense. Boys who have outgrown childhood are first summoned to the men's hall in order to perform menial services; clad in simple robes they sit on the floor. What appeared as a scandal to the other Greeks was the institutionalized homosexuality: a man from the men's hall would carry off a breautiful boy, as Zeus carried off Ganymede. For the chosen lad this actually meant a distinction. The man made known his intention in advance, and the boy's relatives arranged for a mock pursuit that ended at the men's hall. Presents were then distributed, and the man with his boy, accompanied for some distance by his now gift-leden pursuers, retired in some place in the countryside for two months. The days were spent in hunting and feasting. Finally the lover had to present the boy with a warrior's robe, an ox, and a wine cup; thus he was dismissed, being now famous, kleinos."

Various artists throughout the ages have depicted Ganymede's abducation by Zeus, from an early 5th century BC terracotta figurines, with clearly Etruscan facial features, where Zeus is seen carrying off Ganymede who seems to resemble a small child in this depiction:

http://b.imagehost.org/0588/433px-Zeus-Gany-sculpt1.jpg (http://b.imagehost.org/view/0588/433px-Zeus-Gany-sculpt1)

To this later expression of the Prometheus myth by Ruebens, were Prometheus as an eagle is seen creeping up behind Zeus and his love Ganymede, in his attempt to steal fire to give to the mortal humans. Here Ganymede is shows as a young, effeminate boy, his size relative to Zeus shows that he is still far from being considered a man.

http://d.imagehost.org/0412/zeus_Ganymede.jpg (http://d.imagehost.org/view/0412/zeus_Ganymede)

This depiction by Rembrandt is extreme in that it shows Ganymede as virtually a baby. Unfortunately there are such cases in modern times of paedophile perverts preying on the extremely young. Perhaps Rembrandt shows Ganymede here as a baby in order to better convey the terror felt at his abduction, and indeed, the terror felt, and still felt, by those young boys involved in these strange fetishistic initiation rites. His painting is entitled The Rape of Ganymede and gone are the erotic hints in previous paintings such as those by Ruebens, gone is the suggestion of the feminine beauty of the young boy but in its place is the stark image of abuse. Perhaps he is hinting in the symbolic painting of dark deeds of paedophilia similar to those which currently take place behind the closed doors of some of the most powerful figures in our society.

http://b.imagehost.org/0788/Rembrandt_Ganymede.jpg (http://b.imagehost.org/view/0788/Rembrandt_Ganymede)

So if we can now assume that the ancient mysteries were actually enacted as a sort of porno cinema show, then we can examine specific mysteries and wonder what may have transpired in such a case.
The mystery of Proserpina or Persephone as she is also known, tells the story of Proserpina who is tricked into becoming the mistress of Pluto, the embodiment of darkness, in the same way Set was the archetype for darkness and chaos for the Egyptians. While Horus represented the light of the day. I’m sure you may have already heard that the word ‘hour’ originates in the word Heru (Horus), in French the similarity is even more apparent in the word ‘heure’, while the word Sunset coincidentally at least, features the anglosization of the Egyptian word Sothis (Set).

The story of Proserpina is an allegory for the seasons of the year and the tendency to have colder darker months, and hotter sunnier months. The story goes that Proserpina is seized by Pluto who invites her to a lavish feast, Proserpina eats 6 pomegranate seeds without knowing that if she accepts Pluto’s hospitality she is consciously agreeing to be kept by him. However because of the fact that she has only eaten 6 pomegranate seeds she is allowed to spend 6 months of the year in the real world of light and 6 months in the underworld. Hence we have the summer and winter months, or at least a simplified approximation anyway.

In Greek Proserpina is also known as Cora:
Noun 1. Cora - (Greek mythology) daughter of Zeus and Demeter; made queen of the underworld by Pluto in ancient mythology; identified with Roman Proserpina
Despoina, Kore, Persephone.

How strange that a so called charitable foundation based in Scotland calling itself the Cora foundation, after the poor maiden abused and raped by Pluto, should be linked with the abuse of young girls. Why would a charitable foundation apparently devoted to caring for homeless and troubled children name itself after the Queen of the Underworld and sexual slave of the Greek Satan.

Somehow, despite newspaper articles condemning the home, it managed to stay open, despite widespread calls for its closure. How can such things happen? Are there no police and social workers, local councillors or MP’s who have authority here? Well, in theory there are. But when a groups of people enjoy a special exalted status due to their Masonic connections, they become, literally, above the law. And this is what we have an example of right here.

"Two girls jump from a bridge in Scotland after absconding from a christian care home which has been previously linked with abuse"
This care home was supposed to be closed on 31 march this year due to previous claims of abuse. Maybe if it had been, these girls would still be alive.

"Bridge tragedy
Neve Lafferty and Georgia Rowe
Erskine bridge
The Good Shepherd Centre in Bishopton, Renfrewshire, is to be investigated
Breaking news: Care home to be investigated after suicides of teenage girls

Authorities are to investigate a residential unit that allowed two teenage girls to leave at night and take their own lives by leaping hand-in-hand from the Erskine Bridge.

Neve Lafferty and Georgia Rowe died on Sunday when they plunged 125 feet into the River Clyde.

Neve, 15, from Helensburgh, and 14-year-old Georgia, from Hull, had met at the Good Shepherd Centre in Bishopton, Renfrewshire, a residential unit for troubled youngsters, less than four miles from the bridge.

Staff had seen the girls heading to their rooms in their pyjamas to watch TV and only noticed they were missing after carrying out a routine check.

The Care Commission and Argyll & Bute Council said they would investigate the circumstances surrounding the tragedy, which police have already ruled was not suspicious.

Neve’s family in the Dunbartonshire town were yesterday struggling to come to terms with their loss, and a close relative said the girl’s mother was “just totally in shock” and “numb”.

The tragedy was completely unexpected, the relative said, adding that Neve had appeared “happy and well” on a family day out two weeks ago.

Neve had been staying at the Good Shepherd Centre for only a few months, but had previously been in contact with other institutions offering help and support to emotionally unstable youths.

The relative, who did not wish to be named, added: “I’m quite angry at the fact she’s been able to get out. Places like that should be secure – they go there to be looked after, not to get out and take their lives.”

The Good Shepherd Centre, a Christian residential unit that provides care and education for troubled girls, was investigated by police and care authorities last year after a critical report and an anonymous complaint were brought to light. Though the centre has “secure” accommodation for the most at-risk teens, neither Neve nor Georgia were understood to have been staying in this particular unit.

Ronnie Hill, the Care Commission’s director of children’s services regulation, said: “The police are currently carrying out an investigation into the incident, and once this is completed, the Care Commission will also be investigating the matter. It would be inappropriate to comment further at this time.”

Argyll & Bute Council said in a statement that it would also be investigating the “distressing case”."

The strange thing about the previous article is that there was no mention that the home was due to be closed in March 2009 due to past accusations of abuse. Strange that the same press which had previously reported the closure of the care-home, fail to mention it in this instance. Why such an obvious and apparent journalistic ommision? Surely this is a story and a half? 'Care home to be investigated after suicides of teeange girls' But the home had already been investigated and was due to close. Yet there is no mention of this nor any explanation as to the fact of why the home was still open. Clearly we are seeing an exaple of editorrial bias in action and perhaps the fact that a care home with previous cases of abuse being reported, and in which two deaths are recently reported, if such a home were seen to have subverted the usual legal channels to remain open, then questions about why this home is being protected in some way, must come to the fore.

[edelweiss pirate]

The hidden rituals of old Gods. Part 2.



Doesn’t all this make you go hmmmmm? What’s going on here? Well, there are two distinct and by no means mutually exclusive possibilities. The first possibility is that all of this was feint by the priesthood, and the priesthood since the dawn of history have always had a highly privileged position and that they successfully managed throughout the thousands of years from the earliest days of Dynastic Egypt through to the depraved Greek, Druid and Roman mysteries, to maintain an elaborate con trick and charade on millions of people, in order to placate, cow and control the population while they tuck into the treats offered up at God’s barbecue.

http://b.imagehost.org/0720/bbq.jpg (http://b.imagehost.org/view/0720/bbq)

Does this seem likely? Are humans really so easily tricked that a select band of priests can totally dominate human culture, history and spirituality. Personally I don’t think it’s the whole story. This brings us to the second hypothesis.

The second possibility is that there are indeed a whole host of spirit operatives of various kinds, which choose to involve themselves in our human environment, and that the priests have become their agents and representatives within the human population. Perhaps a sort of quid pro quo had been arranged whereby the priests are promised earthly power and satisfaction of various material desires, in exchange for representing their invisible superiors to the people and convincing them by various pieces of dubious theology and myth, in addition to certain parlour tricks and mysteries which the priests, particularly the mysteries of Eleusis, perfected over time and whereby for example we have acquired the word ‘Illusion’.

What evidence is there to support this second view. Do we have any proof to support the view that invisible beings are communicating with certain people and prompting them to perform certain deeds and misdeeds. Is there any evidence? Well, there’s plenty and it never ends, it comes thick and fast at us from the news, but because of the dogma of our materialistic society we ignore it as the ravings of madmen. But those whose minds are slightly opened and whose horizons extend that little bit further beyond the narrow confines of our zoo cage modern life, those people may detect other subtle possibilities which may explain, for once, a heck of a lot about what’s wrong with our world.

“The devil told me to do it!”; “God told me to do it!” and most recently: “ Jesus told me to do it!”.
These are all phrases spoken by perpetrators of the most inexplicably savage, shocking and undoubtedly evil acts which confuse confound and dismay our spirits on an almost daily basis. Again and again we ask what drove the killer to do what he did? How can humans act in such an inhumane way? And on and on, leading us all to suspect that there might be something intrinsically wrong with ‘us’ as a race because of the actions of some of our fellows. And on and on for thousands of years we have had to attempt to field and explain and answer for these terrible blots on the copy book of human culture, and we can’t, because somehow we discount the testimony of the perpetrator himself.

This recent pyscho-nugget blaming Jesus for his multiple murders, comes from one time, aspiring rapper Syko Sam otherwise known as Richard McCrosky, one time star of the 'horror-core' rap genre, who in 20th September 2010, pleaded guilty to four counts of murder.

http://d.imagehost.org/0008/nut1.png (http://d.imagehost.org/view/0008/nut1)

http://b.imagehost.org/0162/nut2.png (http://b.imagehost.org/view/0162/nut2)

http://b.imagehost.org/0934/nut3.png (http://b.imagehost.org/view/0934/nut3)

Mcrosky murdered his girlfriend, her parents (pastor Mark Niederbrock, university profesor Debra Kelly and Emma's 18 year old friend Melanie Well.
Apparently McCrosky got into an argument after attending a horrorcore concert on the 14th of September and murdered all four victims as they slept the following morning.

In McCroskey's 'song' My Dark Side, this satanically possessed simpletons intones:
"You're not the first, just to let you know. I've killed many people and I kill them real slow. It's the best feeling, watching their last breath. Stabbing and stabbing till there's nothing left,"

Interestingly McCrosley is a Scottish Clan name of the once ruling nobility of Ireland and Scotland and the name was originally Mac an Chrosain and has been conventionally translated as 'the son of the cross', interesting given the murderer's own comments about his apparent, perhaps only half-joking, inspiration for murdering the four people. But a deeper and more enlightening analysis of this strange surname is given in Tadhg MacCrossan's 1993 book about paganism and witchcraft: The Truth about Druids. In this book, MacCrossan explains that the name Mac an Chrosain, MacCrossan and indeed McCroskey, are all actually the same druidic name. In her book, Tadhg explains that Mac an Chrosain means 'son of the satirist'. Where the gallic and druidic word 'Chrosain' meant, not cross but 'satirist. Is it possible then that Richard McCroskey murdered these four people and claimed 'Jesus told me to do it' is a dark act of satanic satire? Clearly Richard could not be aware of his part in this game, of the history of his name and the druidic connection. The man is clearly a ginger haired simpleton of the worst kind, however, if this 'tool' were used in a pan dimensional game of planetary politics by hidden and nefarious forces then the pieces start to fit and these insane and seemingly senseless crimes start to almost make a kind of sense.

Hitler was one of the biggest despoilers of human dignity and again and again we are seemingly clueless as to his motives. Why did he kill all those Jews? As children we hear silly stories about his mother dying due to the medical intervention of a Jewish doctor. Even more laughably we hear from ‘serious’ TV humanists that Hitler was motivated by the murder of Jesus by the Jews. As if enough water hasn’t passed under that particular bridge already! But no, like so much else, this disinformation is put out there as a typical anti-truth decoy.

From Hitler’s own words we find a clue to the real reason for his despicable acts, it has very little to do with any real ideological convictions of personal bigotry but has more to do with following orders from invisible and mysterious superiors. If we examine Hitler’s own statements as reported by Hermann Rauschning in his book Hitler Lives, we will be in a better position to understand the nature of his own particular brand of evil:

“One cannot help thinking of him as a medium. For most of the time, mediums are ordinary, insignificant people. Suddenly they are endowed with what seem to be supernatural powers which set them apart from the rest of humanity. The medium is possessed. Once the crisis is passed, they fall back again into mediocrity. It was in this way, beyond any doubt, that Hitler was possessed by forces outside of himself – almost demoniacal forces of which the individual man Hitler was only the temporary vehicle. The mixture of the banal and the supernatural created that insupportable duality of which one was conscious in his presence... It was like looking at a bizarre face whose expression seemed to reflect an unbalanced state of mind coupled with a disquieting impression of
hidden powers.”

“What will the social order of the future be like? Comrade, I will tell you. There will be a class of overlords, after them the rank and file of the party members in hierarchical order, and then the great mass of anonymous followers, servants and workers in perpetuity, and beneath them again all the conquered foreign races, the modern slaves. And over and above all these will reign a new and exalted nobility of whom I cannot speak... but of all these plans the militant members will know nothing. The new man is living amongst us now! He is here. Isn’t that enough for you? I will tell you a secret. I have seen the new man. He is intrepid and cruel. I was afraid of him.”

In his essay entitled Revolting Julius Evola, William H Kennedy explores the fascist legacy of Evola and indicates that certain terrorist events of the twentieth century were directly inspired by his thinking, including the acts of various fascist and neo nazi organisations throughout the world, and how a whole new horde of devotees have become motivated as a result of Evolian thinking. In the United States, Michael Moynihan, musician of the band Blood Axis, high priest in Anton’s Le Vey’s Church of Satan and writer of the book Lords of Chaos: The bloody rise of Satanic metal underground (1999). In his essay Kennedy states:

"In Lords of Chaos the authors contend that avatism has a spiritual and psychological
component, namely, the emergence of unruly old Norse gods into the minds and bodies of
Black Metalists. In their reckoning such recently reported occurrences of Black Metalists
committing acts of destruction and violence can be attributed to the integration of Norse
deities into individual Nazi-Satanists (aka evil spirit possession). This metaphysical process
is catalyzed by a combination of ritual Satanism, neo-Nazi indoctrination and the harsh
rhythms of Black Metal music... Moynihan further states that the entire Third Reich was a manifestation of the ancient Norse god Wotan in the German masses."

However unlikely such a thing may appear to the Times reading and tea drinking general public the fact that certain of the chief operators within Black Metal and Satanism themselves believe this should be warning enough that even if such talk is delusion and hyperbole, that certain people are advocating that violence and various other outrages be performed, without the usual restraints of guilt and morality, because somehow it fits into a ancient Nordic theology.

Once you start researching these strands of insanity and violent extremism of various kinds, one soon starts to find the threads merge and the overall picture emerges. Typing in the band name 'Blood Axis' in the hunt for interesting images to accompany this rather long bit of unillustrated text I came across the following picture, representing what I suspect is a stylised representation of the Teutonic Knights.

http://d.imagehost.org/0748/bloodaxis.png (http://d.imagehost.org/view/0748/bloodaxis)

I found this image on the following blog:
http://theebradmiller.blogspot.com/2008/05/blood-axis-live-in-meissen-1998.html


Funnily enough the blog is entitled: 'Because God told me to do it'.
Is this blogger aware that he is signpost and a pawn in the same spiritual war which McCrossan and as we will soon see, another relatively well know horrorcore performer are also involved in?

http://d.imagehost.org/0865/gse_multipart12102.jpg (http://d.imagehost.org/view/0865/gse_multipart12102)
It gets even better, at least from a researcher's perspective as this is the blogger's profile message:

"I was born in Great Falls, Montana to a British Jewish father and Thai mother. While I was quite young, my mother moved back to Thailand to live permanently, and my father, sister and I moved to San Francisco, California. Once in San Francisco my father raised my sister and I with out assistance. It was in San Francisco that my father became obsessed with the Freemasons. My father, who was named Chaim, had made enough connections within the masonic order to obtain a postion on the Trilateral Commission by the mid 1970's. This position took my disfunctional family to the East coast where I attended school. I worked during the early 90's as a dancer at several go-go bars in the state of New Jersey. My look and personality were obviously very special by Jersey go-go bar standards... Now days I am realizing I need to decide what I want to be when I grow up before I am dead. Although I am usually a fraud, I am honest about it. I am generally happily medicated. I believe everything that I am told, let me live vicariously through you."

Quite a goldmine of connections waiting to be made don't you agree?

His website contains all the usual hints about nazi ideology, Aleister Crowley, promos for the Institute of Thelemic culture and waffle about the apparent holliness of sacrificial stones. There seem to be allusions to blood and connections with European pagan folk groups who also share a stage with far right metal bands and advocate a strange and nebulous blood loving magical paganism.


http://b.imagehost.org/0785/nuttyleaf.png (http://b.imagehost.org/view/0785/nuttyleaf)

When commenting about the the cover art for a lecture by the Institute of Thelemic culture in Oregon in 1984 he mentions the significance of the wolf of Wotan in Nazi mythology:

"The Psychick Cross also incorporates the 23 mythology. The number 23 is total neither-neither territory (Austin Osman Spare's mindfuck technique - comparing opposites separate, together, then absent). Adding the Wolf in a crucifixion is probably an extension of that.

http://b.imagehost.org/0284/wolfcross.png (http://b.imagehost.org/view/0284/wolfcross)

As far as the wolf's symbolism... it depends on what type of magick Genesis was projecting. Many Pagans believe the wold signifies a teacher. Many who follow old Norse traditions believe that the wolf is what Odin will ride in on to victory...

There are other possible interpretations too... The Nordic angle ties into Nazi Germany's use of the werewolf and even the inverted sun.... "

Once one starts to investigate the frequent inexplicable and horrible satanic crimes which appear on our TV and in our newspapers, and if we can find the time and inclination to tie up the loose ends, then a general, satanic plan of action seems to be revealed, and its atrocities are stimulated and incubated, in what we call entertainment media.

To be continued....

[edelweiss pirate]

End of chapter:

Perhaps the most shocking and unpleasant news story of 2008 was the murder by decapitation and apparent eating of a young Canadian called, Tim McLean, another old Druid/Scots name, on July 30th 2008, by what appears to be a schizophrenic Chinese migrant who may have been programmed by his church group, or perhaps before he arrived in Canada.

What struck me about the murder was that this wasn’t any ordinary murder which may perhaps have been motivated by some genuine and uncontrollable feeling of resentment or revenge, but that it was a totally motiveless attack and, by its extremely barbarous nature, something told me there was more to this than meets the eye. For me, to behead Mclean who was initially sleeping on a bus, then start to cut off parts of his body and eat them, informed me that this was some kind of ritual.

I looked into the character of McLean and found his myspace page and various links which suggested the poor young man was completely enfolded in satanic imagery, listened to violent satanic music and visited a satanically suggestive nightclub called Ozzy’s in Winnipeg. The following images were on his myspace page, of course they are only images, but they are certainly suggestive of this young man’s unknowing involvement in a satanic industry one way or another. In particular I noticed his favourite band was Insane Clown Posse and found the following promotional material for the band:

“The Insane Clown Posse claim that they were visited by the spirit of the Dark Carnival and were shown six revelations in the form of Jokers Cards; the first Jokers Card being unleashed on the world in 1991. Each Jokers Card is more than an album... each has a specific message telling the world to change their evil ways before "the end consumes us all". Will this be the end of the Jokers Cards, of ICP, or "the crumbling of time itself"? No one can be sure. 2004 marked the unveiling of the last of the Jokers Cards, the culmination of the Six. A Calm has settled on Humanity, but they have little time to prepare for what is next in store for them from the Insane Clown Posse!"

McLean even tagged himself: JoKAwiLd. Was HE one of the Insane Clown Posse’s joker cards?

http://profile.myspace.com/index.cfm?fuseaction=user.viewprofile&friendid=108390479


What’s more the guy’s murder took place during the pagan festival of sacrifice known as Lammas, and there are historical precedents set for the use of human sacrifice during this period, one example it is said, was William the Conquerer’s son William the Red who was murdered in the new forest. During this time pagans make gingerbread men and corn dollies, and this is the period which is famous for the ‘wicker man’ and John Barleycorn:

There was three men come out o' the west their fortunes for to try,
And these three men made a solemn vow, John Barleycorn must die,
They ploughed, they sowed, they harrowed him in, throwed clods upon his head,
And these three men made a solemn vow, John Barleycorn was dead.

John Barleycorn was an archetype of death and rebirth and also the fertility of the land, however he was also played by real people during the pagan rites which I argue continue to this day through the mainstream media. It was necessary for the person playing John Barleycorn to be subjected to torture and eventually killed. It was said that his blood was then drunk. It is no coincidence that small dough effigies of Barleycorn were made and eaten after Barleycorn’s death. Could this be the ritual re-enacted by Vince Weiguang Li?
Shortly after the murder, on the 2nd of August 2008, and during the weekend of the Lamas sacrifice festival, rather coincidentally, in Thailand, a satanic metal concert known as a ‘God Beheading ritual’ took place, rather strangely by a group known as ICP666 which seems to refer to Insane Clown Posse again, but apparently instead is a group called InCoffin Productions:

During the few days after his murder a very strange group started to crawl out of the woodwork, the following story details a US church which has some very strange ideas about the death of Tim McLean. Much stranger than mine, merely that he was killed by a satanic power using a hapless and confused Chinese migrant as its vessel. This Church goes one further and claims that God itself had a hand in the murder of Tim Mclean!

“The church group, described in a British documentary as "the most hated family in America," told CTV.ca earlier Thursday that it planned to protest at the funeral of 22-year-old Tim Mclean on Saturday.

"(His death was) supremely unemotional. You got God shaking in rage. There is no emotional component ... He was a rebel against God. He was taught to be a rebel by his parents. He came from a rebel country ... They brought this wrath upon his head. And it sucks to be him and it sucks to be them," Phelps-Roper said.
She said his brutal murder was a sign from God.

"You gotta connect the dots, people ... from your idols to your filthy way of life," she said.

"Here's what I know. He is dead and God does not do that to people that serve in his truth."

Phelps-Roper described McLean -- who she had never met -- in an insulting, insensitive and graphic manner. Her crudest descriptions of the 22-year-old are not printed.

"I haven't met him personally, but he has nothing going on," she said dismissively.

"(His life) was all about him. Blah, blah, blah ... He was a rebel ... I don't need to know anything else ... I don't need to know the minutia. Everything you need to know is right there."

If we take the rather heartless and ill-thought out words of Phelps-Roger from the previous item:

"You gotta connect the dots, people ... from your idols to your filthy way of life,"

And we compare his use of words with the words used in promotional material by the Insane Clown Posse we start to realise in some way that Phelps-Roger seems to be singing from the same hymn sheet as the infamous horrorcore rappers:

“each has a specific message telling the world to change their evil ways before "the end consumes us all"

Then the singer of ICP waxes strangely moralistic at times and offers a totally contradictory message to the message in his songs:

"In my definition, it doesn’t matter what creed, religion, or group you belong to. If you’re doing what’s right and are a good person, then you're right with God."

Does he see himself as some kind of 'tester' of humanity? This is a well known Illuminati paradigm, where they sin themselves and promulgate sins of all kinds in order to test humanity, while they themselves know all along what is right and wrong but somehow, because they are damned (at least they are MK'd into believing this) then they see no purpose in their life except to try to act as moral testers by using immoral means, the only means open to them and their fallen souls.

If you remember in the Biblical book of Job this was the role of Satan:


And the LORD said to Satan, "Have you considered My servant Job? For there is no one like him on the earth, a blameless and upright man, fearing God and turning away from evil."
Then Satan answered the LORD, "Does Job fear God for nothing?
"Hast Thou not made a hedge about him and his house and all that he has, on every side? Thou hast blessed the work of his hands, and his possessions have increased in the land.
"But put forth Thy hand now and touch all that he has; he will surely curse Thee to Thy face."
Then the LORD said to Satan, "Behold, all that he has is in your power, only do not put forth your hand on him." So Satan departed from the presence of the LORD.



As for the murderer, it is my belief, and one that perhaps most people will share, that he was severely mentally ill. Clearly he was under some kind of delusion as when approached by police officers he said ‘I have to stay on this bus forever’. This seems to be some kind of programming, perhaps by actual human agents, or by the forces of delusion operating in his own mind. Schizophrenics are programmed in various ways to suspend their belief in what you and I call everyday reality and are led to believe in any number of incredible things. Whether they are Gods, monsters, living in hell for their crimes. For instance I met a man in Poland who was a freemason who believed he was a ghost walking the earth and he tried to convince me I was one too. Odd I know. But something the gentleman had done in his life and the consequences of it, troubled him so much that he seemed a broken man and believed from now on that his new life was a kind of twilight half life in the shadows, far from love and happiness. I know it sounds odd but if you’ve never visited this strange state of perception then it will seem odd, but the human mind can convince itself of any number of strange realities, much like in films like ‘The Matrix’ where people live in a virtual world which is not real and have to break out into a higher and more valid reality. Schizophrenics have in a sense totally broken out of the matrix, but they realise too late, that their bodies are still living there even if their minds are not. This results in them feeling trapped and ‘in hell’. A common delusion of the schizophrenic mind.

Illumination is schizophrenia. It's all to do with portals of perception. Illuminati by which I mean high level freemasons, metaphorically die many times in one lifetime and are reborn into the same life many times. Sounds weird to the unitiated I'm sure. But then what is reality? The core theme is this.... How do I know this world is real and that YOU really exist.... The only thing which can be proven to be real is your own perception of the world, nothing else can be experienced directly. So if enough clues and cues are provided to you to make you reach a different conclusion based on your experiences of this world, ie that you are in a purgatory and are being punished, or that you are a ghost which only lives in an illusionary recreation of the world, or perhaps a more modern delusion such as your whole life is an artificial construct of a giant super computer, then you will follow the directions of this suggestion and lead your life accordingly. If a certain group can dictate you reality to you, and believe me they try, then your soul and life is theirs.

As we have seen in Chapter 6, many schizophrenics have reported hearing voices of one kind or another issuing instructions to them. At the end of that chapter it occurred that we need to find the origin of these voices and decide what they are, whether figments of the victim’s imagination of something more. I believe that the phenomenon of Satanism is very real and a very great danger to us in these times and we are in need of modern day writers like Dennis Wheatley who took great care to expose the crimes and methods of satanic covens. They certainly exist and they certainly inspire and provoke various crimes and murders under the term: ‘blood ritual’. As to whether you believe Satan exists I leave to your discretion. But something unnatural, evil and intent on corrupting the whole human race DOES exist, for some people it may be more plausible for them if they consider, as someone like David Icke does, this influence as an alien, or extra-terrestrial force. However, I am personally undecided whether this force comes from another planet, or indeed comes from our own. What is certain is that for millennia there have been strange tales and the appearances of Gods, spirits, demons, fairies, and all manner of spiritual beings. Perhaps one day this mystery as to the origin on these creatures will be clarified. The one mistake we mustn’t make is merely because we cannot identify them is to pretend they don’t exist, they certainly do exist and they are after us in a big way.

[edelweiss pirate]

Book completed... am looking to send out chapters to publishing houses as we speak..... if anyone can help with this with advice or contacts please let me know, would be most grateful.

Chapter 10

So what IS enlightenment?

Earlier on we saw that one method of preventing people from finding the truth is to submerge it within a pool of dross. This pool is what we call modern life and the dross is what passes for modern spirituality, wisdom and art. Another way of confusing people from the reasonable truth is to set up flags at extreme ends of the spectrum, with the reasonable truth lying somewhere undistinguished between them. By offering up extremes they can also set people seeking the truth off against each other, and therefore trap them in dogma, diatribe and they soon forget that they were looking for the truth and instead focus on their feelings of anger that the people hanging around the other flag don’t share their views.
This way they can polarise people into this camp or that camp, while their agents insinuate themselves into both camps, thus controlling both factions and having the possibility of pitting them against each other when and as required. This has been the pattern of wars and politics for centuries. As the great comedy philosopher Bill Hicks said of US politics:

‘We’ll elect Clinton there’s hope in Clinton, There’s no fucking hope in that guy. I’ll show you politics in America, here it is, right here: ‘I think the puppet on the right shares my beliefs,’ ‘I think the puppet on the left is more to my liking.’ ‘Hey , wait a minute, there’s one guy holding both puppets!’ ‘Shut up and left .. wait a minute there’s one guy controlling both puppets. Go back to bed America, your government is in control!’”

Of course a certain amount of tribalism is only natural to humanity, but our so called governments know a good thing when they see it and see ample opportunities for social and emotional control by exploiting and encouraging latent prejudices which we may have.
Leaders surely, especially leaders exhorting a global economy, should be among the first to dissuade people from their prejudices but they need them. They need them because these elite leaders themselves are very much beings of prejudice, namely that they and only they, the freemasonic world brotherhood, know how to run the world. These means indigenous traditions and alternative cultures such as Islam, among others are not invited.

Few people remember now the wars the Conservative government fought against its own citizens all through the early 90’s. Culminating in the two criminal justice Bills, one drafted by the government of John Major and aimed squarely at stamping out any alternative way of life to that of the established economic system. The steady erosions of basic civil liberties which had remained unmolested for centuries continued apace under this Conservative government with new powers of stop and search for the police, the criminalisation of anti-hunt and ecological protesters, the loss of the public right to assemble in groups and listen to ‘repetitive beats’. A whole youth culture was suddenly destroyed and we realised that we as servants of the government no longer had the right to camp, walk and part on this land of our fathers.

As well as the colourful tribes of ravers and crusties, the new restrictions hit the travelling community particularly hard. How and why should a government tell people where and when they can’t meet? This wasn’t only an example of party pooping by government but it was also a strident example of our slave masters telling us that we have no right to freedom on our own terms. Many people rebelled and there were many protests and marches throughout London as the awareness that our masters had decided to tighten the leesh began to sink home.

This was perhaps the government’s most blatant revelation of their ultimate intentions to oppose all alternative ways of life which seek to exist outside the system. A similar thing has happened in the metaphysical realm. We previously saw how the secret societies claim ownership of so called enlightenment and use this as a lure to bring in recruits under the promise of some profound spiritual wisdom and ultimately, due to the nature and results which come from their brand of Luciferian enlightenment, they manage to exert total control over the person. If we look at the Rosicrucians for instance, who claim to be able to develop the psychic powers of their initiates, we will find clues as to what really might be going on behind their closed doors. The difficulty in many of these organisations is discovering their secrets and just what the nature of the secrets they claim.

The following is an excerpt from the associate (1st) degree discourses, from the Martinist order, a group associated with the Rosicrucians. It is interesting in that it shows that they acknowledge the changes in brain chemistry which higher initiates undergo. What they dress up in colourful terms like ‘astral visions’ however I would term psychotic episodes:


A very interesting point worth mentioning at this time is that the
circulation of the nervous force within man puts him in communication with
the universe. In highly evolved mystics, there occurs what in occultism
is sometimes called the circulation of astral images. These astral images
generally appear to be coming from the back of the head. This is
not altogether exact, but it will give an idea as to the nature of this
phenomenon. We must wait until another Degree for a fuller development
of this thought, but at this point we shall say that the so-called eye of
the plastic envelope is just level with the nape of the neck; that is, at
the point where the back of the head and the neck meet. By concentrating
and seeing in imagination this physical spot, one can bring into activity
the functions of this center more quickly. This will be important when
we study the actions of the invisible world so important to every Martinist.

Personally I have experienced these so called ‘astral images’ and am flattered that they would consider me to be a ‘highly evolved mystic’ but I can tell you that I felt like I was turning into a raving madman and I became increasingly aware that there was some odd invisible force which seemed to be making things happen around me. It wasn’t a good force. It was the force of people trapped in a madness they couldn’t make sense of. There were people around me it seemed who seemed to be part of my new consciousness. I suspect I may have experienced the Theosophical doctrine of fake ‘Oneness’ which the new age constantly parrot.

I felt I was losing my individual will and somehow dissolving into the will of others. And again, as I had experienced in Tokyo, I noticed one or two people around me would talk about me, actually offering me deals and promises if I joined them. What I was experiencing was extreme, distilled coincidence, but with a slightly negative uneasy twinge. I believe that synchronicity as it is called, the odd timing of events which coincide together and seem to create mystically meaning at the oddness of the coincidence, is used by the hidden forces for, the good and the bad. With it they can bring people together from miles apart, and involve certain people in teaching lessons or initiating someone, totally without the prior knowledge of the person thus targeted. This I also believe is a method used in various political assassinations such as Princess Diana and John F Kennedy.

I won’t go into the coincidences involved because it has done before, I will merely suggest you read David Icke’s work on the murder of Princess Diana and perhaps watch the Oliver Stone film JFK which is also very instructive and seeks to unravel the mystery while leaving an even bigger mystery.



To be continued....

[edelweiss pirate]

These ‘astral visions’ are waking hallucinations, and as the Martinists claim and as I also believe, they have their origins in the invisible spiritual power which is attempting to negatively fully control earth. One example was when I was looking at the title of the book someone was reading in front of me while on a train, I could only see it reflected in the window next to him and as I tried to decipher the inverted letters it appeared to read ‘Remote control humans‘ and I had an odd feeling of some extra terrestrial force which is seeming to use and control humans for their own entertainment. I also saw a shopping centre from the train which seemed to resemble a Wicca man effigy. It was pyramid shaped and seemed to have oddly stylised human features like a giant Lego man. I wondered at the time if perhaps one day there would be a deadly fire or bomb blast in this shopping centre, in which case its shape would be perfectly in keeping with the ideas of pagan human sacrifice such as have been described in ancient history and alluded to in modern times.

I also saw a big red church which was designed to subtly resemble a dragon. It was fairly large and of red brick, but from a certain illuminated perspective it seemed to have been designed to project a certain image. These things I saw a clearly as if they were real and actually in front of me, but I accept that they may have been ‘astral images’ or visions. What was odd is that for this period of three days during which I had these visions, is that they seemed to be trying to tell me a story and teach me something. The red dragon which seemed to be hiding in the very architecture of the church for example, told me that the church was a vehicle for further corruption of the ‘beast’, but what I also released when I saw ‘the beast’ was that even this was a beautiful creation of God. The red dragon church was beautiful, it was also harmless, perhaps it contained a threat, but in my state of mind I had already passed so far beyond terror in the early stages of this journey that there was nothing left to fear.

The shopping centre which I saw from the train and which resembled a sacrificial Wicca man alter swallowing up shoppers, taught me about the blindness that most people suffer from and how completely unaware they are of the nature of the world around them and how they are almost literally being devoured by this world.
These visions were so real that I cannot now even say that they were not real buildings. I have looked for them since but not found them. This may seem far fetched and unlikely that there could be messages and meanings hidden in buildings but I would ask you to look at the churches bellow which seem to project an image of a face in stone surveilling the community, which I believe is the very intention these architects and stone masons wished to project into the mind of the town’s folk. One of not too subtle dominance and oppression.

http://img253.imageshack.us/img253/7656/spookychurch.jpg (http://img253.imageshack.us/i/spookychurch.jpg/)
http://d.imagehost.org/0025/Ominous-Montreal.jpg (http://d.imagehost.org/view/0025/Ominous-Montreal)
http://d.imagehost.org/0810/creepychurch.jpg (http://d.imagehost.org/view/0810/creepychurch)


Whether I really saw these things or whether they were hallucinations I honestly cannot say. There is another vision I had at this same time and this was arguably the most bizarre of anything I had ever experienced. The train slowed down in a substantially rural area with small woodlands and large open pastures, suddenly into my vision came a crowd of golf players, they all seemed to swing their golf clubs at the train at the same time and they were only a couple of meters away from the train tracks. As they did this a thought and a word flashed into my mind with astonishing clarity, the word was ‘Retirement’ and at that I realised that in some odd way I was being offered some kind of deal. However I don’t negotiate with hallucinations and feel that bargains made on the basis of a psychotic episode are probably not safe deals. I also asked myself ‘retirement from what?’ and wondered if retirement could be some kind of loaded term which might mean any number of unpleasant things, like ‘retirement’ from life itself. You see I was totally locked into the schizo-gnostic frame of mind at that time and yes, I was scared, not of any outside force, but of myself and my own possibility of making a mistake.

There was something odd going on and had been for years in my life, right now it was all coming to a head and it involved freemasonry and the occult and I had heard very few good things of either of the two. The experience I have of having a severe cramping pain in the back of the head associated with actual waking hallucinations. I had these experiences after submitting to initiation by the ‘hidden masters’. The hidden masters are not the figment of Madame Blavatsky’s imagination but they are quite real and the initiate is followed everywhere by a ghostly entourage who are continually whispering dangerous suggestions.

Notice the phrase ‘being put in communication with the universe’. Doesn’t it all sound wonderfully exciting and like some jolly intergalactic adventure? The kind we all dreamed about as kids from watching the endless repeats of Star Wars, Star-Trek and all the other mystically inspired shenanigans designed no doubt for the very purpose of playing on this human desire to meet and communicate with our alien brothers from a galaxy far far away.

Well, sometimes, in fact, surprisingly often on this small lonely planet of ours, fact and fiction meet in a most disconcerting manner. Take for example the popular and long running TV show Star Trek. Gene Rodenberry was the genius behind this remarkable programme which seemed to seamlessly combine the prophecy of technological advances of a distant future, while always highlighting themes prevalent on the Earth of the present day along with characters from our history and the same endless moral conundrums which have plagued our greatest thinkers. With one crucial difference, the humans of the future always get it right. They are humble yet wise with Earth sagacity, often the crew of the Enterprise seem to foil even the demi-gods they meet, it is clear that this is a utopian vision of the future but it is not entirely based on fiction for Gene Rodenberry had a very interesting life and found himself eager to help humanity living out the fictional reality he had created. He became involved in a strange cult known as the ‘council of 9’, what appeared to be a race of aliens using human beings of great power, like Uri Geller (who later dismissed them as a ‘civilisation of clowns’) to announce their imminent return to earth in a fleet of flying saucers, but what actually appeared to be, after a series of suspicious deaths, nothing more than an extraordinarily devious, complex and extremely unusual CIA mind control programme which seemed to harness elements of the supernatural and strange human psychic abilities. Some of the odd characters involved in this odd mixture of the occult and the secret services are still active in the alternative media today, people like Richard Hoagland and his fake ‘Face on Mars’ scam, along with Palden Jenkins, admitted Bilderberg advisor and crop circle guru who advises his followers to allow themselves to be possessed by aliens when they enter a crop circle, even Al Gore is said to be influenced by ‘the nine’. This CIA occult mind control is still very much active it seems, despite the noble efforts of one of its past protégées, Uri Geller, to help expose it as a fraud, albeit a very occluded and mysterious one.


To be continued....

[edelweiss pirate]

Et voila mes chers amis!



Now to return to this wonderfully empowering phrase ‘communication with the universe’, this is in the very best tradition of the wishes and prophecies of Gene Rodenberry and his council of 9 friends.
But does it really mean we will all become brave captain Kirks flying around the galaxy banging green skinned alien chicks and saving worlds from their own folly with a little touch of human nous? No of course it doesn’t. What they really mean by contacting the universe is contacting spirits. Straightaway it doesn’t sound quite as much fun does it? If you’re in any doubt at this stage that contacting spirits may not be fun then you need only look into the tragic but extremely instructive example of poor Joe Fisher in his book The Siren Call of the Hungry Ghosts in which he details being the victim of very complex and prolonged deception, not at the hands of spiritists, who he says were just as much dupes as he, but in fact the architects of deception in this instance where the spirits themselves who, for some reason, wanted at all costs, to be involved in any way, in the human realm, to the extent that they would invent personalities and tell people what they wanted to know, in order to create an existence for themselves. I’ll say nothing more except to profoundly recommend that you read the book, also to be aware that the author became so intimidated by the spirits angry at being exposed as being behind some kind of inter dimensional con game, that he took his own life. So already these shenanigans contacting the galaxy don’t seem to be quite so much fun.

I can testify to the experience of having spirits take rather an over active interest in ones activities. This was all within the timeframe of my whacky three weeks of enlightened madness. I found myself becoming more and more psychically tuned to a higher frequency, I felt less need to eat, sleep and started feeling giddy and lightheaded. I had all the symptoms of the enlightenment or ascension as you will no doubt be able to find in one of the thousand of occult themed new-age websites out in internet land. As the night wore on and I began to feel increasingly aware of a stronger and stronger feeling of fear. I felt afraid that I was about to become a freemason despite part of me knowing that perhaps their ethics and morals left a lot to be desired. They were actively trying to recruit me at the school I was training in, indeed they had been trying to get me to join them for the past 8 or so years. But I has always brushed off their hints and moved on, now it seemed I was finally cornered and blackmailed that unless I joined I might fail the course.

Then I became aware of their real agents of control for the first time. Prior to this I has encountered their street theatrics whereby themes prevalent in my life, such as my attachment to the ideals of Jesus and early Christianity would be externalised and I would emerge from the tube station to see someone ranting about Christians going to heavens and non believers being sent to hell, yet there was something about the person that seemed fake.

Some people can smell a fake, a provocateur and a phoney from a mile off and I am one of those people. As I walked out the man winked at me. Such events happened several times. There are many many more masons out there on the streets than most people even dream of. They constantly patrol other people and watch their own members, you have simply no idea. They will only let you know if they want you to know and they only people these people can afford to let onto the secret are their own members who they police mercilessly, and weak willed and confused people who they can confuse and intimidate for their own psychic pleasure.

For example, they don’t much like their members to be seen running anywhere. Don’t ask. A few times I had been admonished by various of their agents for running in the street. Once indeed I ran across the road between cars, as you do, only to find a mason on the other side move into my direction and attempt to push me back into the road. Fortunately I had enough will power to get through him but a weaker person would have found their earthly adventure terminated right there and then. And this is how they do it, so many so called accidents are often anything but, but are carefully concealed and orchestrated Masonic murders. This is such a new area of research that it is difficult to provide anything which may pass for proof. You can take my word, I feel enough of what I have written here has the ring of truth. If not you can disbelieve this as unlikely and implausible, I won’t hold it against you. Just watch out and be aware that things are not always as they seem and if you ever find yourself in a perilous situation and for some reason a total stranger seems to have it against you and is trying to end your life, don’t panic and don’t cry. Just stay strong and keep moving and into safety. Often in these cases the biggest paralysing factor is fear, surprise and confusion. Don’t go out like a punk to be an energy snack for a Masonic vampire who thought he could jump out at you can go ‘boo!’ and consign you to the ‘also rans’ of history! You’ll never be able to live with yourself as a ghost for stumbling like a sucker into the jaws of an untimely death. Just keep your will and focus intent on surviving and you ought to get through ok. I know I have. I can’t tell you what you know but I can tell you what you ought to know by telling you what I know, if you know what I mean.

So street theatre is something to watch out for, avoid being a have a go hero, particularly when a black street gang of around twenty members suddenly rock up and single someone out for a beating. I was present at just such an event and it seemed to me that all again was not quite as it seemed. In fact what it seemed is that the person they were beating actually originated in gang horde itself and was made to look as if they were picking on an ‘innocent’ bystander. What was actually taking place was a gang initiation and the initiate was just as surprised himself as we hapless bystanders who had just had a few drinks in Islington and where walking either up or down the City road to our next destination.

My story was that I had just come from the cinema with my girlfriend at a late night showing of the then new Sweeney Todd film with Johnny Depp. During the film I had the most uncomfortable feeling of being party to some kind of ritualistic sacrifice film. The manner in which the blood was released from Todd’s victims evoked something of stylised symbolic blood sacrifice and I felt that the film was, to overuse one of my favourite phrases, not quite what it seemed. Upon leaving the cinema I had a heavy sense of foreboding, I felt that watching the film had deprived me of a certain amount of my spiritual energy and that I had been temporarily corrupted, I felt something coming, something bad, both from outside and from within myself, I was therefore, in quite a hurry to get home, have a spliff and get to bed and sleep it off. However, despite my best attempts at getting both me and my girlfriend home safely, she decided she really wanted to roll a cigarette, despite the fact we were only about 7 minutes from home.

As we ducked into an alley off the City Road and she took out her smoking paraphernalia, I tried to dissuade her had an even stronger presentiment that something bad was about to happen but she would not be moved. Anyway at that point my fears materialised in the form a huge rampant black gang surging across the road and all bundling into the alley, a couple of them took a look at myself and my girlfriend, a white boy and a black girl, and said ‘they’re safe’, which apparently meant that we were not going to be the target of any funny business. The situation inevitably developed and one person tried to snatch someone’s handbag, another guy stepped in to help get it back and ended up getting pummelled and his head stamped on. The odd thing is the guy who was attacked actually came from the gang itself so I had to ask what it was all about?

Where they some kind of provocateurs hoping to involve an outsider in the confrontation and therefore attack them, I wasn’t sure but I sensed set-up and street theatre and I refused to get involved. Fortunately the guy, despite the beating he received, ended up looking not too bad, he stood up and looked straight at me afterwards and I gave him a sort of pitying look, sure the guy would have some nasty bruises, but it can’t be that they had tried too hard to hurt him. I have noticed that these odd events materialise when I am in a certain spiritually depleted frame of mind, feeling a little fretful, fearful and negatively charged somehow. Something bad therefore happens at this point, as I suspect is the case with most people, only perhaps they haven’t joined the dots yet.
Another instance was on a tube journey one time, two odd bumbling sort of schizophrenics boarded the trains, ostensibly friends, started chatting to each other, and within minutes they were trying to knock the crap out of each other, again they didn’t seem to do too much damage to each other and unbelievably and rather tellingly, at the end as the train arrived at the next station, one of them bowed and said ‘I hope you enjoyed the performance’.



A suivre......

[edelweiss pirate]

Suite!

Another instance came during my illumination phase when I was properly flying into the astral world. If you’ve seen the remakes of classic 60’s show The Prisoner then you may be aware that the idea of the Prisoner is that he is trapped in a collective astral unconsciousness, like a waking group dream. Well folks, it’s all true. The inner village really exists. Of course its outside manifestation is Schizophrenia and we have already seen the uncanny similarities between schizophrenia and enlightenment.

While I was ‘in the Village’ frame of mind, namely that to all intents and purposes the outside world is going on as usual and they feel part of it, but inside the person is an in elaborate and totally real fantasy world of implanted delusion, astral realities and bubbling ideas from the unconscious mind. While crossing from Covent Garden to Piccadilly, I discovered that my thoughts became instantly manifest in a most alarming manner. While in Japan my elderly Masonic mentor drove around in a deluxe four wheel drive with two ambassadorial flag poles above each of the front lights.

I wondered at the time what they signified and had often seen expensive cars around London with perhaps a maximum of one of these flag poles. I wondered at that point while floating through the astral village of Covent Garden why I had never seen a car with two of these flag poles but since returning to the UK had only seen the odd car with one of these poles. At that point as I turned my head and a car pulled out onto the road with two of these odd ambassadorial poles. Furthermore as I was reflecting on these alarming instant manifestations, in my disordered state I thought in a naive and slightly silly way ‘I am a king of reality’ at that very point a shambling wandering street schizo came tramping along and shouting out as loud as he could, he pointed to me and said ‘he’s a king!’. I hurried on. Something radical had happened to reality and it was a bit scary.

What had set all this in motion was my own naivety. I had called out, just as Lady Macbeth did, to the unseen spirits, not to unsex me (although this does happen to be one of the side effects of Luciferian enlightenment) but to give me the psychic awareness I was missing out on, because during the University course it had been subtly revealed to me that there were many people who were part of this groups with higher awareness and hidden psychic powers. I had encountered people who, one way or another, were able to report on exactly what I was thinking at any time. And so it occurred to me that, in the manner of The Coming Race by Bulwer and The Sky People by Brinsley Poer Trench (a curious book which is ostensibly addressed to psychic people to warn them of the consequences of the rabble finding out about their abilities) that as all these books had hinted and suggested, that there were an elect group of people who were not like everyone else and that these people hid remarkable powers and ultimately ran the whole world.

So one night of ‘should I’s’ and ‘what ifs’ had finally allowed me to put all my doubts about joining the masons behind me and I was ready to receive what they had to bestow on me. I opened myself to the spirits which had congregated around me and as I lay down in my bed it felt like a Jean Michelle Jarre light show was going off in my brain, with a final sudden flash I new I was changed. It felt like I has suddenly swallowed a tab of acid.

Initially all this seemed a lot of fun, I felt exhilarated, supercharged and giddily happy, what slowed me down and put a curb in my enthusiasm was the discovery of all my brothers and sisters in London, particularly in the Square Mile of the city of London. Suddenly I was hyper aware and could see the truth of anything and everything instantly. I saw that there were many more people like me out there than I ever imagined and what’s more, they were not the wise and kindly chosen ones but instead grumpy surly and vicious. At the time I didn’t understand quite how this beautiful and remarkable enlightenment could turn people bad but it didn’t take long to realise that this psychic world was very strongly policed and by a force who had no qualms to do anything in order to control you.

This ranges from drafting doctors in to question you in the middle of the night while you’re on your way somewhere; he held a walkie talkie and looked me firmly in the eye as he asked my for directions, it was clear to me that he was testing to see if I was mentally ill, I was terrified and at one point he almost seem to make a move to apprehend me but he thought better of it and his eyes told me that I had only just proved that I wasn’t a certifiable schizophrenic . As I said, the enlightenment allows you to see the purpose on someone’s eyes and tell exactly what they are thinking, whether I had true psychic ability at that point of whether I could just sense something unusual and tell by the physical cues such as body movement and tone of voice, what someone was thinking, I cannot tell.

I knew without question however that the process of psychic development was speeding up apace and before long I started to have the ‘astral images’ which the Martinists talk about. Of all these changes one of the most telling is the total vanishing of the sex drive.

This led me to conclude that what I had experienced was the so called Kundalini enlightenment , one of the possible side effects of Kundalini enlightenment is schizophrenia, indeed I personally think schizophrenia is actually the outcome of all of these odd sorts of experiences, just as Osiris was dismembered by Set, and remembered by Isis, his psyche was fractured and put back together but his sexual potency, represented by the phallus, was never found. In the Hindu concept of Kundalini enlightenment it is said that the Kundalini energy originates in the sacral chakra, or the tail bone at the very base of the spine. This energy is also that which is apparently used for reproduction and to create the life and energy of sperm or ovum.

With the use of certain techniques, such as situations to create radical chemical changes in the body, such as prolonged periods of stress, uncertainty, sleep deprivation, it is possible for this energy to rise from the sexual centre and, as chi, to energise the higher chakras or glandular centres of the body, making them work harder and produce physical and mental characteristics not normally encounters. This is the enlightenment and in itself has the potential to be a force of good. Unfortunately there a great deal of very bad people around who have hijacked this knowledge for their own use and have taken measures which mean that anyone undergoing enlightenment will, one way or another, fall under their control.

The enlightenment is policed! Whether they can get them on ‘mental health’ grounds, and I suggest that our mental hospitals are full of shamans who see too much and might be in danger of revealing their insights, were they not handily dismissed as ‘nut-jobs’ and locked up for our protection. However there are schizophrenics who do represent a genuine danger to the public, yet these people are those who it seems are the ones who are released into the community. They themselves are part of an unofficial occult police force and it is for this reason that we often find schizophrenics involved in murders and attempted murders where either ‘the devil told me to do it’, ‘God told me to do it’ or ‘a voice told me to do it’. I also noticed a 2010 press release in a tabloid paper which details a released schizophrenic who murdered an elderly man in an apparently unmotivated attack. The one puzzling fact about the case is that the murderer said to his victim ‘I know you’ before he brutally murdered him.

‘I know you!’, like ‘how’s your mother?’ and ‘how old are you?’ not to mention ‘Are you Mark?’, are all typically cryptic forms of Masonic greeting and identification. Like passwords and counter signs, but these phrases are designed to blend into normal conversation and appear completely innocuous, or at most, like a case of mistaken identity. I suggest therefore that the schizophrenic murdered the elderly gentleman as part of a targeted occult murder. I mentioned this to a family member who also knows a great deal about the freemasons and he told me that this sheds light on the recent death of a very prominent local freemason’s son. It appears that the mason in question, despite being the grand poo bah of the region was also universally unpopular with other masons. Therefore it was hypothesised that could his son’s mysterious death abroad be attributed to some kind of Masonic vengeance. Whatever the truth, it is clear the signing the devil’s bargain has seriously unpleasant consequences for those gullible suckers who sign it. If you want a long and happy life then don’t join the masons, if however you long for a life of pain and uncertainty, confusion, degradation and slavery then the masons will make your every dream come true.

[edelweiss pirate]

end of chapter:

But is it all bad news? Where are the good guys in this rather sorry tale of tricks traps and cons? Well unfortunately the good guys don’t have the same level of organisation and unscrupulousness as the bad guys and therefore it may appear that the bad guys are all there is, or worse, that the bad guys may appear to some people as the good guys, and so they will sadly get sucked into the wrong team. Frankly if you have become aware of this information and the work of the bad guys and you want at all costs to stop it and you will do all in your power to save us all from the shenanigans and evil plots of the baddies then you are one of the good guys. There is no group to join, no oaths or passwords or secrets to keep. All you need to do is follow the truth and tell as much of it as you can to others. Be an advocate and apostle of the truth. There really isn’t much more than that to it, if we had enough people prepared to tell the truth then the lies would have nowhere to hide and suddenly we would find ourselves in a radically more pleasant world.

Pretty much the only rule you need to follow if you are prepared to join the good guys is ‘don’t be afraid’. It is very simple. If you are fearless you are indestructible. Fear is the key to your own destruction. This is one of the oldest truths known to man but it, like so many others, has been covered up by a growing wave of terror, through movies, TV shows and news releases which seek ardently to scare the shit out of the public rendering them feeble and insecure. The tale of Horus and Set, aside from being evidence of the nature of the hidden code in the English language. Horus being representing the ‘hours’ of the day and Set the end of the day when the sun sets, is also a powerful message revealing the nature and possibilities of reality control. To avenge his father’s death Horus pursues Set and despite having his right eye damaged (his left eye was the sun, his right eye the moon, and the blinded left eye is symbolic of the light of the moon) Horus does not want to kill his uncle Set entirely, showing that the power of evil and illogical chaos will remain on earth, purely on account of the nature of goodness itself which spares its enemy and is always prepared to give mercy, however he does manage to castrate him, thereby rendering evil a force without strength or potency of its own.

It is necessary for evil to be effective that in some way the victim is drawn into a trap or trick of some kind, perhaps compromised, perhaps given to fears, either rational or otherwise, or drawn into a situation beyond the victim’s control. But there is no need to be afraid as long as we have enough knowledge and inner strength to protect ourselves. It is possible that bad things may happen to us for reasons we cannot understand, in these instances it is vital that we do not give way to the evil and allow it to pollute us either through excessive anger, rage, fear or excessive grief. These things will only bring the victim deeper into the thrall of an evil fortune.

Perhaps the greatest obstacle to forces of good is simple materialism. Materialism creates the perfect conditions for the dominance of unscrupulous, money oriented human beings who are prepared to let no evil remain undone for the sake of higher profits. Yet ultimately all of the evil things of the world are done in the name of fear. Fear for the welfare of ones family will lead people to do pretty much anything at the expense of their conscience. In my opinion that is quite a high price to pay for having kids. Once ones conscience is damaged then a slow decent into depression, despair and madness inevitably follows. The conscience is our own inner voice of God and once we silence this we silence God in ourselves. As Jesus said, ‘don’t Blaspheme against the holy spirit’.

Even worse, once someone has silenced their conscience they are even more dangerous. Their own soul is now lost and there is now nothing they won’t do. These are the corrupters of the world, the high level freemasons and Illuminati themselves. Totally insane, totally corrupt and wholly in the thrall of the powers of evil, however they may still have the power to convince other people and even themselves, that they have only the good of others at heart. My mother would always blame the troubles of the world on the ‘do-gooders’, a phrase I initially ascribed to her being a reactionary unreconstructed Conservative, but which I later realised to mean the meddlers in society who tell themselves they are doing good. In short I realised she was talking about the Masonic ‘do-gooders’.

That’s why people fall again and again for the promises of governments and it is governments who are the biggest gang of mass murders all throughout history, yet it is government which constantly seems to legislate against its citizens as if we were the dangerous ones. If government was concerned with public safety then it would outlaw itself and make government a seditious and illegal activity. Just recall that the Nazi party were government, the Khymer Rouge were government, the Republicans who bombed two Japanese cities with nuclear weapons and murdered 200,000 people were government. The Labour party killed at least one million people in its new middle east Templar crusade in Iraq and now it seems the Conservatives are trying to sacrifice more souls for Satan in Iran..

[the_choiceless_one]

Brilliant stuff. Thanks

[bettyboop]

Indeed, what fun reading it was! Good approach, kept my attention. It's a good intro, I'd love to see what you've got.

[edelweiss pirate]

Indeed, what fun reading it was! Good approach, kept my attention. It's a good intro, I'd love to see what you've got.

Thanks!

Will post more.... since it's appreciated...

Chapter 24

Reality flux!

The world we live in only exists as long as one or all of our sense organs are there to interpret it. In a sense our imaginations are also a sense organ, though as we know sometimes the imagination is not a perfectly accurate measurer of reality as sometimes the view of reality can become distorted due to inherent influences of the mind and so develop conditions like chronic paranoia and other mental disorders. As we have seen with the various sad tales of murderers and serial killers doing ‘God’s work’ as they term it, these people have become psychologically damaged at some point and thus their minds and imaginations are an imperfect reader of reality, the case in point is the sad tale of freemason bit-part actor Michael Brea who saw three chickens being cooked in a pot by his mother and his damaged imagination saw that them as some kind of sacrifice and proof that his mother was some kind of witch.
A more common place example might be the person who was subjected to a serious assault by a man in a previous relationship, this person as a result may harbour an irrational fear of intimacy with men, the previous experiences of the past tend to colour what you see in the present and even what you project in the future. For example such a person may seem men as untrustworthy and all potentially violent, it is therefore unlikely that they will be able to forge strong bonds of intimacy and thus their views will remain unchallenged as they will have a mindset which perpetuates itself.

However when people become convinced of something, even though it may seem incorrect to other people, it becomes reality itself for them, this is why mental disorders are so hard to treat because the vision of the paranoid mind is the reality they are experiencing. There is an extra metaphysical element in all this which currently eludes our modern scientific understanding. The fact that the inner reality experienced by someone becomes so powerful that it also becomes the external reality. An example we can rationalise quite easily would be the example of the depressive. The depressive really wants friends and company and wants to be happy, however there is some stream of though operating in this person’s mind which presently prevents this, the thought becomes a habit and brain chemistry changes to render the condition chronic. It is now not only a thought or idea which triggers a bout of depression but indeed the whole world, everything depresses this person because of their change in brain chemistry which now interprets all stimuli as negative or potentially so. Furthermore the fact that this person always looks so gloomy and unhappy and seems to lack the pleasant volubility which people generally enjoy, will lead to people consciously avoiding him or even being outwardly unpleasant to him. All of which of course will further prejudice his outlook on the world. Conversely the happy, confident person who always smiles and makes people feel good to be with, will enjoy more positivity in their lives from their relationships as people will generally be attracted to them.

The extra element to all this is rather harder to put into words however. There is a certain luckiness which self confidence brings, the certainty that things are going to work out well for that person, generally but not always, leads to the desired result. Double sixes, a winning hand, the perfect goal. Sportsmen know of this phenomenon and I had the privilege to spend some time with professional archers in France and at that time the world’s number one archer was a Frenchman. At the time I thought that archery was just a matter of lining up the target and firing the arrow but they told me that there was much more to it that that, a kind of inner mastery was needed to hit the centre of target which I was told, was in a physical impossibility using only the physical senses, the centre of the target can only scarcely be seen and there is no physical way to make the arrow hit the middle of the target. Instead it was all done with the mind, a sense of certainty and confidence being necessary, an inner stillness required to tell the body how best to fire the arrow to strike the centre. Again and again I was informed of this quasi mystical side to the sport of archery and by extension, to all sports, indeed this was more or less proven to me by the fact that unfortunately for France archery, the world number one had recently had a dramatic drop in form and was underperforming in every competition he entered. It seemed his time was coming to an end. Yet he was still a young man so what could have been the reason? I asked around and was told, to prove their hypothesis of the inner stillness, that he was having relationship problems and that this had caused his drop in form.

Everyone has experienced this but has not known to put it into words. On the other hand the person who feels hopeless and the world is set against them will generally always throw double noughts in whatever they intend to do. This confidence and certainty in the self is one of the surest ways to succeed in any undertaking and is the key to what people call ‘magic’. Oh yes, it still exists, and some people take it very seriously, the freemasons for one. There are forms of magic which have become more or less domesticated and entered the mainstream, such as hypnotism.

Hypnotism is achievable only when the person acquiesces to have their will dominated by another. Hypnotism is the act of having someone else control your reality for you by the exertion and projection of their will on to you. I have read a book about hypnotism, written by a long time practitioner, who says the most important thing needed in order to hypnotise someone is to believe you can do it in the first place. Hypnotism is a kind of distillation or essence of what we know as charisma or charm, when we see someone who is supremely confident and assured, without being cocky, we generally trust them, whereas people who are disordered and appear to mumble and lack confidence we might pity but certainly never would place our confidence in them.

Perhaps this hearkens back to our early tribal human history when we banded together and always sought the strongest most able member of the tribe to lead and defend our tribe against the incursions and attacks of the other groups in our early history. The member with the surest aim when hunting and defending the tribe, the one whose step was always the surest and always knew how to deal with any emergency which struck the tribe. Just as surely as dogs fight amongst themselves to find the pack leader, it is a natural need to find the leader. Arguably we have the same thing today in politics, however it seems only necessary these days for politicians to have the appearance of authority and skill without possessing these items.

So hypnotism is the impact one person can have on totally dictating the reality of another person. It is a strange phenomenon and one that above all else should alert us to the fact that reality as we term it is not always quite what it seems. For example during some stage shows, members of the public can be hypnotised to edit out people from their reality field altogether, often with comic results. A wife or parent can be stood right in front of the hypnotised person and yet they will not see them, yet their eyes are open and they are looking directly at them.

What has happened in that the overall flux of reality has been edited out by the subconscious at the instigation of the hypnotic instruction. This isn’t as rare as it seems, we are constantly editing and modifying the overall flux of reality to suit what ideas are already in our minds.



To be continued.. (aplogies for these cliffhangers but I've got to spin this shit out).

[edelweiss pirate]

another thrilling installment:

Look below and read the sign what does it say?

http://b.imagehost.org/0735/parisinthespring.jpg (http://b.imagehost.org/view/0735/parisinthespring)

Here’s another one, an elephant.

http://b.imagehost.org/0886/elephant.jpg (http://b.imagehost.org/view/0886/elephant)

How many legs does it have?

So our minds are constantly modifying reality to suit what our minds’ imagine to be there.
We can never really know to what extent this filtering totally dominates our perceptions because by nature we cannot see what doesn’t exist outside of our perception. Often very young children are known to talk to people who are not apparently there, my friend’s daughter would see an old woman in her room at her night and sometimes an old man. Perhaps these were ghosts and her perception had not yet learned to filter out these ideas which as we grow older conform less and less to society’s idea of normality.

So there exists a flux of reality and our minds select what they want us to see. This applies to colours and even the perception of time itself. Some animals have a totally different perception of time to us, insects see colours which we cannot see and flies always seem able to dodge our best efforts to swat them because in their perception we lumber around slowly and are easily outwitted. Elephants on the other hand seem to lumber around slowly to our eyes but in their perception of us we seem to wiz around like flies. It’s strange to say but if a fly had a wristwatch, the second hand would move very slowly for them, while the elephant’s mantle clock would have a second hand which to their perception would be whizzing around the clock-face. This same phenomenon takes place in the human mind, time is not absolute, our perception of it changes according to the circumstances we find ourselves in.

When we were younger time seemed to pass much more slowly, yet with age our perception of time changes and although a day surely still contains 24 hours, it is how we experience those hours which has changed.

This is to do with our physical metabolism which slows down noticeably as we age. The best way to visualise this is to imagine a camera set on a fast shutter setting, this is akin to the faster metabolic rate that children have, if conversely you set the camera to a slower shutter speed and within the same time frame took a series of pictures you would find that although the camera operated within the same time period the higher shutter speed would have many more snapshots of reality than the slower shutter speed. These pictures are analogous to our experience of reality, the more ‘pictures’ or snapshots of reality we take with our perception the more we appear to have experienced in that time frame, thus the sense that the timeframe appeared busier and more full, in short that time seems to pass more slowly because a lot was achieved and new memories acquired. Time passes more quickly as you get older because there are fewer new memories or new snapshots of reality, therefore time seems to go more quickly.

Therefore we cannot talk of an absolute reality, we all see things differently yet we agree on several fundamental ideas, however there are things we do not yet agree on such as religion and spirituality, and for our governments since time began these have been causes for war because a government is in the business of ensuring that everyone agrees with what it tells them to believe.

The Empire’s sole wish is to have absolute homogeneity throughout the world, this is what we know as ‘globalisation’. The reason for this is control, the government, and ‘New World Order’s’ wish is to control all aspects of our lives, from what we eat (Monsanto GM food patents, Codex Alimentarius being pertinent examples) to what we believe. The reason for this is for the satanic powers hidden behind the scenes to show their superiority to God by presenting a case that it ‘owns’ the human race. Since human beings have something of God within them too, the Satanists will also imagine that they are ‘owning’ God and dominating this force.

The prime weapon in this battle for our souls is ‘fear’. Ours fears weaken us. They use this as a tool. FEAR FEAR FEAR. Everywhere, at least the cause and manifestations of it. If we can reach the point that there is nothing left to be afraid of, then we will be free from so many of the petty miseries which affect us from day to day. This was the intended effect of many of the mystery school religions which have since become subsumed by freemasonry and special ops techniques of mind control, but so far it seems to have mostly produced killers for hire. And obviously the art of being fearlessly able to kill someone while useful to psychopaths perhaps, wouldn’t, in an ideal world, be something most of us would consciously wish to be involved in.

And indeed it takes a lot of effort to partially brutalise someone and make them excited by the prospect of firing firearms at other people. And so their dear friends at Hollywood help them out by producing streams of movies each more violent than the last, in order to completely cut our soul connection to higher emotional states, such as joy love, gratitude, bliss, wonder, contentment.

Most film goers are subjected to: violence, pain, loss, tension, murder, confusion, anger, terror, the end. A lot of films are specifically about revenge and this is the very anti-thesis to contentment. To watch a film about someone who is the victim of something often needlessly unpleasant, and then to be doubly subjected to him furthering the list of unpleasant things and somehow making you feel good about it all. The ‘feel good’ part of a film is to revel in and offer a praise to violence, We’ve all been there. When the good guy kills the really nasty bad guy because he really deserved it, don’t we feel good about that? I wonder just how crafty our government is and do surmise that possibly they try to have various wars in foreign countries on the basis that the whole country somehow needs to express this ‘revenge’ factor on some poor sand blown country or other. Whether it was the feel good revenge moment of the UN killing all those nasty Serbs who had been so nasty to those Moslems. All of these films show extremely unlikely things happening to various highly paid actors, who pretend to be extremely cross or angry, then kill with relish as they achieve their goal. The worst sorts of films are simply the horror films, where they merely present for your entertainment pleasure, the spectacle of most of the characters from the film being killed in a variety of ways. Something quite like the absurd initiation rituals of the ancients. Basically the idea of watching a film is, obvious as it may sound, the act of being an observer to a spectacle.

It is by no means a natural state. Strange as it may seem the phenomenon of watching films of people who are ‘pretending to do something’ to each other is in no ways necessary to the development of our human development of our human species. It is essentially a mendacious activity. Not to mention genuinely cruel. Why would anyone want to do what an actor does and lie to people and try to lie so well that they actually make the viewer feel the emotions that they’re pretending to feel. What a strange thing to do. And very very seldom are any of the positive possibilities of film exploited, namely the possibility that people might get paid huge amounts of money to pretend to be happy and be getting on fine with just everyone, in the hope that the people watching will actually feel those emotions and become and happy and start getting on with everyone. How many genuine feel good films are there out there? Actually very few. One finds that even films that are touted as feel-good films are simply nothing of the sort. They may have a happy ending but that is no guarantee. Often a so called ‘feel-good’ film just has a few pleasant moments of warmth and joy, but in nearly all cases, the rest of the film, in order to put the happy and ‘uplifting’ bits in better relief, contains proportionately more moments of tension, loss, sadness and anyone of a hundred negative and enfeebling emotions. For it to be a feel good film in the first place it seems a precondition that there should be something to feel bad about in the first place.

Often many fantasy based films are ostensibly feel-good films, but they often have a slightly dark side, particularly something like Disney which frequently confronts children with shocking and unpleasant circumstances, such as Simabah’s guilt for him believing he caused the death of his father. Simply put, these nasty little ideas aimed at children are mini psychological tortures. Indeed, from a psychological point of view I suspect one of at least two things happen to the child as a result of being presented with these cruel situations, one, they react by becoming slightly melancholy, or they react by cutting themselves off emotionally.

[edelweiss pirate]

More



I believe this is what has happened to psychopaths. At some point in their lives they have faced a traumatic and terrible event in their lives. It could be something monstrously unpleasant which has happened to them, or which they’ve been a party to, perhaps as a result of the terrible psychological; trauma they react with damage control by switching of their emotions to their ongoing sense of security. They simply have nothing left to hang on to so they hang onto nothing. This would explain a lot of the riddles of the psychopath and how it has been surmised that these people don’t have souls or are somehow a race apart. They’re also a mystery because they do not announce themselves. They keep their condition a secret, at least if they are successful psychopaths they do, often they can go years undetected and their damage to society only later discovered. I’ve little doubt that psychopaths can sense their ‘fellows’, because if they know how to emulate the conventions of society most of the time, then surely they also know what the difference is between real and phoney, so presumably they would be aware that a fellow psychopath was just faking it like they do.
What is really much worse is that we have no reason to feel these emotions. Not only is it not happening to us but it is not happening at all! In many instance I do genuinely believe that many viewers actually dissolve themselves into the unreality of the character, somehow making it real and imparting genuine life to it!

Those people watching the show are breathing life into it whenever their minds, emotions and thought patterns, start to be centred around the fake spectacle they are watching. This is a kind of a magic. Kind of like hypnotism. I wonder if during an episode of Eastenders, Mitchell started directing hypnotic commands at people, would they even notice. If, during a lull at the Queen Vic, Windsor started looking at the camera and gently crooning, ‘you’re feeling sleepy’, how many would make the leap from partial hypnosis by the TV to full hypnosis.
Why are the people watching the screen paying for the strange privilege of going to watch something that will either make them feel unnecessarily sad, angry, tense, or, if the viewer has been watching people being killed, then brutalised and ultimately degraded.

This lowers our inner strength. I have felt it myself. Particularly during scenes where there is a very quick and unexpected execution. They are particularly shocking, and several times I have watched such scenes and at that very moment of being shocked with a sudden brutal killing, I have felt the distinct feeling of having a cold coming on. We need to have a default feeling of warm and peaceful, just like cats napping in the sun, there is no reason why we shouldn’t be encouraged to enjoy more positive thoughts and be exposed to more pleasant and in fact real stimuli. It’s a case of so called actors inflicting their characters and their 1001 calamities on us.
This is one of the very things we all take for granted. We assume films, like politicians, are important to our lives and that we should take notice of them. Why? They only feed us lies and fears. They only enfeeble our minds and play on our thoughts, preoccupy our ideas. Often people think a lot about a film they have seen and it plays upon and traumatises their minds in a hundred different ways.

The sum total of all of these acts of psychological manipulation of the human mind at all stages of its development is to cut off our perception of any higher ideas, or at least to reduce their impact, to trammel our minds into a what is commonly known as a ‘low vibratory’ domain of blood crime and general anxiety.

So our field of reality is being deliberately reduced so we focus only on the negative aspects of life. This is the media and the government’s job, as borne out by experience of their activities. Again they feed us a reality we can all agree on, sadly, it happens to be a lowest common denominator reality of the very lowest wishes and pulsions, greed, avarice, wealth, fame are all shown as laudable by our media, our government tell us that obedience and conformity is the key to fitting into their system, anyone who seeks to transcend this and think for themselves will soon find themselves relatively isolated as those around him will tend to subscribe to the general definition of reality. Fortunately things are changing, more and more people are becoming aware of the fabrications of governments and how they use fear as a tool for social control, indeed there was a particularly successful three part TV series on BBC 1 within the past few years or so called ‘The Power of Nightmares’ which basically exposed the lie of the war on terror and how it is little more than a way for governments to reassert the social control and deference that has gradually been slipping from them in the years since world war 2.

The world is not composed of terrorists and muggers, nor of WAGS or pop-stars, but primarily of light. WAGS and pop-stars are only a product of the first cause. The world of so called reality is a collection or signals of light which are vibrating, it is only when we perceive these light signals that our brains create the appearance of a pop-star or a television set or whatever sight our gaze has fallen on. Indeed television is a useful metaphor for the way we perceive reality and I far from the first person to use this metaphor. Just as a TV set receives electromagnetic signal from the air. Without the ability to perceive the signal there are only invisible electromagnetic waves, or disordered flux.

[edelweiss pirate]

End of chapter.

This is also the reality which we find ourselves in, all around us is the disordered flux of the full range of the electromagnetic spectrum of which we can only perceive the smallest portion, the visible light spectrum is only 400 nanometres long yet the full length of the electromagnetic spectrum is the size of the universe itself.

We are bathed in fog of light within which we see the familiar forms and shapes of our daily world, but the rest of us remains wholly invisible and its existence totally unsuspected. There are unknown colours shapes and even potential realities hidden in the electromagnetic flux but if we cannot see them they effectively do not exist to us. A useful analogy is the tree which falls in the forest with no one to hear it. Does it make a sound as it falls? With no one to hear it or perceive it with their senses not only does it not make a sound but cannot be ascertained whether it has even fallen in the first place.

This is the central tenet of quantum physics. That only physical observation of a phenomenon can bring the phenomenon into a state of reality. The classic scientific example is the quantum box containing Schrodinger’s cat, within the box is a device which may kill the cat if the cat accidentally touches it. However it is only upon opening the box that the state of the cat, alive or dead, can be ascertained, prior to actual observation the cat is said to exist in both states simultaneously, it could be either alive or dead, quantum physics merely alters its perception to say that the cat is both alive and dead. The cat is in a state of metaphysical flux. It is only when ones perception, as Einstein terms it, becomes ‘entangled’ with the object that it takes on a reality in space and time, until then it exists in flux as undefined potentiality.

When you leave a room, providing there is nothing there to perceive the room at any level, the room enters a state of flux or potentiality. In a manner of speaking it ceases to exist. I have been involved in debates on this concept because some people find the whole idea artificial and hard to accept, one challenge was that if a CCTV camera were to film the inside a room when the door was closed and the observer left, then it is incorrect to speak of metaphysical flux when the observer leaves. However the CCTV camera doesn’t have any consciousness so it doesn’t perceive the room in any way, it merely records the metaphysical flux as a series of signals. It is only when you actually unscramble the digital signal and have the recording put through your TV and watch it that the potentiality of the room becomes reality. Remember the camera doesn’t watch anything, it can’t, it doesn’t perceive, it merely records the level of flux as an electromagnetic signal which can be later decoded and the reality of the room established.
How can something be seen when no-one is there to see it? Light has several interesting qualities, one of which is that it needs an observer to exist in one form or another. Every school kid does the diffraction grating experiment, this experiment actually proves that light behaves only how it is measured to behave. Measure light in a different way and it will change its behaviour to conform to the observer, either as a particle or as a wave.

This is all in line with quantum theory. Another challenge was that if a torch were switched on in a cupboard for a few days, the batteries will still be dead after a few days. My response in this instance was to say that an electrical connection has been made, therefore electricity will run in the circuit but the light itself from the torch will enter a state of electromagnetic flux and will become just a signal of potentiality, because nobody is there to perceive it. The battery will be dead but no one saw the light! So it won't exist, only as an effect; a flat battery will be the only observable reality from opening the cupboard door after two days. Without being seen, even an operating torch will enter the state of quantum flux, with no real reality until the door is opened.

However if there is any kind of observer inside the cupboard, be it even a small insect or a spider, then the light will be perceived, at least in the way a small insect or a spider perceives light. In a similar way if we leave a room and close the door while a dog or mouse remains inside, then the flux will be ordered according to the perceptions of the creature, suffice it to say that will have a different view of reality to ourselves. For a start the dog will perceive odours which we will not be aware of, and the colours and forms we see will have a totally different meaning for the dog. The dog will be aware of the sofa for example as somewhere he can sit but as to the meaning of the television with its buzzing sounds and lights he will have no idea. The mouse’s reality field will again be totally different, the forms and shapes it sees will have a different meaning, none of the associations of objects we have as humans will mean anything to a mouse so it will likely see only lines and edges of objects rather than the objects themselves in their complete self existence. A table for instance would not be ‘a table’ to a mouse because a table is an object and a series of concepts, it would only be a collection of edges, sides and materials. Its involvement with the object would not be with the object itself but only with its composite parts, thus it would be seeing a different reality of the same objects that we are seeing. Sometimes we get the same phenomenon, when we see an unfamiliar object, or go into an unfamiliar place, particularly if navigating, it takes a while to build up an overall awareness of the object and place and be able to understand it. Operating a new camera or exploring a new town, our awareness of how to operate the object or find our way around, is in flux until we can record enough information about it that we can be certain of its qualities. We are ‘in the dark’ so to speak. An appropriate metaphor considering it’s all about light.

To extrapolate this idea further, if the universe were suddenly somehow to become completely devoid of life and consciousness it would cease to exist. However there is consciousness all throughout the universe and always has been, even in its earliest stages of formation, a non corporeal awareness that drives on and creates all physical life as we know it, this theory explains the seeming inherent intelligence of nature and how creatures likes bees and ants are able to create complex societies, it also explains evolution and how animals adapt to their environment over time, despite these changes taking place over many lifetimes of individual animals, it is the motor of life and it is intelligent, it reacts, learns and grows, perhaps too this is what we may call God.

[edelweiss pirate]

Nudge Nudge! wink wink!

The freemasons:

http://thehappytruther.blogspot.com/

[edelweiss pirate]

'Hollywood': pagan spell 'casting'....

http://thehappytruther.blogspot.com/2011/01/trip-to-woods.html

[spyroid]

Hey, nice. Just finished reading 'Total Reality' in another thread and I'm relieved to find the writer is right here on forum, so I don't have to spend aaages looking up a book. A good read and kind of made my day in a way, so I thought I'd leave a note of encouragement and thanks. You have a good writing style whereby even though some of the content is quite heavy, it's not inpenetrable or pompous, and it just rolls around quite nicely. Good work!

[edelweiss pirate]

Hey, nice. Just finished reading 'Total Reality' in another thread and I'm relieved to find the writer is right here on forum, so I don't have to spend aaages looking up a book. A good read and kind of made my day in a way, so I thought I'd leave a note of encouragement and thanks. You have a good writing style whereby even though some of the content is quite heavy, it's not inpenetrable or pompous, and it just rolls around quite nicely. Good work!

Awww, you just made a good day even better....

fantastic, thanks so much for the encouragement.... so glad you enjoyed reading it.

[edelweiss pirate]

New post!

LIght is LIfe (http://thehappytruther.blogspot.com/2011/02/light-is-alive.html)

[edelweiss pirate]

The search for beauty (http://thehappytruther.blogspot.com/2011_02_01_archive.html)

[edelweiss pirate]

New stuff.

How to escape!

“"For our struggle is not against flesh and blood - as he said
- but against the world rulers of this darkness and the spirits of wickedness."
(Ep 6:12)

Our own thoughts are set against us. The world of the spirit is completely at odds with what this world has become. Our spiritual identity must compromise itself in our human form, there are things which we as humans must sacrifice in order to exist in this static and relatively unchanging physical world. Even speech and articulating our consciousness into the narrow and specific tiny alleyways of everyday communication reflects very little of our actual real identities as spiritual beings. We are two different perceiving agents: by day we fit into our physical bodies and spend our days seeking to accomplish little tasks and seek to solve the everyday riddles and conundrums that fill our earthly lives. By night however there is nothing to learn, we already know everything. In some cases we may find ourselves in a dream trying to solve a problem which has followed us from the physical world. In those instances we have nightmares and our sleep is not refreshing as we have not succeeded in totally disconnecting our consciousness from the concerns of everyday life.

Sleeping seen from the perspective of the material physical world refreshes and energises the physical body but have the scientists ever asked how this is possible? If physical existence is seen as the only default setting in our known universe then what of this ‘other’ parallel existence we have when asleep, which seems such an extraordinary state of being that from this source we manage to acquire all the energy we need to sustain waking consciousness. Sleep and rest have the power not only to relieve and wash away all our fatigue, but also to repair the body and fight disease and infection. On the subject of which, have you ever noticed that when ill with a minor ailment such as a cold or flu, that while asleep all the symptoms of the illness seem to have disappeared and it is only when we awake that out pains confront us again. An extreme example of the seemingly remote nature of this other consciousness, this so called ‘unconsciousness’ is during anaesthetic while the body may be being cut and chopped any which way, part of the inner self is blissfully unaware and sleeping right through it. Indeed how is such a thing possible if during the period of unconsciousness we didn’t go to a place or state of being very far removed indeed from the physical self.

We seem to be two different people and we often have the greatest difficulty connecting the two worlds. For example we seldom remember our dreams and what we do remember tends only to be the rare scraps that we are able to make sense of or assess logically and report on. Similarly when asleep we tend to have a very reduced awareness of our everyday life, perhaps the odd few people from our physical lives appear from time to time, but it is also true that we may also see people who we have not seen for many years. At other times we meet people who are not even in our physical lives, people and faces we have never met.
While asleep we tend to forget about the many details of who we are while awake, and so when asleep we can suddenly find ourselves in situations that are entirely at odds with our personal situation in real life. We have dreams that we consider odd when we wake up because suddenly we found ourselves living in an entirely different house, we may find ourselves in company with other people that our waking self doesn’t even know.

Often we awake and are surprised that our lives in the dream were not real and we feel that on waking we have returned to reality and that it was just a silly dream. But can we not say the same about our reality? The only reason we seem to prefer this reality and consider it more real is because it is more concrete and unchanging, and provides an ongoing narrative or story which tends to run along the same lines everyday. Therefore habits and routines develop but also science and education and systems of religion and systems of control. The waking consciousness is something which can be controlled because it is easily predictable.

In the same way the people we meet in our physical lives tend to remain with us and so relationships are built up, whether good or bad, and the rigidly unchanging nature of these relationships become the source of many of our problems. Not so in the dream state where every night tends to bring different events and a different cast of characters. Also in the dream state there are no needs which require fulfilling, it is only during our physical existence that we need food and water and warmth. In the dream world there tend to be no physical manifestations of any of the basic human needs. We never feel hungry or cold or hot or thirsty while asleep. This is further proof that while asleep we are no longer in physicality.

Perhaps one of the greatest riddles is the fact that when we are asleep and having a dream we seldom become aware of the fact that we are dreaming, the dream seems as real and tangible as everyday life despite the great many seemingly impossible and implausible things which take place. If even we ourselves cannot tell that it isn’t real then maybe it is real after all. Surely our own senses should be the ultimate judges of the reality we experience and our dream senses tell is pretty much every night, that what we are experiencing is, in its way, perfectly real and indistinguishable, odd as it may seem, from everyday reality. It is only when we awake and return to this world that we are able to assume that ‘it wasn’t real’ because, after all ‘this is reality’ isn’t it?

Perhaps not entirely. What if our consciousness during sleep were actually closer to reality than our waking lives. As Einstein said ‘This world is an illusion, albeit a very persistent one’. Such statements are not merely metaphysical science fiction but rigid science fact. It is well known now that matter is mostly empty space and that objects only appear solid and hard because of the forces interacting between atoms. It is known also that most of the universe around us is entirely unknown to us. Visible matter accounting for less than 1 percent of the mass of the universe and visible light only 1 1000th of the electromagnetic spectrum, basically we are fumbling around in a very poorly lit corner of reality and that leaves us a very great margin of error. On the basis of these figures we have to seriously ask ourselves how much do we really think we know about reality. Is our world all there is? Certainly not, but our problem is it’s all we can see and so, in order to expiate the terrors of the unknown, modern science has pretended that the unknown doesn’t even exist.

Problems with our world as a whole and problems we personally experience are exclusively caused by the day to day world. When we are awake we go through the day constantly fielding problems caused by either ourselves or other people. Life as we know it is a never ending catalogue of problems, the expenses we incur through the act of our being alive such as food, rent, taxes and transport we must find a way to mitigate and so we are obliged to go to work. A strictly involuntary activity, very few people would choose to go to work if they had a choice, and the reasons are obviously apparent. When we go to work we lose any personal sense of identity and autonomy and become a cog in a bigger machine. We perform tasks and instructions which we are told to do with very little regard for what might be the right way of doing things. But eventually such habits become so ingrained in us that we rise in the morning and return in the evening, without a murmur, and accept this circumstance as entirely natural and correct. These jobs we undertake always revolve around a central axis: money. Whether there are budgetary constraints and it is our unfortunate task to save the company some money by cutting back, by deciding who to fire or finding or inventing a pretext to fire someone, or whether to reduce company expenditure by reducing in some way the use of essential or facilities designed to improve in some way the effectiveness of the organisation.

The biggest problem we face while at work and the cause of so much stress and unhappiness and ultimately, disease and illness, are problems beyond our control. These are generally issues and concerns, generated by someone else either by their being ineffective or unstable, and which we must deal with. This applies equally to the task which are generated by the day to day running or the organisation, and also the many interpersonal concerns which arise when human beings are gathered together, under financial duress, to do tasks which they ordinarily would not choose to. Some people may feel unhappy that they have to go to work, they may feel that waking up at six in the morning means they haven’t had enough sleep, maybe they were running late and had no time for breakfast. Maybe they had a few drinks last night in their own time but are now summoned to appear at work on the company’s time, and they don’t quite feel one hundred percent fit and able. These are but a few of the possible impacts on effectiveness that may arise.

Nevertheless we are all expected to be fit and healthy and happy slaves while at work. Anything less will probably result in threats that the means by which you keep yourself alive such as warmth and food will be kept from you unless you can conform more adequately to the needs of the company. If we were all doing our own work and were responsible only for ourselves then there wouldn’t be a problem. We would do our work happily because we had chosen it, we would manage our time and our inclination to match what we could and couldn’t do.

It is only in our artificial modern life where we are all basically factory workers working for a series of bosses in unnecessarily and uncomfortably intensive conditions. Offices are little more than human factories, teaching, policing and most of the other professions have all become repetitious and automatic. Employees are given orders, and told to stick to the mould. Any divergence from doing what you are told, despite the echoing of either your own conscience regarding the fact that things are being done in entirely the wrong way, and as a school teacher this is my own particular area of dissatisfaction with my metier, or indeed that people more highly placed than you were involved in some kind of sharp practice which also unsettled you or led you to feel dissatisfied. It is clear that nearly everyone who goes to a job must have at least once, and in some cases far more frequently, been aware of either or both of the two problems above.



More to come shortly.

[edelweiss pirate]

Here's the meat (sorry no veggie option):


What we need to be aware of first of all is that corruption and inefficiency both come from the same source. The secret societies which protect their members from any kind of accountability in whatever they do. All in order to protect the ‘good name’ of the freemasons from calumny. Often these people are given highly paid jobs with positions of responsibility when they are quite clearly incapable of carrying them out effectively. Indeed, it is often the case that such people are given such jobs because it known they will carry them out ineffectively, and so we move more into the terrirtory of the groups with the aims of The Illuminati such as the Marxist Fabian groups. The name Fabians comes from the Roman general Fabius who adopted a particular military strategy of avoiding all out frontal conflicts but instead chose to wear down the enemy by engaging in a series of skirmishes. And so we have the reason d’etre of these groups, namely to dismantle the existing machinery of capitalism by throwing enough spanners in the works at all levels of its operation, in order that they can affect enough dissatisfaction with its methods that a new system is introduced. We are currently in the very midst of this process and we see it operating in full force in our health service, police and schools in particular. In schools for example, despite recent education acts giving teachers reasonable powers to deal with problems, the schools themselves do their very best to disempower the teachers completely.

They do this by taking the side of the student against the teacher and demanding that the teacher be accountable for the student’s misbehaviour. Never mind that the student refused to do any work and disturbed other student, wouldn’t sit somewhere else when asked by the teacher politely to do so, or indeed that the student called the teacher a fucking arsehole, seem always to be moot. The teacher has failed in the eyes of his head of department, the head of year and the head master. Similarly in policing and the legal system, the rights of the perpetrator are upheld and increased, for example why is it deemed suitable to release the personal details of the victim yet not the perpetrator. There seems to be some magic law in society these days that the bigger the criminal the higher the praise. Little has really changed since 18th century London when the city’s greatest criminal mastermind, Jonathan Wild, was also its greatest saviour as it was he who organised the hundred of criminal acts around the city and also stepped in, to inform the authorities of which of his particular minions did the deed. Of course he eventually came to a sticky end but not before a lifetime of sabotage and destruction against society itself and the perpetration of a million injustices.

There were many odd brotherhoods and criminal secret societies active in the early 18th century such as The Mohocks (or Bloods), The Hawkubutes, not to mention the Hellfire Club. Alas history cannot inform us whether Jonathan Wild was working for some secret group or other whose aim was the destruction of society and the gradual replacement of its values by the values of the secret group, but judging by the odd amount of freedom and protection allowed him throughout the years of his ambiguous career as public order official and at the same time one of the biggest criminal masterminds in London, it seems, as is said of the French say of mason ‘son bras est long’.

Interestingly, if we examine the popular commentaries on the street gang known as The Hawkubites at the time in the form of an anonymous pamphlet we find the following intriguing text:

“An Argument, proving from History, Reason, and Scripture, that the present Race of Mohocks and Hawke-bites are the Gog and Magog mentioned in the Revelations; and therefore that this vain and transitory World will shortly be brought to its final Dissolution. Written by a reverend Divine, who took it from the Mouth of the Spirit of a Person who was slain by the Mohocks.”

Now recall the chapter The Hidden Rituals of the Old Gods, does not this description evoke the self styled mission of the Insane Clown Posse? What if we factor in to this that George Bush Senior’s Skull and Bones name was Magog. There are dots to connect. I will leave you the pleasure of finishing off this particular puzzle.

Often these people are not knowingly involved in the destruction of education but are just carrying out their training. It is the training providers and the various institutions which give the ‘leadership’ training to aspiring teachers who are to blame and always in these organisations we find groups such as Common Purpose and Freemasonry, firmly implanted, and parasiting our institutions and injecting their tawdry venom in order to rot away the tree of state: create enough confusion and chaos in places were genuine order is required to function as a healthy society, then when society has sufficiently broken down to a mess of broken homes and families and rising unemployment and violence, then they usher in their form of law and order which history has told us, is always left wing or right wing fascism. We are currently living within a period of fascism. For proof of this look no further than the story which emerged in 2010 of a grandmother convicted of selling a goldfish to a teenager, apparently as part of a ‘sting-operation’ which resulted in an absurd eight month trial which cost the tax payer over twenty thousand pounds. The grandmother faced a possible maximum prison sentence of 12 months but was finally fined £1,000 and forced to wear an electronic tag.

The most important thing about fascism is that people do what they’re told contrary to what is right or reasonable or makes common sense. When we find ourselves punished for being reasonable and making the right decision then there is no doubt we are in fascism. Likewise when even the most banal activities of human existence seem to require permits and licenses, whether looking after a friend’s children or removing fish from a pond, we are in fascism.

As a striking example of how bad things have become is the fact that during the term Labour were in power a total of 4,300 new crimes have been ‘created’. This averages out at 33 (notice the Masonic number) new statutes every month during their term in office.
These include:

Swimming in the wreck of the Titanic.
Selling game birds killed on a Sunday or Christmas Day.
Selling non-native species such as a grey squirrel, ruddy duck or Japanese knotweed.
Not having a licence for a church concert.
Keeping a dog on a lead longer than a maximum length in a designated area.
Obstructing an authorised person from inspecting apple, pear, peach or nectarine orchards
for the purposes of ascertaining whether grubbing up has been carried out.
Disturbing a pack of eggs when directed not to by an authorised officer.
Causing a nuclear explosion.

So what can we do about it?

Well we need to realise the ultimate goal of this ancient and ongoing conspiracy and thwart its ultimate aim which is to disempower us and render us little more than economic units powering a vast and soulless semi-automatic reality. Its intention is to make us forget what we really are, not just on an individual basis, but culturally, ethnically, nationally and globally. The system wants us at all costs remain convinced and under the delusion that this physical world is all there is to existence, and that we must work as hard as we can, in the hope of acquiring financial security one day, and therefore, true happiness. The greatest thing we can do to stop the system is its tracks is to cease playing ball. Unfortunately almost everything in this world is controlled by outside forces and these forces do not have our best interests at heart. We have been born into this world and since we are here we will have to make the best of it, but I would advise that you make it your number one priority to ensure that you manage to escape this prison of the soul, and perhaps think long and hard before you decide whether or not to bring children into this world.

Again, because we have been robbed of our spiritual awareness we feel that this world is all there is and furthermore we imagine that the act of conceiving and giving birth to children is actually creating new life and a new being into this world. It isn’t. The universe is full of consciousness and life vibrating at a higher frequency on the electromagnetic spectrum. The act of child birth is simply the act of consciousness moving from one dimension to another. So we put a name on this consciousness like Liam, or Chloe, or something similarly ghastly, and before you know it, this beloved fragment of consciousness is glued to the TV inhaling scenes of cartoon violence and mayhem, being chemically poisoned by toxic amounts of processed sugar and subjected to a veritable selection of weaponised food chemicals and additives designed to damage the immune system and poison the brain. One need only spend five minutes researching Aspartame but you see, no matter how much certian people pretend to love their children, they never quite love them enough to feel it important to bring them up properly and to have a healthy diet. At a certain point many parents must think 'fuck it' I'll turn on the TV give em a bottle of coke and a bag of crisps and hopefully it'll shut 'em up. And so this generation of infants will grow into the next generation of adults who are slightly more subtly retarded than the previous one.

more to come

[edelweiss pirate]

Last chunk:


Doubtless the life you had planned for your little one will not quite work out as planned, and sooner or later the innocence will drop from them like a wilted flower drops its petals and what was once infinite potential and angelic consciousness, becomes an institutionalised human being.

Once the innocence and joy drops from them they run a very real risk of making such a mess of life in this world, that when they return to infinite consciousness and the source of infinite potential, they are limited and confused. So used are they to the human experience with all its attendant limitations, that they have no idea how to navigate the after life. And so may become confused, lost, and ultimately, may require several return life times on earth in order to remember the information they were born with.

There is no doubt that children are more in touch with the spirit world than we are. You can prove this yourself relatively quickly by asking the little children of your family whether they have seen any people that the adults don’t seem to see, particularly in their bedroom at night time. It may seem spooky but children seem to see people who aren’t there with alarming frequency. The best age to ask them is probably from about 2, (because at this point they will be able to tell you verbally) until about 4, because at this point it is likely that the materialistic nature of the world and the five sense dominance of this world will take over and any spiritual gifts will probably fade away with further child development.

I tried this with a friend of mine, in fact he gave me the idea when he told me that his daughter frequently sees an old woman in her bedroom and sometimes an old man. My friend believes the old man is his grandfather as a spiritualist told him that his grandfather is watching over him and his daughter also mentioned that she can often see an elderly man accompanying my friend.

So what we mustn’t do is become a human drudge for the system. We must seek to rediscover our true selves and our spiritual nature. It is no easy task and on this planet in these present circumstances, could take us all of a lifetime to achieve. However this should be our main preoccupation while here and so we should avoid any acts which may compromise our spiritual strength. Any negative acts harm our connection to our higher self, hurting others is really hurting ourselves as when we enter the next world we come to realise that we are all the same consciousness just separated out into different bodies. This is why the curious maxim ‘Do unto others as you would have them do unto you’ appears in every single world religion in various forms. For example, "Golden Rule": "That which is hateful to you, do not do to your fellow. That is the whole Torah; the rest is the explanation; go and learn."

When we die we become the conscious light energy which was contained in our bodies. However because this energy is conscious it can change its state and its frequency. Commonly we are told there are negative beings called ‘earthbound spirits’ which haunt our earth. These beings actually liaise with the secret society people when they are calling on their spirits or summoning their ascended masters. This is actually what Shakespeare was getting at with his play The Tempest. His story sees a high level Masonic magician, planning his revenge on those who deposed him while using black magic and mind control on his slave Caliban, while he also controls and manipulates subtle spirit beings like elementals and fairies, which are really different aspects of earthbound spirits.

What people don’t realise is that these beings are all around us but because their consciousness is preoccupied with concerns on earth, they find themselves stuck here and going round and round, in confusion and dissipation. In order that the same fate doesn’t befall us we need to be clear about the existence of our soul and clear also that there is a far better place for us to go when we leave this world.

The Sun is the source of all energy and matter in our solar system. All trees, animals, rocks and chemicals, all contain solar energy locked within them. This is why animals eat grass and are nourished by it, because the solar energy entered the grass seed and made it grow. So plants are reservoirs of this solar energy, it is locked within the cells and released when digested by the animals which eat it. Similarly, by eating the vegetation and being exposed to the sun, the animals themselves become reservoirs of this solar energy and therefore they hunt one another and eat them to provide energy for themselves. Wood and fossil fuels burn and release energy because they have this solar energy locked inside their very molecular structure, the energy that was dormant for many thousands of years becomes released once again when ignited by a fire. All matter originates from the sun, all the elements of the periodic table, even the hairs on your head, all come from the sun. We are literally made of stars.

We need to be troubled by as few things as possible. Simplify our lives. It is worry, stress and unhappiness alone which make our lives difficult, not just the unfortunate events which happen to us. It is more how we react to the events of our lives, more than the events themselves which decide whether or not we are happy and contented. The two major causes of unhappiness are the past and the future. Unhappiness caused by regret and dwelling on the past, the other cause is looking apprehensively to the future. CS Lewis was an extraordinarily perceptive gentleman with an extremely interesting past. He dabbled in the occult and the dark arts for a while in his youth and was strongly influenced by W B Yeats, however, something must have happened to him during this period as he abandoned all practice of the occult and became a Christian after conversing with JR Tolkien. His book The Screwtape Letters details the correspondence between a senior demon in the infernal hierarchy and a subordinate demon in his attempt to seduce a human to the dark side and this gain his soul. This book shows a great understanding of the kind of themes explored in this book and shows the awareness of a mind who fully understands the tricks and snares which await us poor humans here on Earth:

MY DEAR WORMWOOD, I had noticed, of course, that the humans were having a lull in their European war--what they naïvely call "The War"!--and am not surprised that there is a corresponding lull in the patient's anxieties. Do we want to encourage this, or to keep him worried? Tortured fear and stupid confidence are both desirable states of mind. Our choice between them raises important questions.

The humans live in time but our Enemy destines them to eternity. He therefore, I believe, wants them to attend chiefly to two things, to eternity itself, and to that point of time which they call the Present. For the Present is the point at which time touches eternity. Of the present moment, and of it only, humans have an experience analogous to the experience which our Enemy has of reality as a whole; in it alone freedom and actuality are offered them. He would therefore have them continually concerned either with eternity (which means being concerned with Him) or with the Present--either meditating on their eternal union with, or separation from, Himself, or else obeying the present voice of conscience, bearing the present cross, receiving the present grace, giving thanks for the present pleasure.

Our business is to get them away from the eternal, and from the Present. With this in view, we sometimes tempt a human (say a widow or a scholar) to live in the Past. But this is of limited value, for they have some real knowledge of the past and it has a determinate nature and, to that extent, resembles eternity.

It is far better to make them live in the Future. Biological necessity makes all their passions point in that direction already, so that thought about the Future inflames hope and fear. Also, it is unknown to them, so that in making them think about it we make them think of unrealities. In a word, the Future is, of all things, the thing least like eternity. It is the most completely temporal part of time--for the Past is frozen and no longer flows, and the Present is all lit up with eternal rays. Hence the encouragement we have given to all those schemes of thought such as Creative Evolution, Scientific Humanism, or Communism, which fix men's affections on the Future, on the very core of temporality. Hence nearly all vices are rooted in the future. Gratitude looks to the past and love to the present; fear, avarice, lust, and ambition look ahead.

But we want a man hag-ridden by the Future--haunted by visions of an imminent heaven or hell upon earth--ready to break the Enemy's commands in the present if by so doing we make him think he can attain the one or avert the other--dependent for his faith on the success or failure of schemes whose end he will not live to see. We want a whole race perpetually in pursuit of the rainbow's end, never honest, nor kind, nor happy now, but always using as mere fuel wherewith to heap the altar of the future every real gift which is offered them in the Present.

It follows then, in general, and other things being equal, that it is better for your patient to be filled with anxiety or hope (it doesn't much matter which) about this war than for him to be living in the present.

[fishonwheels]

You know, Edelweiss, I've been reading all you've posted here, and I'm just not sure.

What I do know is that our mind isn't just an emergent quality of firing neurons. More specifically I know, from personal experience that premonition and precognition are possible. In fact for a time a while back several times a day I'd suddenly think of something or someone and seconds later see them walking down the street or witness that very thing. And from your previous chapters you and I both know that it is possible to "merge" our minds with that of a group.

I know beyond a doubt that many people have psychic experiences frequently. They don't have to tell me. I can tell. It also appears that information isn't bound by space/time and perhaps that explains precognition.

You can call me a healthy skeptic who won't deny or try to rationalize away real experiences. What I can not ascertain though, is what happens to people after they die. That makes all the difference in the world to people's philosophy, to how they choose to live.

If this life is all we have, then it makes sense for people to "live life to the fullest." Of course, what they usually mean by that isn't much. Depends on what they value, they'll go after those things. if it's "respect" they fight for it. If it's "world peace" they fight for that too. So, without more to look forward to than this life, we struggle for what we value while we still can.

The problem of course is that no one knows for sure where we go after death. To me, even channeling the dead doesn't quite prove to me it's what we think it is. What if it's just non-human intelligence impersonating the dead, if they have the ability to retrieve the personality and memory of the deceased?

i think the life after death question has more potential to make a difference in the world than any kind of "ET" disclosure.

Just because near dying people are able to float to the ceiling, see what's written on the top of ceiling fan blades or recall conversations around him while clinically dead does not suggest that our consciousness won't dissipate with passing time. It may be a long time by our standards but what about five hundred years in our time, will the earthbound ghosts still be wandering? What about those who "pass over?"

I think it's possible with all the talent and technology we have to find out much more about the after life.

Not sure where I'm going with all this. You have hit the nail right on the head though. If more people are exploring these issues and paying attention to the clues (including forgetting what their religions may tell them and just observe), whatever the truth may be, we'll have a much different world around us, a world where we're more authentically ourselves, where we're less confused by trivialities and more focused on what matters to each of us.

By the way, it's funny you wrote on the subjects of love and sleep. I'd been pondering about those things at the same times you posted them.

[edelweiss pirate]

Another chapter....

Power up!

http://piczasso.com/i/8co0m.jpg (http://www.imagehosting.com/)

While busy on an internet conspiracy theory networking website, and as a result of the strange and startling revelations during my period of full awakening, and after having read a thousand new-age tracts about our ‘limitless potential’ and our ability to ‘create our own reality’, it seemed to me that perhaps it was time to put these ideas to the test and see what we can do if we put our heads together. Can we really change reality merely by the application of our thoughts and attention?

It was time to see. I found a collection of news stories on the internet which I posted hoping to inspire and encourage a belief that there is indeed more to us than mere flesh and bone and dialectic materialism. For example, a gentleman named Roy Cleveland Sullivan, a former Forest Ranger in Virginia, seems to have been struck by lightning seven times in his life and survived every strike. Sadly, poor Roy survived lightning but couldn’t survive his own heart and killed himself over an unrequited love.

Vladimir Durov was a Soviet era ‘clown’ and animal trainer, whose brain was kept by the Soviet authorities at the Brain Institute after his death, and was said to be able to use telepathy to talk to animals. The claims were tested by Professor W Bechterev who created a list of tasks for Durov’s dogs to perform, it was then said that Durov would stare directly into the dog’s eyes and psychically transmit his thoughts and instructions after which the dog would then bound off and perform the tasks set for it.

Other historical oddities include the story of the magnetism of Normandy peasant girl: Angelique Cottin, who in 1846, for 10 weeks, apparently made needles and compasses spin wildly. Heavy objects such as tables, would move away from her as she approached them.
She was studied by a group of scientists at the academy of science and a Dr Francoise Arago wrote a report on her condition: “under peculiar conditions, the human organism gives forth a physical power which, without visible instruments, lifts heavy bodies, attracts or repels them, according to a law of polarity, -overturns them, and produces the phenomena of sound.”

Nina Kulagina was one of the most famous psychics of the firmly dogmatic and seemingly materialistic Soviet Union. In films she is shown levitating small objects by the power of telekinesis. Her powers were taken so seriously by the authorities that she was even called in when in her 70’s to help cure Nikita Khrushchev. Old and formerly top secret videos showing her accomplishing her feats are now available to watch on Youtube. One thing about this case which makes me think that perhaps her ability was somehow connected to the Kundalini energy phenomenon was her description of the process of performing telekenesis which cause ‘searing heat’ to rise up her spine. Before performing the various feats she is known for she had to clear her mind through meditation.

Kulagina claimed that she first recognized her ability, which she believed she had inherited from her mother, when she realized that items spontaneously moved around her when she was angry.
There are many examples of unexplained phenomena throughout history which elude the understanding of our modern day dogmatic scientists who as a choir, seem to be singing from the hymn-sheet of materialism. As we have seen this is the highest possible form of intellectual vanity: claiming that because ‘they’ do not know about something and because ‘they’ cannot explain it, it doesn’t exist and is the thing of fantasy and delusion.

At least Russian scientists still had the genuine scientific spirit of genuine un-prejudiced exploration and investigation and as such, for the Russians, it has doubtless yielded much fascinating data as to a possible empirical set of information as to the origins of what we are forced to term the ‘supernatural’. Magic is after all, only that which science cannot yet explain rationally but it is only for the want of correct investigation and a full set of data. If one were to travel back in time and set up an electricity generator and connect it to a hairdryer and a range of common place household appliances, or indeed if one appeared in a Ford Fiesta and started driving around at fifty miles an hour, there is little doubt their science would be insufficient to explain these things in terms of their present technological level and thus would be considered the most startling and spellbinding magic. If furthermore you were to attempt to explain electricity to them, and explain that it is essentially an invisible force, then how should we be surprised if they started piling up logs of wood and starting a fire to burn these new found witches.

So we live in a world of magic, invisible radio waves, the power to see inside a person’s body for medical diagnosis, the power of electricity which seems to give life to machines of plastic and metal and yet our scientists tell us ‘this is the limit’. This is all there is when we have discovered so much and harnessed so much magic from this world when there is so much more to discover. Clearly the issue is one of monopoly. The scientists want an intellectual monopoly, they want to own all ideas, wisdom and possible ways to interpret the universe.
And so with this in mind I attempted to bring a fuller awareness of these abilities to the attention of people involved in the truth seeking community. Many thought I was raving mad and full of bullshit but fortunately there were enough people also who knew for themselves that this world and our consciousness are in fact of limitless potential.

When this stuff first started, believe me, I accepted every other possibility than me being 'POWERFUL'... I thought how can I do these things? Strange things started happening, bizarre coincidence, at times I only had to think of something and it would happen, mundane stuff like being stuck in a supermarket queue and thinking I wish this would hurry up and suddenly people would pull out of the queue and I would suddenly be served. Also being able to affect the weather in a strange way, I only had to look up at the clouds and wish for the sun to shine and it would burn through the clouds and start to shine. Surely then if this was all fake then one did it mean? Was I being tested, was nothing real expect for me? How come nobody else had experiences like this? I nearly went mad with thoughts like that. Then I really broke through and reality just fell apart completely. It was a nightmare, It got to a point where I would think a thought and someone would say what I was thinking a few seconds later. Like I'd made them say it. I thought god knows what then but I learned to handle it. Signing up on the original David Icke forum I wasn't alone and the ability to talk about my experiences made me more rational and scientific about them and I sought to explain what the mystics for thousands of years had known implicitly, that this world IS an illusion, but I add, as Einstein did ‘albeit a persistent one’. Now I feel that all this stuff is perfectly normal and has been going on for thousands of years, it's just been 'kept' from people....

It's no big deal and the sooner people realise this the sooner they'll be able to do it too. As it happens I come from a rough part of town myself, and even the people in town are aware of this power. I overheard a conversation between a couple of blokes where they talked about cursing people and quite believing that their cursing would work and hurt them somehow, fortunately they showed reticence about using this form of black magic but many people have tried things and found that they worked. One day of course the bad things we do in our lives will have to be accounted for, by our own higher self who accepts no lies and bullshit because it is US and they see right through us, this is why ‘repentance’ is such an important idea because it allows the self to accept the bad things they have done and feel sorry for them rather than seek to continue lying to themselves in an attempt to justify them. This is an endless twisted path of confusion and self delusion and will lead to utter confusion and weakness in the next world.

Of course that's quite a bad thing to do and it's a shame that the only knowledge people have of magic is black magic. Still I think more people believe 'there's more to this world than meets the eye' if only they could throw the TV away and use their internet for all the news and entertainment they need, at least then you can choose what images and ideas you are subjected to. Then people wouldn't have their reality dictated to them and be told that the dullest most mind numbing mundane and tedious life, is their only reality.

My programme is to intervene whenever I feel there is some kind of 'threat' being circulated in the media.. I did this with the bird flu scare in 2004, they predicted the coldest winter of recent time (perfect bird flu weather) I therefore tried to manifest a warm winter. Every morning I would fight the clouds away and let the sun burn through the sky, as it transpired it was one of the warmest and brightest winters of recent times. Sunlight is the best tonic in the world, when the sun is shining it is very hard to circulate a deadly flu outbreak, the sunlight naturally destroys such viruses.

I continually try to deescalate conflicts, am trying to prevent WW3 and the invasion of Iran. Help is always appreciated but thanks to the work of various people in the truth community I hope that this will continue to be prevented. Hindsight is always 20-20 so if you are reading this in the midst of a nuclear winter don’t judge my words and optimism too harshly. However it doesn't help that many people see war as inevitable, the masons actively want it, even people when I lived in Egypt thought and probably still do think that it’s all going to kick off soon. But it doesn't have to. If we can get the 'critical mass' of powerful people preventing war psychically and enough activists working tirelessly through the media, then we will have stopped the millennia old insanity machine in its track and the powers that be will have to think again.

That would be great wouldn't it? Just say 'bollocks' to all their stupid self fulfilling prophecies and their stupid 2,000 year old system written by bearded wild eyed madmen who are just shuffling from one apocalypse to another. Like when you were at school and you've had enough of the football game, you just took your ball back. Let's take our balls back (figuratively speaking). War is over if you want it, as a certain scouser once said.

[edelweiss pirate]

Part deux, some may find it hard to believe.... but some people will get it....



When I was in Africa it would rain whenever I got angry. One day when the boss at the school I was working for tried to take a shit on me, I was really angry, then clouds started to appear and suddenly the sky was black, thunder and lightning struck the dusty streets of New Cairo and it rained all night.

When I was in London during 2005 I was in an extremely frustrating job with people who just messed with my head all day, this was during my training as an English teacher and I was sent to a heavily mason infested high school in East London. There was Masonic newsletters in the English staffroom for instance and the head of department would say riddles to me like ‘it’s better to reign in hell than serve in heaven’. I was told near the end of the course that I risked failing as I wasn’t ‘square enough’. Fortunately with a little will power I managed to complete the course.

As a result of my resistance to their inculcation on the worst days there would be thunderstorms and lightning, and it would rain almost every day, but the thing was I never ever took an umbrella to work because when I walked to school the day was bright and sunny, but throughout the day as my frustration increased the clouds would build up and boil in the sky and it would rain, yet as soon as my day was over I would look out of the window and the clouds would break up and the sun would come streaming out. I never got wet once. Incidentally this was the same time Blair's private plane got struck by lightning when he said "If I lied about Iraq may God strike me down" remember that one? Priceless. Some people would say this is just a coincidence but I have long since ceased believing in the mere meaninglessness of the word coincidence, I have discovered a more rational ‘cause and effect’ system, however one which mainstream science has yet to factor into their calculations.

So I created a post on the forum suggesting that we form some kind of ‘X-men’ unit and I wondered what would be our first executive act. I suggested that would could perhaps attempt to manifest a miracle somewhere in the world, and I asked for suggestions.

The thing to realise that it’s all an illusion anyway, or at least, that the causes and effect of reality are more pliable than they appear. If you get to really 'see it' as an illusion, or at least, a swirling nexus of energy, which is the root cause of everything, then you can really start bending reality. If we could get enough people with an open mind on board we could probably work together to 'focus' on a particular thing at a particular time. The same way people in various cities can meditate as a group and the crime rate mysteriously drops off. See article on next page.

1 June 99
A study published in the peer-reviewed journal Social Indicators Research Social reports on one of the most dramatic sociological experiments ever undertaken. Researchers predicted in advance that the calming influence of group meditation practice could reduce violent crime by over 20 percent in Washington, D.C., during an 8-week period in the summer of 1993.
In fact, the findings later showed that the rate of violent crime--which included assaults, murders, and rapes--decreased by 23 percent during the June 7 to July 30 experimental period. The odds of this result occurring by chance are less than 2 in 1 billion. Rigorous statistical analyses ruled out an extensive list of alternative explanations, according to John Hagelin, lead author of the study and director of the Institute of Science, Technology and Public Policy at Maharishi University of Management in Fairfield, Iowa.
"This work and theory that informs it deserve the most serious consideration by academics and policy makers alike." Dr. David Edwards, University of Texas- Austin
The demonstration project involved assembling nearly 4,000 practitioners of the Transcendental Meditation and TM-Sidhi programs from 81 countries. Participants were housed in hotels and college dormitories throughout the District of Columbia and at the University of Maryland.
Hagelin says previous research had shown that these meditation techniques "create a state of deep relaxation and coherence in the individual and simultaneously appear to produce an effect that spreads into the environment, influencing people who are not practicing the techniques and who have no knowledge of the experiments themselves."

Results based on field effect of consciousness
Drawing on terminology from quantum field theories, Hagelin, an eminent physicist, refers to the findings as a field effect of consciousness.
"It's analogous to the way that a magnet creates an invisible field that causes iron filings to organize themselves into an orderly pattern. Similarly, these meditation techniques have been shown to create high levels of coherence in EEG brain wave patterns of individual practitioners. This increased coherence and orderliness in individual consciousness appears to spill over into society and can be measured indirectly via changes in social indices, such as reductions in the rate of violent crime. We call this phenomenon a field effect of consciousness," says Hagelin.

The admittedly novel experiment was rigorously analyzed by a 27- member project review board composed of independent scientists and civic leaders who approved the research protocol and monitored the research process.
"What we are looking at here is a new paradigm of viewing crime and violence." Dr. Anne Hughes, University of the District of Columbia"
A new paradigm for viewing crime and violence
Anne Hughes, a professor of sociology and government at the University of the District of Columbia and a member of the project review board, feels that the findings of the study have significant implications for resolving inner city violence.

"What we are looking at here is a new paradigm of viewing crime and violence," says Hughes, a coauthor of the study. "I would like to recommend that this new model, which is supported by a number of exhaustive and very carefully controlled studies, be seriously considered, and that we think about ways that it might be implemented in the inner city."
According to the researchers, more than 42 studies conducted during the past 25 years have verified the field effects of consciousness. A study published in 1988 in the Journal of Conflict Resolution reported on an experiment conducted in Jerusalem where a group of Transcendental Meditation and TM-Sidhi program experts had assembled during the war in Lebanon. As the number of TM group practitioners peaked on several occasions during the two-month experimental period, war deaths in nearby Lebanon were found to drop correspondingly.

The Washington, D.C., experiment was especially significant because it was a "prospective study," according to Maxwell Rainforth, a coauthor of the study and statistician at Maharishi University of Management (M.U.M.).
"The predictions were lodged in advance with a panel of prominent social scientists and civic leaders, including members of the District city council and metropolitan police force. Statistical analysis considered the effect of weather variables, daylight, police patrolling, historical crime trends and annual patterns in the District of Columbia, as well as trends in neighboring cities.
"Consistent with previous research, violent crime was correlated with weekly weather patterns. However, time series analysis of FBI crime data, controlling for temperature, showed that violent crime dropped significantly during the demonstration period," Rainforth says.

While the notion of using group meditation to lower crime may seem unusual at first, Rainforth says that this response is common with new approaches.
"Ordinarily, we think we can reduce violence through more police, gun control, stiffer penalties, etc. But everyone knows that these conventional approaches are inadequate because violence and crime continue to be a major problem in our society. On the other hand, however novel this Transcendental Meditation program approach may seem, evidence consistently shows that it can reduce violent crime," Rainforth says.

Violence caused by stress in collective consciousness
David Orme-Johnson, lead investigator and former chair of the psychology department at M.U.M., says that the "violence in society is caused by the buildup of stress in collective consciousness," just as the buildup of stress in the individual is known to cause disease in the body.
"The conventional scientific model has assumed that individual consciousness is completely separate from that of others, and that there in no common field linking us together. But the most advanced understanding in physics has shown us in the past century that subtle energy fields are at the basis of everything in the universe. Why then shouldn't we expect that human consciousness also has field characteristics at more fundamental levels?" questions Orme- Johnson.

According to Hagelin, historical precedents shed light on understanding the field effects of consciousness. "Early scientists such as Edison and Marconi discovered technologies like the light bulb and radio wave transmission that began to tap the hidden potentialities of the electromagnetic field. The electromagnetic field had always existed before, but it took these and other discoveries of the past 150 years to demonstrate this invisible field's enormous practical value for society.

"Similarly, the field of consciousness has always been there, beyond the conscious thinking mind of everyone Maharishi Mahesh Yogi. i rediscovered ancient techniques to access this field, and now scientists are beginning to validate its tremendous practical value for society.
"No one disputes the value of modern computers, televisions, cellular phones and countless other technologies utilizing the electromagnetic field. However, 100 years ago people would have thought we were crazy if we talked about these technologies," Hagelin says.
Misunderstanding about field of consciousness
According to Orme-Johnson, there's a common misunderstanding that the Transcendental meditation technique involves positive thinking, or prayer, or self-hypnosis.

"These other practices involve some kind of activity of the mind. In contrast, the TM technique allows mental activity to settle down and transcend to a completely silent state, which is the underlying field of consciousness.
"When the mind quiets down to this field level of consciousness, qualities inherent in this underlying field become enlivened in individual consciousness, such as perfect order, balance, harmony, and infinite correlation. As a result, the individual becomes as if a transmitter of orderliness and peace in society, analogous to the way that a television or radio transmitter enlivens the electromagnetic field in a specific manner and then transmits waves through the field that can be picked up at a distance," Orme-Johnson says.
Social Indicators Research - Volume 47, Issue 2, June 99

So with the help of fellow board member and owner of a lime grove in Australia known as Limelady, a date was decided on to manifest some unusual event somewhere in the world: 23rd March 2007.
So I prepared by clearing my mind and not allowing myself to get distracted by the day to day rubbish whether in TV or in my job or anywhere else

Something very weird I've noticed... If you turn your attention 'off'
from the world for a sustained length of time, like up to an hour or so, I find that 'the world' tries to attract you back... you may hear your name called in the street, or just random stuff tries to get you 'involved' in reality... like a group of kids shouting near you or people you don't know wanting to talk to you.
Also, if you turn off your attention, try blanking your mind and meditating, then when you finally get involved again in reality (looking at people and things around you etc) your action is so much more powerful for having your power of intention 'stored'. This was something which was echoed in the experience of Nina Kulagina, of whom it was said, if you remember, and it is worth remembering “Before performing the various feats she is known for she had to clear her mind through meditation.”

I have to say I practised various feats of attention and reality control with dogs and birds. You have to start somewhere. I used to have very noisy chirpy birds hanging around outside my window at stupid o-clock in the morning. I got so sick of them waking me up that I started to visualise myself firing little arrows at them (cruel I know but woe betide anyone who stops me getting my sleep), after a day or two they never bothered me again. They only disappeared once I'd started the visualisation thing. The same with dogs, you can stop them barking but you need a much stronger concentration, if you slip for a minute and cease to believe you can do it then the bleeders will start yapping again. I've tested all this stuff quite rigorously and it's true. So anyway I was hoping for something a bit more impressive on the 23rd than shutting up a few yapping dogs and early morning chirping birds.

Eventually after some discussion I suggested we create a weather event somewhere as this seemed to be something I could do and it was a non invasive non harmful form of reality manipulation. However one poster felt that sending a lighting storm to the Great Pyramid of Giza that the lightning repeatedly strike the pyramid and blow a hole in the pyramid to reveal a hidden chamber, needless to say we didn’t find this act of psychic vandalism one to which we could all happily subscribe, on the grounds that it would be effectively a destructive act, but nevertheless it was an amusing and entertaining suggestion. Limelady herself had thoughts of trying to help missing children in some way, but realised at this stage, such a task would be difficult as there seemed to be no definite thing to focus attention on. Since several of us had professed quasi shamanistic weather changing abilities Limelady suggested that we do something to help all the people and the wildlife hit by the harsh conditions the drought in Australia had brought. In some parts of Australia it hadn’t rained for five years or more.

So we decided to break the drought in the South Eastern part of Australia which had ravaged the region for many months. The area we decided to focus on was known as Wagga Wagga. So we set about the task, with perhaps about 50 people actively involved in this, what we called ‘the forum experiment’ or termed a ‘positive intention exercise’

In the lead up to the date we realised we would need something to focus our attention on, something tangible that we could see and concentrate on so Garth posted up maps and satellite weather images of the whole area. At the time I was living in Egypt, and like Wagga Wagga I hadn’t seen a drop of rain myself for quite a while.

[edelweiss pirate]

Last bit.


Anyone, on the fateful day, 23rd March 2007, we started getting the forum reports in on the present weather situation. One of the first was a poster named ‘Freethinker’:
23-03-2007, 06:09 PM
Freethinker I spoke to a friend in Melborne today
it is raining and he explained it was unusual for this time of year - and that the rain was needed
Then a forummer named truthcommission:
truthcommission
Yes it was quite unusual. Thursday was hot 36 degrees Celsius (96.8 F) and today it is a cool 19 degrees and RAINING!
Then Limelady:
Hi to all on the forum

According to the current weather stats for Wagga Wagga NSW Australia, and after confirmation from a friend who lives in Wagga, Not only is it steadily raining there for the first time in a very long time as I type with a band of rain stretching over a massive area, they have had more rain in the last week than they have had for years.

All of us involved in the experiment had no doubts this would be the case, yet it is really difficult to not be excited about what we have achieved here

We are planning more forum experiments and hope that more will join to give their support.....We can achieve anything we want...LETS DO IT!

Hi All,

I have just received confirmations from a friend from Wagga. I guess this is nothing new to most of you anyway, since you already know it did rain. =) However, she said it was pouring so much for the entire Saturday. It was gloomy and cloudy as well. According to her, it was abnormal for Wagga standards as the weather is usually consistent. And the past few days have been relatively dry. She did say herself and her friends were very surprised with the suddenness of rain though.

I'm just wondering, if it happened on Saturday in Wagga, could it be because of the difference in time-zone factors? So some of you people in Europe and the US may be experiencing Friday at the time, but it was Saturday over here? Just a thought though. Maybe we could take a little extra notice of time-zones in the future.

Personally I wanted to find further evidence that it had indeed rained in Waga Waga on the 23rd March so I typed into the internet ‘Rain Wagga Wagga 23rd March 2007’ and found the following:
Friday, March 23, 2007, 08:38 PM

At about 4pm the Rural Fire Service two-way radio chatter alerted me to an approaching Storm front at Wagga Wagga so I grabbed my camera to go out as lightning starting fires are always a worry with summer storms. I was able to then take a series of photos showing a Dust Storm developing, growing & sweeping over the landscape to the town of Junee & beyond.


We tried other forum experiments subsequently but none seemed to have the same level of coordination, detail and passion which was manifested during the Wagga Wagga rain making exercise, there was also a fair amount of scorn from other members despite the evidence being available that we did achieve what we intended to do. As time went on and the early days of our small and sincere forum community came to an end, the forum started to change its character, some of the most supportive members with the most ‘belief’ disappeared from cyberspace and went about their business in the real world. However the experiments still continue in different forms and with a different set of characters, my utmost hope is that the people who witnessed or were involved with the Wagga Wagga experiment will take this new awareness with them as they travel through life, and perhaps try the same thing elsewhere with different people, or indeed, if they only bring these techniques of concentrated attention directed at a specific goal to create real results, into their own lives, such would signal progress for the human race and an early awareness that we are not merely the batteries of the Empire’s vast machine or the economic units that allow our leaders to tumble from one folly to another. I know it’s a cliché but I do believe it really is time to take the power back.

Sometimes it doesn’t even take strange mystical shenanigans to change things, sometimes it only takes eighteen people with telephones can change the course of human history. On August 11th Peter Walker of the Guardian reported that the Advertising Standards Authority had banned what it deemed an ‘offensive’ anti-terror hotline advert which had been previously broadcast on the radio station Talk Sport. The advert was designed and broadcast as part of an effort to set-up something like a Stasi style citizen spy ring in which citizens were encouraged to spy on each other and report anything deemed suspicious to the authorities by phoning the ‘anti terror hotline’. Suspicious activities according to the advert consisted of ‘paying cash’ and a man ‘liking to keep himself to himself’. The transcript of the advert was as follows:

"The man at the end of the street doesn't talk to his neighbours much, because he likes to keep himself to himself. He pays with cash because he doesn't have a bank card, and he keeps his curtains closed because his house is on a bus route. This may mean nothing, but together it could all add up to you having suspicions."

The Guardian reported: “The advert attracted 18 complaints from listeners who considered it offensive to encourage the reporting of those doing nothing illegal, or who thought it could cause harassment or victimisation.”
The advert was banned on the grounds of causing serious offence and the fact that if those eighteen people had not registered complaints then perhaps we would now be hearing many more calls to spy on our neighbours who are doing nothing wrong. One can imagine the kind of climate of fear and mutual suspicion that such a programme would engender and we would be moving ever more quickly to something approaching the totalitarian tyranny which the bleakest prophecies of our present day are always forecasting. It needn’t be so. As long as there are a few people willing to make their voice heard and say ‘no!’.

[fishonwheels]

you beat me to it once again......

I had started a reply after your previous post mentioning the DC meditate to lower violent crime experiment, but i think I'll shelve it for now.

Awaiting the next section.

[edelweiss pirate]

Sacred/Secret language

There is more to language than meets the eye and to delve into its mysteries will reveal some extraordinary truths about the world we live in. Language is not only a tool but it is also a key. There is something remarkable about our language waiting to be discovered. This chapter doesn’t pretend to have discovered the ultimate secret of language, only hopefully, to alert my reader that there is a secret to be discovered and the hope that perhaps one day it will be discovered.

Let us look at the word live. It has often been observed that the true meaning of the word ‘evil’ is that which is contrary to life and if you read the word. Indeed the word ‘devil’ is only the word Evil with a D in front of it. The Semitic consonant letter D was originally a pictogram which represented a ‘door’ and suitably ‘D’, is still the first letter of this word.

Similarly, the letter C was original called ‘gimel’ and etymologists claim that the C pictogram had two meanings, ‘Camel’ and ‘throwing stick’. Indeed the Arabic word for camel is gamal. This became what the Greeks called ‘Gamma’. This word also shows how the guttural G sound has softened over the millennia to a C sound. For the word ‘Gamal’ has softened to a C, just as the G of ‘gamma’ has softened to the modern day C.

If we observe we can see that the letter C, just like other letters of our alphabet, has a similar form in some of the most ancient languages including ancient Egyptian, Hebrew and Arabic, and we perhaps realise that our languages are not quite so alien to one another as we may previously have thought:

http://www.freeimagehosting.net/uploads/bbebbbb750.jpg (http://www.freeimagehosting.net/)

Below is the ancient Egyptian hieroglyph for a curved boomerang style throwing stick, notice the proto letter 'C' in the final part of the hieroglyph which represents the shape of the object itself, the bird symbol represents the flying aspect of the stick.

http://piczasso.com/i/nulr0.png (http://www.imagehosting.com/)

http://piczasso.com/i/zeyfi.png (http://www.imagehosting.com/)

http://piczasso.com/i/hx2no.png (http://www.imagehosting.com/)


We consider the boomerang to be an essentially aboriginal hunting weapon, but the same technology was used by the ancient Egyptians to hunt wild fowl in the marshes of the Nile delta, many examples were found buried with the pharaoh Tutankhamen. The Egyptian throwing sticks were designed to be thrown so as to return to the feet of the thrower for a second attempt at hunting birds.


http://piczasso.com/i/pds8b.jpg (http://www.imagehosting.com/)

Below is a throwing stick as found in the funerary goods of Tutankhamon.

http://i54.tinypic.com/121g4rt.jpg

So the humble letter C has just shown us that the ancient Egyptians and the Aboriginals both used boomerangs, which should lead us to wonder how the boomerang ended up all the way in Australia, if the Egyptians invented it first, or how it ended up in Egypt if the case was the other way around. And this is but a small example of the many mysteries which our language alludes to, but hidden in plain sight where no one would think to look for it.

Originally each letter was what is called an ideogram. A little like hieroglyphs and the Chinese Kanji script, each symbol is both a letter and a word of an idea. Our alphabet, like all European alphabets, has its origins in the Middle East. It is said that the Phoenicians created the first alphabet
The word ‘Live’ is very close to ‘love’ and differs only in the vowel, or ‘breath of life’ which animates the word. The difference is only one vowel and each vowel has it’s own properties and origins..
The way the word God seems to be contained within Good. A correspondence which also exists in German with their Got and Gut near homonyms. There is something unusual about the English language. The fact that the word ‘Spell’ describes a magical incantation but also the fact of putting the correct letters together to make a word. When you spell a word you are putting together the correct utterance to make a magical form, full of meaning and power: a word.

For example: Understand (stand under) to be subservient and accept something. There are further mysteries: Son / Sun, Temple (as in head and stone building)Solar plexus / Sol / Soul, Re-member (tale of Osiris) Light (as in sunlight) Light as in buoyant, Grave as in dead and gravity as in heaviness.
A whole hidden initiatic instruction can be reconstructed from these secrets locked in the English language. Language is a living museum of ancient lore custom and teaching, but one which to most people, one which few people little suspect even exists. Language is the DNA of our culture and history, and from a single letter we can recreate a whole people and history. Perhaps by examining the whole alphabet and the questions it raises perhaps many mysteries of the world and our origins can be clarified, but this is another task for another time.
English has either been consciously engineered this way, and it is not outside the realm of possibility that this be the case, English is not an entirely naturally grown language like perhaps Latin, French and say Turkish are, but is in particular a consciously created language through the selective pruning and cross pollination of several different languages. The process of the creation of English as we know it began in roughly the 14th Century when the old thoroughly Germanic Anglo-Saxon tongues spoken by the populace became combined with the more courtly French dialects spoken by the court and the nobility (a clear and oft cited example of this contrast are the words beef, lamb and pork, the French words used for these meats because they were mostly eaten by the nobles, but the Anglo-Saxon words for the animals themselves: cow, sheep and pig, indicate that it was the non-French speaking peasantry who actually reared the animals.)

I feel certain that many of the strange synchronicities in English are not coincidental, but are actually an attempt to encode some of the ancient teachings and mysteries of the ages by the sages and scholars of the past. The opportunity was certainly there, and one thing we can be sure of about this strange cabal running the world then as they are now, they never miss an opportunity. So we have the word ‘Holy’ and its relationship with being ‘whole’, whole-ly or wholeness or whole-liness. Being ‘whole’ and one with God. No longer divided or separated from the awareness of God. It is essential that you become ‘holy’ or whole again, through contact with the solar light in the area of the solar plexus and also the third eye. So we have the word SOUL and its resemblance to SOL (our sun) or SOLAR.

The heart chakra or solar plexus, allows you to feel the light with the centre of your being, the third eye allows you to directly see the light in your mind. When you experience this you are more or less awake but at the same time in a state of rest and relaxation and happiness, the vision seem dreamlike, the suddenly startlingling real and powerful, often one breaks off ones focus at the magnitude of the awareness that the sun has just spoken to you and it seem a little overawing, not to mention bright and piercing. Any negative thoughts at this point such as irreverence or over self criticism, will break off the connection and the vision will drop out of consciousness. Marijuana makes this process much more readily available however it is perfectly possible without weed, just takes rather longer and requires more concentration. That is concentration on ‘nothing’ in order to achieve emptiness and true transcendental bliss: Nirvana, heaven, whatever name is given.

[edelweiss pirate]

Bit more


What we have very much forgotten about words and not just their dual and hidden natures but also their sound. The music of the spheres, or the ‘forgotten tongue’ the original ‘lost name’ of God. The tongue of Mordor, or the ‘black tongue’ is a language littered with swear words and their hard edged consonants. Listen to the word ‘friction’ is this word not a clear example of a word sounding like what it means. The hard saw-tooth waveform of the ‘f’, the word ‘friction’ is made by the friction of the air from the lungs blowing against the lips.

The Masonic concept of the ‘the lost word’ indeed the Biblical Judeo Christian concept of ‘the word’ rely on the hidden and forgotten power of sound, in particular sounds produced by the tongue: language. Words resonant not only on the semantic level but also in the sonar. Draw two ven circles. Now repeat various words of your choosing to yourself. Try not to think about the literal meaning of the words as this will try to dominate your perception and you will fail to hear the sounds of the words. Which words actually sound nice and which sound harsh. After completing this exercise you will probably have your ‘nice’ circle filled with: ‘love’; ‘sang’; ‘word’; ’world’; ‘sea’; ‘seek’; ‘search’. And many more. The words in your harsh circle will invariably be: ‘stain’, ‘stab’ ‘stamp’ in fact pretty much anything beginning with ‘st’. The short abrupt consonants pretty much. Words which ‘cut’ and ‘tear’, ‘pain’ and ‘sad’. While words with longer more and longer vowels, words ironically like :’Harmonious’. Just try it. Read out all the vowels. It creates a tune. Like notes of the musical scale. Being aware of this as newspaper journalists are only subconsciously aware, leads them to create headlines with an onslaught of consonants in order to ‘strike’ and ‘attack’ the reader’s perception.
The phonetic combination ‘mass’ seems also to be evoke pleasing and healing sensations. Just try it. Repeat the word to yourself in your mind again and again. Compare your sensations on the sound of the word in contrast to a word like Cat. Although Cat is a word which shows no particularly negative connotations (except for people who dislike cats perhaps) it is clear that the bluntness of the two consonants and the shortness of the vowel lead to a feeling, not one of harmony and melody, but of blunt sound. As if the word is trying to tell us something about the animal. Although I am fond of cats I realise that the word ‘cat’ is not a nice word, like the word ‘dog’, although dogs are popular animals the word ‘dog’ is still a word which evokes little of value. The hard consonants are almost redolent of a term of abuse.

Mass is a very different word. And let is look at the words which have the harmonious ‘mass’ as prefix: We have massage, and the word itself feels very much like a kind of sonic massage due to the long vowel. However from the same root we have the word : ’massacre’. Notice the ‘cr’ combination and the shorter vowel, a combination which many words of a particular ‘negative’ meaning seem to have. For example: creep, crime, cripple, crook. What we have here is not a series of odd coincidences, but instead a reminder of the origins of our all language. Namely that letters and sounds though themselves represented particular ideas, in the remote past of our language. English originates from the proto-Canaanite languages which include Arabic and Hebrew and there are many examples of shared ideas.

Look at the Arabic letter B. The Arabic letter B was originally, the design of a house and indeed the Arabic word for house is Beet. This tradition is still alive in languages which have retained their pictographic alphabet like Chinese but English seems to have forgotten this connection even it is still very much present. That is why our society is pretty much falling apart. We basically are all driving a runaway train of culture and history which few people understand how to operate and so we can expect nothing more than to steam from one crash to another. Notice the ‘cr’ in the word crash which creeps up again. It is no exaggeration to say that words are spells and this is why the word ‘spell’ is used to describe the correct formation of words from letters. We are so used to words and they have become so mundane and commonplace that they seldom hold any magic for us, except perhaps for those who appreciate the harmonious and near magical qualities of some poetry and the plays of Shakespeare. However whether we are awake to the possibility or not, language affects our thoughts, our minds and ultimately, our state of being.
The letter F in particular is arguably the most resonantly negative letter in the English language and indeed many others. Words such as fight; fist; fail; fall; fallow; fraught; frail, and many more, all depict something of the character of the F pictogram which originally represented a weapon, a mace.

http://i56.tinypic.com/2010h1h.jpg

As the Hebrews and Arabs are aware, the vowel is the breath of life, this is the fairly well known reason that these languages are written without vowels. The Japanese written language of Kanji is the same. The reason being that the breath of life is something sacred, and in a similar way of thinking to the Iconoclasts and Moslems, is too holy to be reproduced or symbolised by man’s art.
The intentional symbolism and deeper significance of language is a known fact by Hebrew scholars and this explains why is the book of Genesis we are told ’Adam called his wife’s name Eve; because she was the mother of all living.’ The sentence seems to be a bit of a non-sequitur to the contemporary English reader but in Hebrew the name Eve is Chavah yet it is also the word for the verb ‘to breathe’ . Some remnant of the original linguistic code remains in English but it is harder to find due to the inevitable entropy of the original code by new words, neologisms and changes in usage which develop over time and alter the original interconnected structure and symmetry of the language. But still we notice the word ‘Live’ and ‘Eve’ both have the ‘ve’ ending and Eve even rhymes with the word ‘breathe’. In the next chapter of Genesis we find the story of Cain and Abel, and so from the name ‘Abel’ who was preferred by God because he was able to rear animals and provide a sacrifice for Jahweh, so we have the homophone ‘able’.

Indeed we see the word ‘rainbow’ has retained its symbolic meaning for the thousands of years since the writing of the book of Genesis, both in English and in French and other languages. In French the word is ‘arc-en-ciel’ which translates as arch-in-the-sky. The word ‘bow’ is interchangeable with ‘arch’ and this is why in archery the archer uses a bow. After the flood Jahweh promises Noah and the rest of humanity that he will never again destroy mankind and the rainbow is a sign from God of this new covenant or agreement: ‘And it shall come to pass, when I bring a cloud over the earth, that the bow shall be seen in the cloud: and I will remember my covenant, which is between me and you and every living creature of all flesh; and the waters shall no more become a flood to destroy all flesh.’

Some famous stars are also aware of this strange magic. When commenting on Mark Radcliffe’s BBC radio Two rock n’ roll show, Iggy Pop commenting in why he choice the name The Stooges for his band. Apart from commenting that they felt like the Three Stooges and so named themselves after them, he also added:
‘it’s got the double o, it’s magical, when you do that ‘ooooooh’, you’re already letting us in.’
Clearly Iggy Pop understands much about these kind of things, perhaps said in jest or half seriously, shows nevertheless that clearly our rock n’roll heroes are really clued up to mystical and metaphysical possibilities and they frequently use these techniques in their work.

[fishonwheels]

fishonwheels, far from finished, fights for females' favors, farms fears for food, funds freedom fighters from Faluja, fucks femme fatale from France, frees felons for free, frames freemasons for fraud, flies false flags for fun, flattens foes, fools for friends, fame, fortune....

[edelweiss pirate]

fishonwheels, far from finished, fights for females' favors, farms fears for food, funds freedom fighters from Faluja, fucks femme fatale from France, frees felons for free, frames freemasons for fraud, flies false flags for fun, flattens foes, fools for friends, fame, fortune....

Yeah, the 'f' pictogram is a weapon. So words starting with an F tend to evoke force, though there always exceptions.

I would be interested to study other letters and the pictogram they represent and hence the ideas they evoke but I haven't got time....

[oilydoyley]

good post and info.

i think DOG has meaning simply because backwards it is GOD.

surely no coincidence and to me possibly related in ancient times to the DOG star Sirius and Anubis the original Sphynx.

[edelweiss pirate]

More:


Who the devil?

What do these people really believe and what are we dealing with?
There appear to be two different realms of light, at least from what I have observed during meditations. It seems that in addition to the clear white light which seems to be located in the heart of the sun, there is also a secondary light realm which I have experienced. The overriding colour of this dimension is a dull smoky sort of red and all around is fire. I suppose this fits in with classical descriptions of hell. However I found the fire very restful and enjoyed being in the heart of the flames while all burned around me. Rest assured that I am not a pyromaniac, it’s just that as a meditation zone, this fiery environment is just the thing.

The flames burn continuously and without end with endless power and that is just the sort of thing to capture a wandering perception and create a soothing trance. I soon realised however that if I were walking around with a mind full of soothing flames it is quite likely that sooner or later my inner thoughts would manifest and I would be in danger of being a danger to the world. I say this because whatever is in your heart usually comes out of your mouth eventually no matter how hard you try to hide it, and whatever is in your head often becomes the pattern of your life. I also realised that somehow this place wasn’t as bright as the other sunny realm. Indeed there was light here but not the multi-spectral and nourishing sunlight, but instead the secondary light of fire, without all of the higher wavelengths. This fire however is the same fire that burns houses and cities, it is the same fire which was traditionally used as a means to offer a burnt sacrifice of both human and animals, and yes, it is the same fire which we use to cook our bangers. You’re probably wondering what I mean by all this. Maybe you’re having doubts about this bit. But ask yourself why the Illuminati seem so obsessed with fire in their symbolism and statues, and also consider the old cults of Zoroastra and Fire cults. Some time after discovering this realm of fire I came across the following, apparent insider account of Devil worship, by renowned occultist Arthur Waite in his book Devil Worship in France or the Question of Lucifer:

“London, Paris, or New York, adore the evil principle. Hence, to say that there is Black Magic actively in function at the present moment; that there is a living cultus of Lucifer; that Black Masses are celebrated, and involve revolting profanations of the Catholic Eucharist; that the devil appears personally; that he possesses his church, his ritual, his sacraments; that men, women, and children dedicate themselves to his service, or are so devoted by their sponsors; that there are people, assumed to be sane, who would die in the peace of Lucifer; that there are those also who regard his region of eternal fire, a variety unknown to the late Mr Charles Marvin, as the true abode of beatitude.....

...The thaumaturgic phenomena tabulated in connection therewith are of an extremely advanced kind, including the real and bodily presence of Lucifer at frequent and regular intervals. When Mazzini died he indicated to Albert Pike a possible successor in Adriano Lemmi, who became in due course the chief of the Executive Department, and when in the fulness of years the pontiff of Luciferian Freemasonry himself passed on to the higher life of fire, which is the Palladian notion of beatitude, and in the peace and joy of Lucifer, the sovereign pontificate itself, after resting for a short period upon incompetent shoulders in the person of Albert George Mackey, was transferred to the Italian; the seat of the Dogmatic Directory was removed to Rome; a split in the camp ensued, inspired by a lady initiate, since famous under the name of Diana Vaughan, and to this we owe most of the revelations.”


Cross referenced with the following more recent news story, new insights can be gained:

IN November last year, one of the world's leading exorcists quietly slipped into Sydney at the invitation of the Catholic Church.

It was a long journey for Father Jeremy Davies, exorcist for London’s Westminster Archdiocese, but there was important business afoot for the grey-haired 74-year-old, reports The Australian.

The destination for Davies, co-founder of the International Association of Exorcists in Rome, was Mary MacKillop Place in North Sydney, where the tomb of Australia’s only saint lies.

Waiting for him were 27 other priests, including Bishop Julian Porteous, the Auxiliary Bishop of Sydney, second only to Cardinal George Pell in the Sydney Archdiocese.

For the next two days Father Davies led a discreet forum on the ancient rite of exorcism: the expulsion of demons and evil spirits from those who fear they are possessed.

“It was done quietly,” Bishop Porteous says. “Some of those who attended were not officially exorcists, but I brought together those who had some involvement in this area. Priests who work in this area have little support and so I wanted them to reflect and talk about it.”

The underlying reason for Father Davies’ visit is one that is usually only talked about in whispers within the church.

For reasons no one can be quite sure about, a growing number of people are approaching the church to seek help in expelling what they believe are demonic spirits.

“Many of these people who approach the church for exorcism have got involved with various new-age or occult practices,” says Bishop Porteous.

“What starts off seeming innocuous and not creating any difficulties at some stage turns dark. They start to experience quite frightening personal phenomena and it is at this stage that they turn for help.”

Bishop Porteous sees a link between the growing demand for exorcisms and the spiritual adventurism of young Australians.

He says the growth of non-Christian alternative relaxation techniques such as yoga and reiki, as well as forms of divination such as tarot cards, fortune-telling and séances, pose temptations that could invite demonic trouble.

He also points his finger at popular culture, saying the Harry Potter books and films, and the vampire-themed Twilight series, have revived curiosity with the supernatural.

“While Twilight and Harry Potter are not in themselves demonic, they can lead to a fascination in this world and young people can be drawn and become more attracted to these things.”

Critics scoff at such claims and say the church is simply trying to discredit rival forms of spirituality.

But Bishop Porteous believes the challenge is real and says the church needs to respond by training more exorcists. “I would like to normalise, rather than sensationalise, the ministry of exorcism,” says Bishop Porteous, who performed dozens of exorcisms himself before recently appointing an official exorcist to his Sydney Archdiocese.

http://www.news.com.au/national/aust...#ixzz17mKKfnMU

However for the bad guys to be truly in control it’s necessary for them to control both sides, they need to be involved in both Satanism and the church, and for this the gentleman known as John Hagee is a good representative. Hagee is a strange man, he calls himself a Christian yet he believes that America and Israel should carry out a pre-emptive nuclear strike against Iran (one in which most Jews in Israel will incidentally be killed). I don’t remember Jesus saying anything about pre-emptive strikes, do you? Hagee descends from a long line of Anabaptist Mennoite pastors whose central beliefs are pacifism, forgiveness of enemies and an aversion to war. So what happened to Hagee? Is he making this stuff up or what?

The problem with people like Hagee and indeed his many millions of supporters across the United States, is that they are very much bound to the Old Testament and all the blood and thunder stuff, God smiting this nation and that nation. Indeed, on the news story below one of the replies from the public was just the following two Bible verses:

"But realize this: that in the last days perilous times will come. For men will be lovers of self, lovers of money, boastful, arrogant, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, unthankful, unholy, unloving, unforgiving, slanderers, without self-control, brutal, despisers of those who are good, traitors, headstrong, haughty, lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God, having a form of godliness but denying its power. And from such people turn away!..." (2 Timothy 3:1-5)

"For the word of God is living and active and sharper than any two-edged sword, and piercing as far as the division of soul and spirit, of both joints and marrow, and able to judge the thoughts and intentions of the heart. And there is no creature hidden from His sight, but all things are open and laid bare to the eyes of Him with whom we have to do." (Hebrews 4:12-13)

It’s telling that both verses quotes to support Hagee are from the Old testament and this is essentially the kind of creature Hagee is, a fire and brimstone blood and thunder agent of the apocalypse. If these so called Christians only lived by the words of Jesus rather than the words of three thousand years old deranged Jewish crazy beards forever casting judgement and damnation on the world then perhaps we might finally get a little peace around here. But no, and yet these people call themselves ‘Christians’. Hagee’s true allegiances are fairly clear, as a visitor to his Cornerstone church in San Antonio Texas, prominently displayed in the main auditorium is a full sized flag of Israel.

What is odd about Hagee is that he perfectly externalises the Illuminati viewpoint better than anyone I have ever heard speak, yet he exists in the public eye, having access to nearly 100 million homes through his extensive media coverage on some 160 TV channels, 50 radio channels and 8 networks. Clearly he hides behind the term ‘Christian’ as this gives him cover and a certain amount of license to air his opinions. But again I state that his opinions have nothing in Jesus, they are the views of the Pharisees, the elite groups of Jewish priests who believed that they spoke for God and enacted revenge and judgement in his name.
He is not afraid to speak for God and apparently the movements of God are no mystery to Pastor Hagee, indeed God, according to Hagee even saw fit to kill thousands of people in New Orleans, apparently because a few homosexuals were planning a parade. This is odd because I was under the impression that it wasn’t God who destroyed the levees which held the flood water at bay but FEMA bombs placed in the levees.

“All hurricanes are acts of God, because God controls the heavens. I believe that New Orleans had a level of sin that was offensive to God, and they are — were recipients of the judgment of God for that. The newspaper carried the story in our local area that was not carried nationally that there was to be a homosexual parade there on the Monday that the Katrina came. And the promise of that parade was that it was going to reach a level of sexuality never demonstrated before in any of the other Gay Pride parades. So I believe that the judgment of God is a very real thing. I know that there are people who demur from that, but I believe that the Bible teaches that when you violate the law of God, that God brings punishment sometimes before the day of judgment. And I believe that the Hurricane Katrina was, in fact, the judgment of God against the city of New Orleans.”

Simply put God has no time for this sort of thing. God is the source of life throughout the whole universe and the universe is a pretty big place. If there were only one God of the whole universe would he really have time to devote tgo killing homosexuals in New Orleans? Unlikely. The other possibility then is that someone or something or even some group, is impersonating God. Whether this group or person exists in earth or in ‘the next world’ or indeed straddles both simultaneously cannot be proven completely. But perhaps, as in the days of the Pharaohs when God was embodied in the person of the Pharaoh, or when the Greeks would incarnate the Gods during their mysteries, perhaps there is some person living today who thinks they are God and is giving his henchmen, people like Hagee and Hitler, their orders on how best to ferment an apocalypse on earth. If this is the case then this God would be very much in the Jewish mould of Jehovah from the Old Testament, and so with Hagee we see a strong Jewish connection. Hagee has been accused of anti-Semitism in the past with his comments that the Holocaust happened because of the sins of the Jews. Yet the man is apparently held in very high esteem by Israel. He is the founder and National Chairman of the Christian Zionist organisation and Christians United for Israel. Has been awarded an honorary doctorate at Netanya Academic College in Israel and talks at AIPAC conferences, has been presented by the ‘Zionist organisation of America’s’ Israel award by UN ambassador Jeane Kirkpatrick and awarded the title ‘Humanitarian of the year’ by the San Antonia B’nai B’rith (Jewish elite freemasonry). He has even been defended by various high profile orthodox and conservative Jews after his comments about the holocaust being God’s will.

His fervent fermentation of apocalyptic dogma comes to light in his book Jerusalem Countdown: A Warning to the World, in which he predicts that Russia and the Arab world will invade Israel but they will ultimately be destroyed by God. As a result, the antichrist (who Hagee claims will be the head of the European union) will stir a confrontation over Israel between China and the West. Ultimately leading to world war three. I daresay millions need to die before Hagee’s messiah can then return to earth. In the same book, in the chapter entitled ‘Who is a Jew?’ Hagee states of Hitler:

"It was Esau’s descendants who produced the half-breed Jews of history who have persecuted and murdered the Jews beyond human comprehension ... Adolf Hitler was a distant descendant of Esau."
Hagee went on record in the late 1990’s saying that the Nazis had operated on God’s behalf to chase the Jews out of Europe and force them to settle in Palestine.

"Theodore Herzl is the father of Zionism. He was a Jew who at the turn of the 19th century said, this land is our land, God wants us to live there. So he went to the Jews of Europe and said 'I want you to come and join me in the land of Israel.' So few went that Hertzel went into depression. Those who came founded Israel; those who did not went through the hell of the holocaust.”

"Then god sent a hunter. A hunter is someone with a gun and he forces you. Hitler was a hunter. And the Bible says -- Jeremiah writing -- 'They shall hunt them from every mountain and from every hill and from the holes of the rocks,' meaning there's no place to hide. And that might be offensive to some people but don't let your heart be offended. I didn't write it, Jeremiah wrote it. It was the truth and it is the truth. How did it happen? Because God allowed it to happen. Why did it happen? Because God said my top priority for the Jewish people is to get them to come back to the land of Israel."

Of course none of this would be even slightly alarming and in a better world such cranks would be incarcerated in psychiatric hospitals where they can’t harm anyone, but what ought to give us cause for concern is the fact that he works very closely with the American conservative right, who until very recently held the reins of power in the United States. One commentator, the journalist Bill Moyers claims that Hagee’s brand of apocalyptical theology was very well received in the Bush White House:

"Someone who didn't know better could imagine from the very name Christians United For Israel—CUFI—that pastor John Hagee speaks for all Christians. Well, he doesn't... What these fellows have forged is a close connection between the [George W. Bush] White House and the religious right."

[fishonwheels]

Back in 2009 I read a book by Stuart Wilde published that same year and for entirely personal reasons I thought the guy was a fucking douche.

Anyways, I very recently read his earlier God's Gladiators and in it he claimed out of body visions of the earth being surrounded by "layers upon layers" of departed souls unable or unwilling to let go of their baser desires and thus found themselves trapped in dimensional limbo. The first and densest layer was made up of billions of faces that looked down on mankind with contempt and some eventually recylce back into bodies to satisfy an "unfulfilled need to dominate."

I'm guessing these comprise some of the entities called upon in seances and they probably make up the entities that molest people or tell them to kill themselves, for examples.

In the book Stuart spoke of "negative transdimensionals" and how they were responsible for UFO phenomena and for manipulating knowing and unknowing human conduits who resonated with their agenda. His belief was that because the "matrix" was a dark realm anyone with darker desires were empowered within it.

I think in the past I had experienced being boosted by a darker force through internal alignment. I can only surmise what initially invited the influence might have been a chronically "lowered vibrational state" precipitated through ignorance by circumstances.

Basically I think there are quite a few different ways to gain "power," and metaphysical and social power can go hand in hand. I do not believe it is our natural state to seek overwhelming power over others, and many who seek such power are motivated by frustrated and mangled natural drives, in other words, a darkness within from darkness without.

You know how people like to feel safer by beating you down? This has more than social ramifications. I have consistently noticed that people can gain a temporary boost even psychically by draining you, by eating you. This becomes more pronounced when they're in a recognized position of power over you, since they have not just your cooperation (belief) but those of others. They become more "psychic" temporarily by "sucking your energy" (the theory has had wide spread exposure since the Celestine Prophesy). The whole capstone Illuminati all seeing eye, I suspect, is quite literal.

To infer the macro from the micro, every time you acknowledge big money, big politics, and big socials, you're "feeding" the creators or the controllers of these entities. In other words, even a simple belief in money feeds and empowers those in charge of the money system not just financially but metaphysically (maybe that's one reason for the capstone all seeing eye on American bills, to channel "loosh" towards the "Illuminati?") Everytime you consciously or unconsciously participate in the "game," even just by giving it attention, you're boosting those who set the pace.

We're all psychical beings more than our bodies. The social and psychical food chains are two wings of the same dragon, and the top down control structure is just there to crystallize the social and by consequence the psychical hierarchy. If you follow this line of reasoning to conclusion you can see how the theoretical capstone Illuminati literally ARE the all seeing eye.They literally can be omnipotent, omnipresent, and omniscient. They have billions of people directly or indirectly feeding them just by going about their daily lives. They know you, Edelweiss Pirate (you acknowledge this in earlier chapters) and as far as I can tell, they know me. They literally are God, god of this realm. At least they aspire to be.

In light of this we can see how "gangstalking" and other forms of "covert harassment" that involve massive man power so "synchronistically" coordinated can happen. Sometimes the "perps" are like fish in water driven by currents they're unaware of, other times they're like dogs that answer to their master's psychic commands. Ironically, our collective belief, attention and unconscious consent contribute to all that. Initially, they might require technology. Eventually, they don't even need that. This is the paradoxical thing about fighting the Goliath without. Best to starve it, but it does have symbiotic minions ie "matrix agents." Without you as food, the Goliath eats the minions, and the minions know that.

How do we, to paraphrase Stuart, swim past the sharks and their meals? How do we minimize our participation in the great pyramid, besides completely renouncing civilization and social interactions? After all, aren't we here to "give and receive love?" I don't think eating each other socially and psychically is the only way to "raise one's vibrational state," although it appears the only way many know how. Many also get their "boost" from hobbies and passions and what not. So I guess one way is to spend as much time doing "what makes you happy" as possible?

Perhaps there's the "right hand path" of willful renunciation, and then there's the "left hand path" of playing the game until you're so sick and bored of it you stop feeding it, "being in the world but not of it?"

[edelweiss pirate]

New..... daym the forum's dull. How come there's noone else out there with a tale to tell.. Oh well.



Illusion delusion illumination and confusion.

The word ‘illusion’ ‘delusion’ and ‘illumination’ are all words which are different prefixed forms of the Latin word light: ‘Lucis’.
I admit frankly to going through the mystical sequence recounted in the previous chapter and am happy to say that I’ve still got a full back of marbles and all screws are still fully tightened. However it took a lot of luck to get me through it. But when I look at the word ‘luck’ I find it way too small and casual a word to really describe how I feel about having escaped from the darkened underworld into the light of true awareness. The word ‘grace’ seems a little better, but that too has negative associations of being part of God’s chosen elite or something.
I will freely admit that for one brief moment I entertained the possibility that maybe I was ‘dead’. In my disordered state I imagined that perhaps a lot of what had subsequently happened was not real but the result of a kind of purgatory. The fact that I had a girlfriend at this time whose name in Gallic meant ‘White angel’ and that since meeting her, a lot of the strange occurrence has begun, led me in my irrational state to imagine that perhaps I had died. Many puzzling and seemingly miraculous things had happened to me during the years, strange and unaccountable coincidences which at the time seemed rather cool but looking back at them in my new state I wondered if perhaps they had been too good to be true, and that is they too were somehow part of some unreal fantasy that I have been involved in without quite knowing it.

One time I had arranged to go to the Phoenix festival in 1996 with my girlfriend but my ticket had somehow disappeared, I since learned that a rather unpleasant flatmate had stolen it, but to be honest, even his act of thievery helped me find the way to something extraordinary. Searching desperately around the flat the ticket was nowhere to be found but my girlfriend was all ready to leave and so it could be put off no longer and off we drove down to the festival. We arrived, somewhat perplexed about my ticketless state and there seemed to be none available to buy at the site. We camped up because fortunately the camp site and access to the festival ground itself was in a separate area and my ticket was required only to enter the music arena. So we hung around, while time ticked on, the festival had started it appeared that I would miss Frank Sidebottom. Another band I really liked ‘Gene’ were due to play and it appeared they too would be missed. My girlfriend and her friends started getting restless and said that they would have to go into the festival, they had been very sympathetic to my plight but they had to start enjoying their weekend. I got up from our camping spot and decided to go on a disconsolate little wander around the campsite, not quite knowing why or where I was going, I imagined that by the time I got back my friends would be in the festival and at least they would be having a good time. So I wandered around and saw something shiny on the ground, I had that feeling when you maybe find a £5 note, you can’t quite understand what it’s doing there and you can’t quite believe it, but all the same you pick it up and put it in your pocket. I kicked at this shiny thing on the ground and stooped to turn it over. It was two full tickets to the Phoenix festival. This was strange! At this moment in time I became convinced of a deeper hidden significance to life and that this was no mere coincidence. I returned to the tent with the tickets to the delight of my friends. I promptly sold one of the tickets to a tout and made enough money to ensure we would have a great weekend. One of my girlfriends observed sagely ‘it looks like this is your festival!’ Not only that but I arrived in perfect timing to see Gene and not only that but it turned out that Frank Sidebottom has rescheduled his appearance to the following day.
It really was ‘my festival’. It was almost as if, going for that aimless stroll around the tents I had asked a question or searched for a sign and one had arrived just in time.

There are two subsequent times when I had asked for a sign and they two had dully arrived. One was sat in a cinema in France with my then French girlfriend, the film we were watching was Men in Black. I was feeling a little insecure about the future and my own life, I didn’t have a job nor could see much hope of any kind of meaningful profession myself, I used to suffer from occasional bouts of melancholy and would need something to set me off in the right direction again. So I stared at the screen and was surprised to see my own name and surname appear on the screen in front of me as part of the film plot. It was a kind of message that you are in the right place at the right time. Always an encouraging thought.

A similar thing happened when I was about to start university again to complete a post graduate course. I was standing exactly on the corner of a certain crossroads in East London I again felt this trepidation for the future and this irrational worry that maybe I had not made the best of my life so far and that I had missed some opportunity here or there. The kind of existential worries we all have I suppose. Though I used to take them to extremes and get quiet upset by such irrational thoughts, and so I asked God for a sign. I walked a few meters and looked up and saw my own name, Christian AND surname, written as the name of the estate agents. It was weird, but proved beyond reasonable doubt that the science of coincidence surpasses by far our limited understanding.

I took this as a friendly sign from some pan dimensional power. Hopefully God or someone close to him. But I hardly think I got carried away in this instance. I mean, if you had asked for a sign and at that very moment you look up to find a variation of your own name just in front of you, you might be forgiven for feeling a little bit excited and rather happy. And so this is how I seek to live my life, with an awareness that God or something positive, is watching over me and trying to connect to me on some level. I would be reluctant to totally connect with this unknown force while on earth because it would make life rather a strange experience, I think perhaps this is what happens during the ‘gnosis’ experience, that basically your consciousness breaks through to the other side (to paraphrase Jim Morrison) but , since my rather frightening and uncomfortable ‘gnosis’ adrenochrome experience, I feel that this is not a state we should reach for while alive and living in physical material bodies. I feel that although earth is a fairly interesting place with plenty of potential and lots going on, it is not a very spiritually aware place and the first place a fully spiritually enlightened person would end up would be, if they were lucky, a psychiatric home, if unlucky, torn apart by the mob. Though perhaps times are finally changing. With people like David Icke who, although famously publicly ridiculed on live TV in front of millions, he was torn apart by the mob but he survived the experience to now become a potent force for a new generation of truth seekers who are actually willing to hear strange and unlikely sounding stories, and look at the evidence, rather than let a robotised TV brain dictate their reality. One thing is for sure. We want better and, maybe, if we are willing to open our minds to new possibilities, we might get it.

What I learned in this state was that I was far from being the only one to exist in some kind of ongoing delusional state. It takes one to know one as they say and with my changed brain chemistry I became aware that the world is quite a different place to what I had hitherto believed.
The thousand daily symbols and signs we walk past everyday and think nothing of, now shone and burned with a dark and sinister significance. For example, I noticed the logo on ‘3’ mobile phone and something dawned on me. Why did my phone have a 666 sigil on it? How long had I lived in a world in which the Biblical mark of the Beast was right under our noses and I hadn’t noticed it before? My new awareness wasn’t restricted to noticing symbols around me, but something else had happened and I noticed that in this new perceptual world I wasn’t alone. Some very strange things started happening and suddenly I found myself living in a Jason Bourne style wonderland. I went out of the house for a jog through London, as I passed through the financial city I went down an alley way nearby the main offices of Merrill Lynch, I stopped to catch my breath and suddenly three suited business men turned to face me as I walked down the alley, looking straight at me they said in unison ‘Join us!’. No joking. I knew they were masons because prior to this my tutor had put pressure on me to join the masons. I had been told I ‘wasn’t square enough’. I knew what this meant because since my adventures in Japan I had learned to recognise Masonic key words and insinuations. In retrospect I managed to make sense of all this, just as I had made sense of the strange indoctrination course in the remote French village, but at the time, having people I’d never met before in the street directly addressing me to ‘join them’ was rather surprising and I wondered what strange parallel universe I had strayed into. At around the same time I received a phone call from my ex French girlfriend, I’d always suspected that she wasn’t always being perfectly frank with me and while I lived with her in France, much more so after the strange BAFA course which had opened my eyes to the potential that some of my relationships where not what they seemed. She phoned me during these couple of weeks when the tension and uncertainty of the past couples of years, the masons and spies in Tokyo, the odd radio messages during the French teaching course, and the strange fellow trainees on the Paris Celta course who seemed to be wanting me to acquiesce to them in some way and join something in order to be part of the group, but I refused to play along. Now she phoned me and asked me frankly, ‘are you going to join the masons then?’. At this point I was not surprised, despite my having mentioned nothing of recent developments to her, but at a certain point of masons in your life you start to assume that anything is possible and everybody knows your business. The final awareness that my former girlfriend too was also involved in this strange international conspiracy came as no surprise and was in fact quite a relief that finally she was being square with me.

She then passed me on to her father, who, is the president of one of the French sports federations, he also asked me if I was going to join, and it seemed to me that the size, organisation and hidden means and methods of this secret group meant that I felt like a very small cog in an immense and all powerful machine, I told him I didn’t think I had much choice. Then, even more bizarrely, he passed me onto my exes Grandparents who happened to be there as well. Her dear old grandmother seemed extremely pleased that I was going to become a mason, her enthusiasm was almost contagious and it seemed that perhaps becoming a mason was a good thing. But it all seemed so staged. It was odd that her grandmother should also be at the house as they lived nearly fifty miles away and rarely visited, only on special occasions. Was this a special occasion? My final admittance/acquiescence into the freemasons.

During the daylight hours my new ‘illuminated’ consciousness seemed to have few drawbacks, I felt slightly trippy and as I said reality had suddenly become a lot more uncertain and unpredictable. Total strangers would appear in the street and suddenly ask me questions, it was weird. People would also look at me and wink knowingly. If I didn’t know better I would say I had entered some kind of communal consciousness, and in the London streets on the outskirts of the financial city, there were a lot of fellow Masonic inmates with whom I was now sharing my new reality. It was very weird. A shopkeeper would see me passing and make a private sign of acknowledgement to me. I’d never seen the man in my life but apparently we had something in common.

Like the film Fight Club, where the nameless Edward Norton character sees total strangers in distant cities acknowledging him and cannot understand it, this is exactly what it’s like to enter the freemason domain. When your consciousness undergoes the change in perception there must be some undetectable character trait or mannerism, or even a way you walk, that makes you recognisable by your brothers. Personally speaking, as a private person who values his individuality, I wasn’t quite sure I fancied the idea of suddenly being a part of this secret community within a community, particularly as one of the things I liked about London was its ability for one to remain anonymous and vanish into part of the crowd. I am someone who can think of nothing worse than having neighbours one is obliged to talk to everyday and people who notice your comings and goings. However it seems that certain members of this group, people you’ve never met before in your life, know as much about your private business as you yourself do, as I found in Tokyo when my employer would hold imaginary phone conversations in the next room mentioning things about me and my life while pretending it had nothing to do with me. Subsequently while working at a Catholic school some months later another mason was talking aloud to no one in particular, but was using coded language and advising me to join the masons, he said: ‘we know all about you so you’d better join or else’ without actually addressing me specifically. Again I had never met the man before, but it seemed my reputation proceeds me wherever these creepy crawly masons are lurking about. In another school a mason addressed me and cryptically asked me: ‘are you a rebel of are you part of the Empire?’. Of course I answered ‘I’m a rebel’ and he said ‘well I’m part of the Empire.’ I didn't know if this was an attempt at intimidation of some kind, but it was genuinely difficult to be intimidated by this rather disgusting and fruity looking fat man who could well have been the local school paedophile. There was something disturbing about the fruity smile that played on his face whenever he was near the kids.

So anyway my life had generally been rather strange for at least 10 years, with strange and unaccountable occurrences and some often inexplicable things happening to me. And so in seeking to explain what was happening to me these two films: Vanilla Sky and Jacob’s Ladder seemed to offer something like an explanation. Vanilla Sky is near identical to Jacob’s Ladder but instead of merely offering the solution to the riddle that weird things are happening to you, things which go against what most people consider ‘reality’ therefore you are no longer living in reality, in fact you are dead but don’t know it yet, it suggests a radical solution. I will not attempt to disguise the fact that as a result of the Masonic attention and the mystical enlightenment I had undergone, I would say I had entered a borderline psychotic state. As I have previously endeavoured to show, the mystical Illumination and result of Masonic initiation is the psychotic schizoid state due to the excess production of adrenalin by the body which becomes adrenochrome as it breaks down in the body.

Vanilla Sky features a character played by Tom Cruise who is successful and generally envied by his friends until one day, his girlfriend decides to her car with Aames inside, off a bridge in a fit of jealous rage, leaving him terribly disfigured. His life becomes a nightmare without his good looks and he slips into despair, until one day he wakes up to find the girl he loves takes him in hand and wants to help him. However the reality around him starts to breakdown, he hears voices, music playing in his head, people act strangely and even people transform into other people while he is with them. Ok. Like Jacob’s Ladder, some of his symptoms such as hearing and seeing things which are not there, and reading too much into his environment and making erroneous connections are all symptoms of a psychotic episode or schizophrenia. In particular Jake Singer from Jacob’s Ladder is enrolled in a programme of veteran care, is it not more reasonable to assume that his odd hallucinations are the result of post traumatic stress disorder rather than the result of him being dead and trapped in purgatory?

There is a curious branch of ancient Greek philosophy called Solipsism whose main contention is that the there is no objective way to prove the existence of anything else in the world apart from yourself. That one can only be sure of oneself and that the whole reality around could be some kind of unreal fantasy. This train of thought has been attacked and discredited over the years of course because it is very close to a dangerously psychotic line of reasoning, but the fact remains that if you tell yourself that all of the stimuli available to the bodily sense may also be faked and could equally be a fantasy, then the imperviousness of this delusion would be complete. Someone in the grip of such a line of thought, who believed everyone else was fake and didn’t really exist, would be total.

[one666]

Lemme know will ya? But I like it!

You should publish this. Any good genuine publisher will publish it free and then take a percentage. Publishing needs no funds to start with. You are writing about what we all see around us and the fact that people feel powerless to do anythying to change/disable or destroy this system. More people should write their views on these subjects as it will encourage more to do the same and eventually this will encourage people to do something about it. Good work!

[edelweiss pirate]

You should publish this. Any good genuine publisher will publish it free and then take a percentage. Publishing needs no funds to start with. You are writing about what we all see around us and the fact that people feel powerless to do anythying to change/disable or destroy this system. More people should write their views on these subjects as it will encourage more to do the same and eventually this will encourage people to do something about it. Good work!

Cheers. Appreciated.. I'll get round to it some day.

It gives me a buzz though to see people on the forum seem to enjoy reading about this stuff. You guys get a preview, the paperback'll be out in a year or two.


Continued:


So the solution offered to someone who may be having slightly unusual experiences and indeed may be developing schizophrenia, as outlined in the film Vanilla Sky, would be to run around shouting out ‘Tech Support’ at the top of your voice, before convincing yourself that none of your friends are real and throwing yourself of a tall building. Anyone who has researched schizophrenia to some small degree will know that death by jumping from high buildings is the most common cause of suicide amongst schizophrenics.

John Joyce and Simon Fleminger in their research paper entitled Suicide Attempts by Jumping found that from the period of September 1990 to November 1994 there were 962 admissions to the Royal London Hospital in Whitechapel via the London Air Ambulance. Of these 77 were identified as being involved in some form of self-harm of these a large proportion: 61, self harmed though jumping from a height, 51 already had case notes and a history of various psychological disturbances. In their study a clear link is drawn between psychological disturbances and suicide attempts by jumping.

Indeed, research carried out by the university hospital of psychiatry in Bern Switzerland, indicates that:
“Persons who jumped from heights in general were more likely to suffer from schizophrenia than those who used other methods.”

In the film Vanilla Sky we see how David Aames becomes convinced that neither Doctor McCabe nor his friend Brian Shelby are real. There is no doubt that this is a relatively common schizoid delusion which leads him to throw himself from the top of a very tall building in order to end the virtual reality programme he his involved in. Such a line of delusion, that someone is involved in a ‘virtual reality’ simulation of one kind or another has always been a common symptom of schizophrenia. Some schizophrenics think they are ‘dead’ or in a hell of some kind, usually this thought comes to them as a result of guilt about something they did or something that was done to them in the past and which they find impossible to put behind them. They often believe they are being punished in some way. I spoke to schizophrenia sufferers on the streets of Brighton and found this attitude that they feel they have been ‘bad people’ and that they somehow deserve to be on the streets as part of their purgatory. It is very very hard to break such a way of thinking, particularly as the human brain tends to select the evidence in the world around them to suit and support the conclusions they have already reached. For example, somebody who thinks all men are pigs or a person who had been hurt by women, will actively search for examples which fit their prejudices in order to make them feel correct in their beliefs. Other evidence which does not suit their ideas will either not be noticed or be discarded as anomalous. Not only this but you must surely have noticed that if you are feeling insecure or a little sensitive, then suddenly the world seems more threatening and dangerous. Or conversely, if you’re in love then the world suddenly appears a much more sympathetic place and wherever you look you see only happy couples and happy contented people. If you’re happy you attract good things, if you’re feeling depressed or down you will attract things which will only deepen your condition. Some people call this ‘the law of attraction’, and it is true to some extent that we do create our own reality. On one level this is nearly a mystical phenomenon which defies explanation by our current scientific methods, on another level it is totally obvious that say a happy friendly person has more chance of making friends and living in a happier reality than say a depressed and reserved person has of making new friends and meeting people.

So my question is what is the purpose of making films like this? Let’s forget the science fiction storyline for a minute because virtual reality of the type simply doesn’t exist, but mental illnesses where crazed maniacs suffocate their girlfriends (as in the Tom Cruise film Vanilla Sky) because they don’t recognise them anymore, DO exist.

Or people running through public places shouting ‘I wanna wake-up!’ or ‘It’s a nightmare!’ or other seemingly incoherent rantings, also exist. Is this film a hidden way of managing potentially dangerous schizophrenics by encouraging them to kill themselves and hence no longer be a danger to society. Who knows? It seems unlikely perhaps so there may be a second possibility for the sudden trend in these odd sort of metaphysical films.

The effect on myself of these films was to prime me for the Luciferian awareness of the masons. In particular a scene from Vanilla Sky is one of the key scenes and is the first time the viewer and indeed David Aames himself, become aware that things are really not as they seem at all. At this point the viewer still doesn’t know about the virtual reality world he is trapped in since signing up with the Life Extension corporation (whose curious jingle ‘I have the universe inside me’ evokes many of the metaphysical beliefs of many of the world’s cults and Gnostic mystery religions). What we see in this scene takes place on two levels simultaneously, the character Edmund Ventura (played by Noah Taylor) is ‘tech support’ for the lucid dream which Aames is involved in. Ventura introduces himself in the quasi mystical manner of the new-age self-help guru. It is as if we the viewer are being addressed directly by Ventura, and the viewer awaits this moment as the great unveiling that will finally explain what has been happening all along, not just to Aames but perhaps, to certain of us who have had encounters with strange metaphysical events and Masonic theatrics:

‘You must overcome your fears, regain control, take a hold of your life again.. What if I were to tell you that you can take control of all of this, everything? Even me. David look at all these people, seems as though they’re just all chatting away, doesn’t it? Nothing to do with you? And yet, Maybe they’re only here because you wanted them to be here you are their God! not only that but you can make them obey you, or even destroy you.’

It seems clear that Venture is trying to implant a delusion in Aames mind. Again I would ask you not to accept the plotline of a futuristic technology which can create an artificial reality because this is simply a fantasy, but instead, ask yourself, in the similar manner of Jacob’s Ladder and the soldier traumatised by war and having strange hallucinations, look at what elements of this situation could be real and stage managed for various purposes. While I lived in Tokyo and was being recruited to join the freemasons and also become a spy as detailed in a chapter 3, I would also find that I was more or less constantly shadowed. I would often go into an empty bar or restaurant, and within about 10 minutes I would have people sitting all around me, or if in a bar, the place would suddenly fill with people who seemed to be watching me. It happened so consistently and repeatedly that it wasn’t mere coincidence but it was an example of Masonic targeting and shadowing of selected individuals. If you can accept my claim that I was being recruited by the secret services then it stands to reason that the first thing they would do would be to be aware of my movements and secondly, to give me the feeling that I no longer had any privacy in order that I eventually learn to police myself and act with the discretion required of a spy. This is what they do and forms just a part of their overall training of secret operatives. They have to convince the spy that everything they do is watched and that they can have no secrets from the organisation they are working for.

Could not the above scene be recreated with Masonic operatives filling the restaurant and could not the character of Ventura be a Masonic recruitment agent. Particularly if Aames’ movements were fairly regular and he tended to visit the same bars, it would be quite a simple thing for a group to gradually descend on the restaurant and give the impression of being discrete and unconnected individuals but in fact they had all been called to this restaurant in order to initiate this character Aames into a new from of consciousness. Namely the consciousness that ‘you are a God’. This is how they do things and have always done it since the earliest mystery cults. They implant delusions and because of the power of the human brain, what a person sincerely believes with all their heart and soul becomes totally real for them. I have no doubt that the Kings of Europe and before them the Roman Emperors, but particularly the ancient Egyptian Pharaohs, underwent a similar experience which changed their outlook of the nature of reality and made them become convinced that they were Gods. Many schizophrenics believe they have God like power, and the distortions of reality which the misfiring neurons in their mind produce, convince them this is true. But what of the ancient Egyptians and Kings who actually possessed the genuine temporal power over hundreds of thousands of humans, would not it be almost difficult to believe that they weren’t special in some way?

But how far does this go today? What about Presidents and Prime-Ministers, even film stars and pop singers. Do they secretly harbour delusions of grandeur which explain their exalted status?

Do some of these stars of our world share the same problem as Tom Cruise’s character who admits ‘I don’t know what’s real!’? Are our leaders living in a world of their own ‘made-to-order’ delusions? Does this explain why a person like George W Bush can claim to speak to God and work for him? Just how nutty are these people?

‘Can you tell the difference between dreams and reality?’ Dr McCabe asks Aames, again this is a common symptom of schizophrenia. McCabe is, quite reasonably, treating Aames as if he were a schizophrenic. Which without the futuristic storyline of virtual reality, is exactly what he appears to be. So again, any schizophrenics watching this movie, particularly the moment when Ventura seems to directly address the audience, may find themselves following the further suggestions in the film, to the final moment of the film where the only way to resolve their problem and get rid of their symptoms is to face what Ventura calls the ‘true moment of choice’ and kill themselves and ‘wake up’ to the ultimate and more authentic reality.

What got me through the madness was a combination of things, primarily the awareness that something strange had happened to my mind and that if something in me has changed then there was no reason it couldn't be changed back. My dabbling with LSD as a student at university told me that somehow my body was producing dopamine and psychoactive compounds. At one point I thought I was being spiked by someone but I cast that idea away as being truly paranoid and I got smart and am here hanging around to expose the weird masons and their creepy mind-fuck techniques. I hope you've enjoyed reading about it.

[fishonwheels]

Edelweiss Pirate,

please have a look at this thread. (http://forum.davidicke.com/showthread.php?t=124309)

I don't know if this guy is who he says he is but what he says about psychic phenomena is very real.

Like i said before, my own experience certainly involved more than just freemasons, although they did figure into it and I know i was checked out by at least two of them. However I'm not sure their intention was for me to join, though the last time I was asked to consider a new job by a guy who called himself "Bee." He was with someone else and when I approached the two for a smoke the other guy gave me a long intense stare as if he was trying to figure me out. He certainly scanned and picked up the main theme of my thoughts that evening.

I think if the masons are behind all of this nuttiness they certainly have many other people who are under their influence. There are many psychic people around, from little children to the homeless to cops to criminals. Many have displayed unprovoked aggression towards me and I know a lot of them are connected to each other psychically and share perceptions. There have been ones who are kind to me, but generally, people who hate or are self serving are more pro-active.

there are many like this guy and his adversaries.

Anyways, please have a look at that thread when you have time.

*nevermind...looks like you got to it already.

[edelweiss pirate]

Edelweiss Pirate,

please have a look at this thread. (http://forum.davidicke.com/showthread.php?t=124309)

I don't know if this guy is who he says he is but what he says about psychic phenomena is very real.

Like i said before, my own experience certainly involved more than just freemasons, although they did figure into it and I know i was checked out by at least two of them. However I'm not sure their intention was for me to join, though the last time I was asked to consider a new job by a guy who called himself "Bee." He was with someone else and when I approached the two for a smoke the other guy gave me a long intense stare as if he was trying to figure me out. He certainly scanned and picked up the main theme of my thoughts that evening.

I think if the masons are behind all of this nuttiness they certainly have many other people who are under their influence. There are many psychic people around, from little children to the homeless to cops to criminals. Many have displayed unprovoked aggression towards me and I know a lot of them are connected to each other psychically and share perceptions. There have been ones who are kind to me, but generally, people who hate or are self serving are more pro-active.

there are many like this guy and his adversaries.

Anyways, please have a look at that thread when you have time.

*nevermind...looks like you got to it already.


I wish you'd post more on these forums... you seem to be one of the few people left around here who actually take this stuff half seriously.

Good man. Wish there where more like you around here who actually take notice of what's going on....


I get discouraged sometimes with this forum..... Just seems noone has anything to say or contribute anymore....

I don't know if you agree with this.... I can't quite put my finger on what's wrong around here.... People with tabloid news brains and little actual analytical ability... I also put it down to life experience... I'm just surprised there aren't any other people who have a similar story like mine to tell. Are they scared? Bought off?


Just weird, all these thousands of people on line and the only posts we get are blabbing on about Jews or Moslems. I think the forum has become a nest for bigots and extremists who pursue their hatreds more than exploring the true nature of reality.

[edelweiss pirate]

@Fishonwheels.

I was just about to add you to my friends list...

But then I saw how cool your current friends list looks in its present state and I didn't want to spoil the perfection.

Looks like the jackpot on an existential fruit-machine.

ACE.

[fishonwheels]

I missed that last section you posted before my last post.

You mentioned one more time about an establishment filling up minutes after you walk in and in the past that had happened to me as well.

and the funny thing is, even before all the strangeness hit a cresendo, back in 2006, one time i was walking downtown with a friend as we crossed the street this guy walking past us yelled out to my friend, something like "watch your buddy! he's a spy!" the funny thing is, thinking back, i was the one being observed and at times sabotaged. I just never realized when it all began until 2007.

I have a couple theories as to why and I'll share them when I connect the incidence to other happenings.

back in college, early to mid 2000's I used to "come up" with solutions to world's problems like "one world government," before I even heard of the thinkers that proposed it. Seemed like a natural solution to a conflict ridden world.

The prob like you said looking for answers out there is it's all cloak and daggers and quoting someone i corresponded with briefly, "deception is the only constant."

a lot of paradigms out there are probably brain washing. Imagine if you think people aren't real but robotoids, "second density animal-souled organic portals," or "holographic projections of the dark matrix" that at least makes you indifferent towards them.

but the thing is so many random people on the street can become conduits of synchronistic attacks and I know I have been such conduits before, for sure.

I described it briefly posts 17-19 this thread. (http://forum.davidicke.com/showthread.php?t=154548&page=2)

It really makes you wonder just how susceptible most are to some form of RI, be it terrestrial or hyperdimensional. It's like in the movie the Matrix when anyone still "asleep" sees an "awakened" they "shift" into an agent because they're still "plugged in."

and if you couple that with instant "thought manifestation," sometimes not involving people at all you really start to wonder about the world around you being some sort of "holographic projection."

The last town i was in especially wherever i went people would show up. At first it was this one burly guy always in black who either didn't order anything or ordered to go who'd sit next to or behind me, basically smacking me over the head with his "shadowy presence." Then i came to realize he seemed able to "remote influence" from one incidence. Basically he made a bunch of youngsters unknown to me outside a mcdonalds run after me, calling me a fraud and telling me to go home to my family.

but can I really be sure it was "RI," not just another "synchronicity?"

sometimes the shadowing presence is there before i even got there and they always use "directed conversation" and there was no mistake it was directed at you; at times it was so specific to your life down to the names of people involved.

I considered the possibility they simply had time to observe my routine and anticipate my moves.

I started varying my routines. They started anticipating my intents.

Obviously the standard gangstalking paradigm of people with hand signs and cell phones just didn't cut it.

Another way to look at it, if you don't like the matrix idea, and i think this is over all the most "balanced" or "grounded" explanation, is to consider the eixstence of some "group consciousness" compound like in the "mind merge" intiation rites. If the streets are littered with psychics interconnected with each other it's no big deal for them to shadow you everywhere, and it's no big deal for them to read your thoughts.

The Masons are initiated into such a compound. Perhaps others form naturally as some children take it for granted.

Not all these "compounds" have a link to your mind so some are grossly inaccurate in their misperceptions of you. Their might form a composite impression of you based on individual impressions. Perhaps it is the dark side of "age of aquarius" we get warring or distrusting "group minds?"

I've found that people not only "shadow" me out there but also on forums. Funny you mention my existential fruit basket (God rest their avatars). Most of them had either at some point established a psychic link to me or knew way too many past specifics than they should. I'll talk about one in particular on another thread.

most eventually get banned so if you make the list you do so at your own peril heh?

If people can shadow you out there in the big space across continents, how hard would it be to do it on forums? They do try to surround you and indoctrinate you for sure along certain paradigms. For me, out in meat space, it was "good people," "bad people," and "animals."

Perhaps "existential" isn't quite fitting a word. I prefer a new term i recently learned, "chapel perilous."

[fishonwheels]

Just to add something quick, I was introduced to the enigmatic "bee" word during that strangest period. I used to read this weekly local alternative publication and in the personals it had these reader submitted bulletins for lost and found, missing people, congrats and props, and short rants, etc.

All of a sudden I began to notice strange parallels in these bulletins to circumstances in my own life; they were pretty much parodies and spin offs of my life details. It was during that time someone kept posting bulletins referring to someone as "the Bee." I had no idea who in the world that might be.

It also had this column near the end of the pages that were basically any prose within five hundred words. Every week it's a different local submition. One night in 2009 I got the urge to download and watch Eyes Wide Shut...never saw it before and barely knew what it was about.

the next day I picked up the brand new weekly and went straight to that last column and the new submition was titled "Eyes Wide Shut." It had nothing to do with the movie or secret cults, but the subject was also an area of my pre-occupation.

Depending on the time lag between printing and distribution of the free weekly you can play with a few possibilities. I watched the movie, someone knew through a psychic connection or through monitoring my web activities (which also had been done I'm fairly sure), picked from numerous essay entries and re-titled it. Boom. Or, I had received a mental suggestion to watch the movie.

I pretty much rule out coincidence because the example was far from unique or isolated. In fact things to do with various media had got much, much weirder than that.

I believe many of these things were set up to make someone appear mentally ill. If they had "passed" and became part of whatever it was then they became "in the know." If they had not "passed" but instead blew whistles then they would just discredit themselves, if indeed it was "mystery" religious rites.

I think EP you're quite familiar with brain states (delta, beta, alpha, etc) and their relationship to one's reality. If it was indeed some initiation it certainly had potential to change one's relationship to reality drastically, at the very least it burned down whatever you thought you knew about it, the paradigm for the "profane?"

I'm not sure if this rings any bells,

Jack Parsons & the Oath of the Abyss - YouTube

but I'm guessing all kinds of "magical rites" designed to change a person would have something in common? Guess that'll come with your later updates.

And the "magical" interpretation still is just one way to see it all.

Now, a few vids you might like. Nothing new, I'm sure.

An Unholy Alliance. (Part One.) - YouTube

Unholy Alliance. Part Two. - YouTube

[edelweiss pirate]

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wOyOcjA_T6k

but I'm guessing all kinds of "magical rites" designed to change a person would have something in common? Guess that'll come with your later updates.

And the "magical" interpretation still is just one way to see it all.

Now, a few vids you might like. Nothing new, I'm sure.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zs7xlnaTc7w&NR=1&feature=fvwp

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CbU6XlluChI&NR=1&feature=fvwp

quoted to see videos.

[fishonwheels]

quoted to see videos.

They didnt show???

[terri10]

I am a victim of multiple harassment and you can read about the Combat18 source of my problems here:

http://forum.davidicke.com/showthread.php?t=89473&page=6